NEW ZEALAND NAUTICAL ALMANAC

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "NEW ZEALAND NAUTICAL ALMANAC"

Transcription

1 NEW ZEALAND NAUTICAL ALMANAC INCLUDES ANNUAL NEW ZEALAND NOTICES TO MARINERS 0/ EDITION NZ 0

2 NEW ZEALAND NAUTICAL ALMANAC 0/ INCLUDING ANNUAL NEW ZEALAND NOTICES TO MARINERS NZ 0 is edition covers the period from July 0 to 0 June 0 (Corrected to New Zealand Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No., dated April 0) IMPORTANT NOTE e times listed herein are in New Zealand Standard Time (NZST). Add hour when New Zealand Daylight Time (NZDT) is in force. New Zealand Daylight Time will be kept from 000 NZST on September 0 until 000 NZST on April 0. TIME ZONE One uniform time is kept throughout mainland New Zealand. is is the time hours ahead of Coordinated Universal Time, (UTC) and is named New Zealand Standard Time (NZST). One hour of daylight saving, named New Zealand Daylight Time, which is hours ahead of Coordinated Universal Time is observed from 000 NZST on the last nday in September until 000 NZST on the first nday in April. Time kept in the Chatham Islands is minutes ahead of that kept in mainland New Zealand. SEARCH AND RESCUE SERVICES New Zealand 00 (or 00 RCCNZ) International + 00 OIL SPILL EMERGENCY + Published by Land Information New Zealand 0 Crown Copyright 0 ISSN 0-

3 PREFACE e information contained in this publication has been either produced by, or supplied to, Land Information New Zealand (LINZ), New Zealand Hydrographic Authority and was current as at the date of compilation. Significant hydrographic information is updated by a fortnightly Notices to Mariners service to which all mariners are encouraged to subscribe. All reasonable efforts have been made to ensure accuracy and completeness of the contents of this Almanac. LINZ regards third parties from which it receives information as reliable, however LINZ cannot verify all such information and errors may therefore exist. Disclaimer LINZ accepts no liability for any direct, indirect, consequential or incidental damages that result from any errors in the information, whether due to LINZ or a third party, or that arise from the use, or misuse, of the information contained in this publication. Copyright All material in this book is Crown Copyright. Information reproduced or reprinted from this publication is not equivalent to or a replacement for the Nautical Publications specified in Maritime Rules Part Nautical Charts and Publications (pursuant to Section of the Maritime Transport Act ). Source of Astronomical Information All astronomical information has been prepared by LINZ using software produced by the United States Naval Observatory (USNO) and from data published on the Internet by the USNO and HM Nautical Almanac Office. Source of Tidal Information e standard port tidal information in this publication has been prepared by LINZ from analysis of sea level observations supplied by port companies, regional and district councils, and the National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research Limited (NIWA). Some of the secondary port information has been published by the Royal New Zealand Navy in earlier editions of the Nautical Almanac; LINZ continues to review and update this data as new observations become available. Source of Light List General Information Selected text and images contained in the light list section have been reproduced with the permission of the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office Reproduction of Tidal Data in local tables, almanacs, newspapers and websites e data contained in the tide tables may be used, copied and re-distributed free of charge in any format or media, subject to a suitable acknowledgement that the material has been sourced from LINZ data. Danger to Navigation When new or suspected dangers to navigation are discovered, or changes are observed in aids to navigation, or corrections to charts and publications are seen to be necessary, mariners are requested to notify LINZ by Hydrographic Note, see form at the back of this publication. Phone: or 000 (NZ callfree only); or Fax: + 0 0; or ntm@linz.govt.nz. Users are encouraged to notify LINZ of any suggestions for improving this publication. Corrections Any required amendments to this publication will be promulgated through New Zealand Notices to Mariners, and will be incorporated into the next edition. Please use the table below as a record of completing corrections for each edition of New Zealand Notices to Mariners. RECORD OF CORRECTIONS PUBLISHED IN FORTNIGHTLY EDITIONS OF NOTICES TO MARINERS 0 Edition No Date Corrected Edition No Date Corrected Edition No Date Corrected Edition No Date Corrected Edition No 0 Date Corrected RECORD OF CORRECTIONS PUBLISHED IN FORTNIGHTLY EDITIONS OF NOTICES TO MARINERS 0 Edition No Date Corrected Edition No Date Corrected Edition No Date Corrected Edition No Date Corrected Edition No Date Corrected New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

4 CONTENTS Record of Corrections from Notices to Mariners... Calendars and Public Holidays... Standard Times, International Date Line... Astronomical Information... Tidal Information... Light List Information... Annual New Zealand Notices to Mariners... Maritime Contacts... Coastal Distances Table... Hydrographic Note...0 New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

5 CALENDARS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS JULY DECEMBER 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S GENERAL OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S NEW ZEALAND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS JULY DECEMBER 0 Actual Date Holiday Observed Canterbury Anniversary Day (South) December September Hawke s Bay Anniversary Day November 0 October Labour Day th nday in October October Marlborough Anniversary Day November 0 October Canterbury Anniversary Day December November Chatham Islands Anniversary Day 0 November November stland Anniversary Day December December Christmas Day December December Boxing Day December December For more information relating to New Zealand public holiday dates, please refer to the public holiday information on the Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment website at GENERAL New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

6 JANUARY JUNE 0 JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S GENERAL APRIL MAY JUNE S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S NEW ZEALAND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS JANUARY JUNE 0 Actual Date Holiday Observed New Year s Day January January New Year s Holiday January January llington Anniversary Day January January Auckland Anniversary Day January January Nelson Anniversary Day February January Waitangi Day February February Taranaki Anniversary Day March March Otago Anniversary Day March March Good iday varies 0 March Easter nday varies April Southland Anniversary Day January April Anzac Day April April Queen s Birthday Observance st nday in June June For more information relating to New Zealand public holiday dates, please refer to the public holiday information on the Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment website at GENERAL New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

7 STANDARD TIMES e world is divided into twenty-four equal zones of fifteen degrees longitude in width, in each of which the same time (Zone Time) is kept. e meridian of Greenwich is taken as the centre of the system and of Zone 0. Zones to the east of Zone 0 are numbered -, -, etc., and those to the west +, +, etc. e twelfth zone is divided into two parts by the International Date Line; that to the west being - and that to the east +. e zone number indicates the number of hours by which Zone Time must be decreased or increased to obtain Universal Time (previously known as Greenwich Mean Time). INTERNATIONAL DATE LINE GENERAL e International Date Line is a modification of the line of the 0th meridian, which is drawn so as to include islands of any group, etc., on the same side of the line. e line is defined, in terms of latitude and longitude and of rhumb line courses, as follows:. om the North Pole due south along the 0th meridian to N.;. ence south-eastwards to N. and the longitude of the meridian passing between the Diomede Islands (approximately.w.);. ence due south through Bering Strait to 0 N.;. ence south-westwards to N., 0 E.;. ence south-eastwards to N. and the 0th meridian;. ence due south to S.;. ence south-eastwards to S., 0 W.;. ence due south to S., 0 W.;. ence south-westwards to S., and the 0th meridian;. ence due south to the South Pole. When crossing the International Date Line: (a) on an easterly course, assume yesterday s date; (b) on a westerly course, assume tomorrow s date. International Date Line information has been sourced from the Admiralty List of Radio Signals, Volume, NP 0/. GENERAL New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

8 ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION Astronomical Phenomena... Orbital Phenomena of the Earth... Solar and Lunar Eclipses... Lunar Perigee and Apogee... Phases of the on... True Bearing of the n at nrise and nset... ASTRONOMICAL nrise and nset Times... onrise and onset Times... Planet Visibility... ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

9 ASTRONOMICAL PHENOMENA July 0 June 0 ORBITAL PHENOMENA OF THE EARTH ASTRONOMICAL Orbital Phenomena Aphelion (Earth furthest from n) 0 July 0: Equinox (n moves south of the Equator); equal day, night 0 September 0:0 Solstice (n furthest south); Southern hemisphere longest day 0 December 0: Perihelion (Earth nearest to n) 0 January : Equinox (n moves north of the Equator); equal day, night 0 March 0: Solstice (n furthest north); Southern hemisphere shortest day 0 June :0 SOLAR AND LUNAR ECLIPSES Type of Eclipse Mid-event Visibility from New Zealand Partial Eclipse of the on 0 August 0:0 Visible ends shortly after moonset Total Eclipse of the n 0 August 0: Not visible Total Eclipse of the on 0 February 0: Entire event visible Partial Eclipse of the n 0 February 0: Not visible LUNAR PERIGEE AND APOGEE Perigee (on nearest to Earth) Distance (km) Apogee (on furthest from Earth) Distance (km) 0 0 Jul 0:, Jul : 0, Aug 0:, Aug 0: 0,0 Sep 0:0, Aug 0 : 0, Oct :, Sep :0 0, Nov :, Oct : 0,00 Dec 0:, Nov 0: 0,0 Dec : 0,0 Jan 0:, Jan : 0, Jan 0 :, Feb 0: 0, Feb 0:, Mar : 0, Mar 0:, Apr : 0, Apr 0:,0 May : 0,0 May 0:0, Jun 0: 0, Jun :,0 Jun 0 : 0, PHASES OF THE MOON New on First Quarter Full on Last Quarter 0 0 Jul : Jul :0 Jul 0: Jul : Jul 0: Aug 0: Aug : Aug 0:0 Aug 0: Sep :0 Sep : Sep 0 :0 Sep : Oct 0:0 Oct 00: Oct 0 0: Oct : Nov : Nov 0: Nov : Nov 0:0 Dec 0: Dec : Dec :0 Dec :0 Jan : Jan : Jan : Jan :0 Feb 0: Feb 0: Feb 0:0 Feb 0:0 Mar : Mar :0 Mar 0: Mar 0: Apr 00: Apr : Apr : Apr 0: Apr 0 : May :0 May : May : May 0 0:0 Jun 0: Jun 0: Jun 0 : Jun : Times listed are in New Zealand Standard Time (NZST). Add hour when New Zealand Daylight Time (NZDT) is in force. ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

10 TRUE BEARING OF THE SUN AT SUNRISE AND SUNSET is table gives the true bearing of the rising and setting n every tenth day at intervals of latitude from 0 to 0 South. Simple interpolation will give values for other dates and latitudes. Bearings are given to the nearest degree and apply to the time when the n s upper limb appears to be coincident with a level, unobstructed horizon. OBSERVER S LATITUDE (SOUTH) Bearing Bearing Bearing Bearing Bearing Bearing Bearing Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Jul Jul 0 Jul 0 0 Jul 0 Aug Aug 0 Aug ASTRONOMICAL Sep Sep Sep Oct Oct Oct Nov 0 Nov 0 Nov Dec Dec Dec Jan Jan Jan 0 Feb Feb Feb Mar Mar Mar Apr 0 Apr Apr May 0 May May 0 Jun 0 Jun Jun Jul 0 ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

11 SUNRISE AND SUNSET TIMES July 0 June 0 ASTRONOMICAL Auckland Bluff Dunedin East Cape Gisborne Lyttelton Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Jul : : : :0 : :0 : : : : :0 :0 : :0 : : : : :0 :0 : :0 :00 :0 : : : : : :0 : : : : : : :0 : : : : :0 :0 : : : : : Aug : : : : : : : : :0 : : : 0 : : : :0 : : : : : : : : 0 : : : : : :0 : : : : :00 :00 Sep : :0 :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :00 : :0 :0 : : :00 : : : : : : :0 : : :0 : Oct : : :0 :0 : : :0 : : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : : : : :0 : :0 : :0 : : : Nov :0 :0 : : :0 : : : : : :0 : :0 : :00 0:0 : : : : : :0 : : : : : 0: : 0:0 : :0 : : : :0 Dec : : : 0:0 : 0: : : : : : 0:0 : : : 0: : 0: : : : :0 : 0:0 :0 : : 0: : 0: : :0 : : : 0: Jan : : :0 0: : 0:0 : : : : : 0: :0 : : 0: : 0: :0 : :0 : :0 0:0 : : :0 0: : 0: : : : : : 0:0 Feb : : : 0: : 0:0 : : : : : :0 : : :0 : : : : :0 : :0 :0 : :0 :0 : : :0 : : :0 : : :0 :0 Mar : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : :0 : : :0 : :0 : : : :0 : : : :0 : : :0 : :0 : : Apr : :0 : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : :0 : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : May :0 :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : :00 :0 :0 :0 : : : : : : :0 :0 :0 : : : : :0 Jun : : : :0 : :00 : : : : : :00 : : :0 :0 : : : : : : :0 : : : : :0 : :0 : : : : :0 :00 Jul : : : : : :0 : :00 : : :0 :0 Times listed are in New Zealand Standard Time (NZST). Add hour when New Zealand Daylight Time (NZDT) is in force. ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

12 SUNRISE AND SUNSET TIMES July 0 June 0 Napier Nelson New Plymouth North Cape (Otou) Picton Puysegur Point Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Jul : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : Aug :0 : : : : : : : : : :0 : 0 : : : : :0 : :0 :0 :0 : : :0 0 : : : :00 :0 :00 :0 :0 : : : : Sep : : : : : :0 : : : :0 :0 : :0 :0 : :0 : : : : : : : : : : :0 :0 :0 : :0 : :0 : :0 : ASTRONOMICAL Oct : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : :0 : : :0 : : :0 : : Nov : : :0 : :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 : :0 : : :0 : : : :0 : : : : :0 0: : :0 :0 :0 : : :0 : : : :00 0: Dec : :0 : :0 : :0 :0 : : : : 0: :0 : : : : : : : : : : 0: : : : 0:0 : : : : : 0:00 :0 0: Jan : : :0 0:0 :0 : : : :00 0:00 : 0: :0 :0 : 0:00 : :0 : : : : : 0: : : : : : : : : : :0 : 0: Feb : : : : :0 : : :0 : :0 : 0:0 :0 : : :0 : : :0 :0 : : :0 0:0 : : :0 : :0 : : :0 :0 : : : Mar :0 : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : Apr : : : :0 : :0 : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : :0 : :0 :0 :00 : :0 : : : May :0 : :0 : : : :0 : : : : : : :0 :0 : : : : : : : : :0 : : : :0 :0 : : : : :0 :0 : Jun : : : :0 : :0 : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : :0 : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : : Jul : :0 : : : : : :0 :0 :0 : : Times listed are in New Zealand Standard Time (NZST). Add hour when New Zealand Daylight Time (NZDT) is in force. ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

13 SUNRISE AND SUNSET TIMES July 0 June 0 ASTRONOMICAL Tauranga Timaru Waitangi (Chatham Islands) llington stport Whangarei Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Jul : :0 : :0 :0 :0 : :0 :0 : : :0 : : :0 : :0 : : :0 : : : : : :0 :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : :0 : Aug :0 : : : : :0 : : : : : : 0 : : : : : : :0 : : : : : 0 :0 : :0 :0 :0 :0 : : :0 :0 : :0 Sep : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : :0 : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 :0 : : : : : :0 : Oct : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : :0 : :00 : : : :00 : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : Nov :0 : :0 : :0 : :00 : : : : :00 : :0 : : : : :0 : :0 : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : Dec : : : 0:0 : 0:0 : : : : : : : : : 0: : 0: : : : 0:0 :0 : : : : 0: : 0: : : : 0: :0 : Jan :0 :0 :00 0: : 0: : : :0 0: : : : : : 0: : 0: :0 : : 0:0 : : : : : 0:0 : 0:0 :0 : : 0:0 : : Feb : : :0 : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :00 :0 : :0 : : :0 : : :0 :0 Mar :0 : : : : :0 :0 : : :0 : : : : : : :0 : : : : :0 : : : : : : : :0 : :0 : : : : Apr : :0 : : : : : :0 : : :0 :0 : : : : :0 : : : :0 :00 : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : May :0 : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : :0 : :0 : :0 : : :0 : Jun : :0 :0 :0 : :00 :0 : : : : : : :0 : :0 :0 : : : :00 :0 : : : :0 : :0 :0 :0 : :00 :0 : : : Jul : :0 : :0 :0 :0 : :0 :0 : : : Times listed are in New Zealand Standard Time (NZST) EXCEPT for the Chatham Islands which are minutes ahead of NZST. Add hour when New Zealand Daylight Time (NZDT) is in force. ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

14 MOONRISE AND MOONSET TIMES AUCKLAND July 0 December 0 0 July August September October November December Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set : --- : : : : : :0 : :0 : : : 0: : : :0 : :0 : : :0 : : : : :0 : : : :0 : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : :0 : :0 : : : : :0 : : : : :0 : : : : :0 : :0 : : : :0 : : :0 0:00 : : : : : : : :0 : 0:0 : :0 : : : :0 : : :0 :0 : :0 : : :0 --- : --- : :0 : 0:0 : : : : : 0: :0 0: : : : :0 :0 : : --- : 0: : 0: : 0: : : : --- : 0: : :0 : : : : : : : 0: : : : : : : : : : --- : : : : : : : :0 : : :00 0: : : : : : : : :0 : --- : : : : : : : : :0 : : 0: :0 : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : :00 : : : : : : : : :0 : : : :0 : 0: 0 : : : :0 : :0 : : : 0: : 0: : : :0 : : : : : : : : :0 :0 : :0 : : 0: :00 0: :0 : :0 : :0 : : : : :0 : : : : :0 : : : : 0: : :0 : :0 : :0 :00 : :0 : : : :0 :0 :00 :0 : --- : --- : 0: : : : : : --- : 0: : 0:0 : :0 : : : --- : 0: :0 0: : 0: : : : --- :0 0: : :0 :0 : :0 :0 : : :0 0: : : : : : :0 :0 : 0 : --- : : : : : : : : : : : 0: : :0 : : : :0 ASTRONOMICAL 0 January 0 June 0 January February March April May June Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set : : 0:0 : : : : : : : : : : : 0: :0 : : :0 : : : 0: :0 0:0 :00 : : : : 0:0 : : : :0 : : :0 : : 0: :0 0: : 0: : :0 : : : : : :0 :0 : :0 :0 :0 : :0 : : :0 : : :0 :0 : : :0 : : : : : : : :0 :0 : : : --- :0 --- : --- :0 : :0 : : --- : 0: : 0:0 : 0: : : :0 --- : 0: :0 : : 0: : 0: : --- : 0: : :0 : : : :0 : : :0 0: : : : :0 :0 : : : : : :0 0: : : :0 :0 :0 :0 :00 : : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : 0:0 : : : : : :0 : 0: :0 0: : 0: : : : : : : : :0 : 0: : : : : : 0: : :00 : : 0 : : : : : 0: : : : :0 : --- : :0 : : : 0: : :0 : : :0 0:0 : : :0 : : : : :0 : --- : : :0 :0 : : : : : --- : 0: :0 : : : : : : :0 0: : : : : : --- :0 0: : --- : :0 : : : : : 0: :0 : : 0: : : :0 : : :0 :0 0: :0 : : : : : :0 :0 : : : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : :0 : : : :0 : : : : :0 : 0 :0 : : : :0 : : : :00 : : : : : : : Times listed are in New Zealand Standard Time (NZST). Add hour when New Zealand Daylight Time (NZDT) is in force. ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

15 MOONRISE AND MOONSET TIMES BLUFF July 0 December 0 ASTRONOMICAL 0 July August September October November December Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set : 0: : : : : : : : :0 :0 : : : : : :0 : : : :00 : : :0 : : : : :0 :0 : :0 : :0 : : :0 : : :0 :0 : :0 : :0 : 0: : :0 : : : :0 : : :0 0: :0 : : : : : : : :0 : : :0 : : : : : : : :0 : 0: :0 : : : : : : : :0 0:0 :0 : : --- : --- : : :0 : : : : :0 : 0: : 0: : : : 0: :0 : :0 --- : :0 : 0: : : : : : --- : 0: : : : : :0 0: :00 : :0 0:0 : : : : :0 : : : : : : : :00 : : : :0 : : : :0 --- :0 : :0 :0 : : : : :0 :0 :0 :0 : : : : :00 :0 : : : --- : : : : : : :0 : : : : 0: : : :0 :0 :0 :0 : : : : :0 :00 :00 :0 : : : : : : : : 0: : : :0 : : : : :0 : 0: : :0 0 : :0 : :0 : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : :0 0: : : : : : : : :0 : 0: :0 : : :0 : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0:0 :0 :0 : : : --- : --- : : : : : :0 : --- : 0:0 : 0:0 : 0: : :00 : --- : 0: :0 :0 :0 0: : :0 : --- : 0: : : : : : :0 :0 :0 : 0:0 :0 : : : : :0 : : : --- : :0 : :0 : :0 : : : : 0 : 0: : :0 : : : :0 : : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : 0 January 0 June 0 January February March April May June Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set : : 0:0 : : : : : : : : : 0: : : : : :0 : : : : 0: : : : : : 0: : 0: : : : :0 : : : : : 0: : 0: : 0:0 : :0 : : : : : :0 : : :0 : : :0 : :0 : : : : : :0 : : :0 --- : : : : :0 : : : : : :0 0:0 : --- :0 --- :0 : : : : --- : : :0 0: :0 0:0 :0 : : --- :0 0: : : : 0: : 0: :0 --- : 0: : : : : :0 : : : : 0: : :0 : : : : : : : : : 0: : : : : :0 :0 :0 : : :0 : : :0 : : : : :0 : : :0 : :0 : : : :0 : :0 : : : :0 : : : : : :0 :0 : : :0 : : : 0: : : : : : : : : : 0: : 0: : : : :0 :0 :00 : :0 :0 :0 :0 : : : : :0 :0 : : : :0 : :0 : :0 0:0 : 0: : 0: : : 0 :0 : : :0 : 0: : :0 : :0 :0 --- :0 : : : : :0 :0 :0 :0 : :0 0: : :0 : :0 : : : :0 : --- : : : : : : : : : --- : 0: : : : : : --- : : : 0: : : :0 :0 : --- : 0: : --- : : : : :0 :0 : 0: :00 :0 : 0: : :0 :0 : : : : :0 : : : : : : : :0 : :0 :0 : :0 : : : : :0 : : : :0 : : : :0 : : : : :0 : 0 : : : : : : : : : : 0:0 : :0 :0 : : Times listed are in New Zealand Standard Time (NZST). Add hour when New Zealand Daylight Time (NZDT) is in force. ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

16 MOONRISE AND MOONSET TIMES LYTTELTON July 0 December 0 0 July August September October November December Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set : 0:0 :0 : :0 : : : : : : : : :0 :0 : : :0 : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : : :0 : : : :0 : : :0 : : :0 : : : :0 : 0: : : :00 : : : : : : 0: : : :0 :0 : :0 : : : :0 : : : : :0 : : :0 : :0 : 0: : : : : : : : :0 : 0: : : : : : --- : : : :0 : :0 : : :0 --- : 0:00 : : : 0:0 : :0 :0 : : 0: : 0: : : : : : :0 : --- : : :0 :0 : 0: : : : --- :0 0: : :00 : : : : :0 : : 0: :0 : : : : :0 : : : --- : : : : : :0 : : : : : 0: : : :0 : : : :0 :0 : --- : : :0 :0 : : : :00 :0 : : 0: : : : : : : :0 : :0 :0 : : : :0 : : : : :0 : :0 : : : : :0 :0 : :0 : : : 0:0 : 0: 0 :00 : : : : : : : :0 0: : : : :0 : :0 : :0 : 0: : : :0 :0 : :0 : : : 0: : : : :0 :0 : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : :0 : :0 0: : : :0 :0 : --- : : : : :00 : : : : : :0 0:0 : : 0: : : : --- : --- :0 0: :0 0: :0 : : : : 0:0 : 0: :0 : :0 0: : :0 : --- : : : : : : : : :0 : :0 0: : :0 :0 :0 : : : : 0 : --- : : : : : : : : : : : 0: : :0 : : : : ASTRONOMICAL 0 January 0 June 0 January February March April May June Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set :0 : 0: : : : :0 : : : : : 0:0 : :0 :00 : : : :0 :0 :0 0:0 : :0 : : : 0:0 : 0:0 : : :0 0: : : :0 :0 : 0: : 0: : 0: : : :0 : : : : :0 : : : :0 : : : :0 : :0 : : : : : : : : : :0 : : :0 :0 : :0 :0 :0 : --- : --- : --- : : : : : --- :0 0: : 0:0 : 0:0 : : : --- : 0:0 : : : 0: :0 0: : --- : 0: : :0 : :0 : :0 : : : 0:0 : :0 :0 :0 : : : : :0 :0 : 0: : :0 : : : : : :0 : : :0 : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : :0 :0 :0 : :0 :0 0:0 : 0: : : : : :0 : :0 0: : 0: : 0:0 : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : :0 :0 0: : 0: : : 0 : : : : : 0:0 : :00 :0 : : --- : : :0 : :0 0: : : : :0 : 0: : : :0 : : : :0 :00 : --- :0 : : : : : : : : --- :0 0: :0 : :0 : : --- : :0 : 0:0 : : : : : --- : 0: : --- :0 : :0 : :0 : : 0: : : : 0:0 :0 : : :0 : : : 0: : : : :0 : : :0 : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : :0 : : : : : : :0 :0 : : : 0 : : :0 : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : : : Times listed are in New Zealand Standard Time (NZST). Add hour when New Zealand Daylight Time (NZDT) is in force. ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

17 MOONRISE AND MOONSET TIMES WAITANGI (CHATHAM ISLANDS) July 0 December 0 ASTRONOMICAL 0 July August September October November December Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set : 0:0 :0 : :0 : : : : : : : :00 :0 :0 :0 : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : : :0 : : : :0 : : :0 : :0 :0 : : : :0 : 0: : : :0 : :0 : : : : 0: : :0 :0 :0 : :0 : : : :0 : : : : :0 : : :0 :00 :0 : 0: :0 : : :0 : : : :0 : 0: : : : : : --- : : : :0 : :0 : :0 :0 --- : 0:0 : : :0 0:0 : :0 : : : 0: : 0: : : :0 : : :0 : --- : : :0 : : 0: : : : --- :0 0: : :0 : : : : : :0 : 0: :0 : : : : :0 : : : --- : : : : : :0 : : : : : 0: : : : : : : :0 :0 : --- : : :0 : : : : :0 :0 : : 0: : : : : :0 : :0 : :0 :0 : : : :0 : : : :0 :0 : :0 : : : : :0 : : :0 : : : 0:0 : 0: 0 :0 : : : : : : : :0 :0 : : : :0 : :0 :00 :0 : 0: : : :0 :0 : :0 : : : 0: : : :0 : :0 : : :0 :00 : : : : : : : : : :0 : : 0: : : :0 :0 : --- : : : : :0 : :00 : :0 : :0 0:0 : :0 0: :0 :0 : --- : --- :0 0: :0 0: :0 : : :0 : 0: : 0: :0 : :0 0: : :0 : --- : : : : : : : : :0 : :0 0: : :0 :0 :0 : : : : 0 :0 --- : : : :0 : : : : : : : 0: : : : : : : 0 January 0 June 0 January February March April May June Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set :0 : 0: : : : :0 : : :00 : : 0: : :0 :00 : : : :0 :0 :0 0:0 : :0 :0 : : 0:0 : 0:0 : : :0 0: : : :0 : : 0: : 0: : 0: : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : : :0 :0 : --- : --- : --- : : : : : --- : 0: : 0: : 0:0 : : : --- : 0:0 : :00 : 0: : 0: : --- : 0: : :0 : :0 : :0 : : :0 0:0 : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : 0: :00 : : : :0 : : :0 : : :0 : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : :0 : :0 : : : :0 : : : : : : :00 : : : : : : : : : : :0 :0 : :0 0:0 : 0: : : : : :0 : : 0: : 0: : 0: : : : : : : : :0 : : : :0 : : : 0: : 0: : : 0 : : : : : 0: : :00 : : : --- : :0 :0 : :0 0: : : : :0 : 0: : : : : : : : : : --- : : : : : : :0 : : --- :0 0: :0 : :0 : : --- : :0 : 0:0 : : : : : --- : 0: : --- : : :0 : :0 : :0 0: : : : 0:0 :0 : : :0 : : :0 0: : : : :0 : : :0 : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : : : :0 : : : :0 : : :0 :0 : : : 0 : : :0 : :0 : : : :0 : : : : : : :0 Times listed are minutes ahead of New Zealand Standard Time (NZST) as observed on the Chatham Islands. Add hour when New Zealand Daylight Time (NZDT) is in force. ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

18 MOONRISE AND MOONSET TIMES WELLINGTON July 0 December 0 0 July August September October November December Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set : --- : : :0 :0 : : : : : :0 : 0: :0 : : : : : : :0 :0 : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : :0 : :0 : : 0:0 : : : : : : : : : 0:0 : : :0 :0 : :0 :00 : : : :0 : : : :0 : : : : : :0 0:0 : : : :0 : : :0 : : 0:0 : : : : : : : : : :00 : : : : : --- : --- : : :0 0:0 : : : : : 0: :0 0: : :0 : :0 :0 : : --- : :0 : 0: : 0:0 : : : --- :0 0: : : : : : :0 : : :0 0: : : : : : : : : :0 --- : : :0 : : : :0 : : : :0 0: :0 :0 : :0 : : : : : --- : : :0 : : : :0 : : : : 0: :0 : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : :0 : : : : : : : : : : :0 :0 :0 : : : 0: 0 : :0 : : : :0 :0 :0 :0 0: : :0 : :00 : :0 : : : 0:0 : : :0 :0 :0 :00 : : :0 0: : :00 : : : : :0 :0 : : : : : : : :0 : :0 : : :0 0: : : :0 : : :0 : : : : : : : : : : :0 --- : --- : 0: : : : --- : --- :0 0: : 0:0 : : : : : 0:0 : 0: :0 :00 : 0: : : : --- : 0: : : :0 : :0 :0 : : : 0: : : : :0 : :0 : : 0 : --- : : : : : : : : : : : 0: : : :0 :00 : : ASTRONOMICAL 0 January 0 June 0 January February March April May June Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set Rise Set : : 0: : : :0 : : :0 : : : : : 0: : : : : : :0 : 0:0 : 0: : : :0 : : : : : : 0: : :0 : : : 0: :0 0: :00 0:0 : : : : : :0 : 0: :0 : :00 : : : : : : :0 : :0 : : : : : : : :0 :0 : : :0 : : : :0 : --- : --- : --- : : : : : --- : 0: :0 0:0 : 0:0 : : : --- : 0:0 : : :0 0:0 : 0: : --- :0 0: :0 :0 : : :0 :00 : : : 0:00 : : : :0 : :0 : : : :0 :0 0: : : : :0 :0 : : :0 : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : : : : : :0 :0 : : : : : : :0 :0 :0 :0 : : : : : : :0 : : : : :0 0: : : : : : : : 0: : 0: : 0: : : : : : : :0 :0 : :0 : : : : : 0:0 : 0: : : 0 : : : :0 : 0: :0 0: : : : --- : :0 : : : 0: :0 : :0 :0 :0 0: : : : : : : :0 : : --- : : :0 :0 :0 : :0 : : --- : 0: :0 : : : : --- :0 :0 : 0:0 : :0 : : : --- : 0: : --- : : : : :0 :0 :0 0: : : :0 0:0 : : : : : :0 : 0: : : : :0 : : : : : : : : :0 : : : : : :0 : :0 : : : : : : :0 :0 : : : 0 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Times listed are in New Zealand Standard Time (NZST). Add hour when New Zealand Daylight Time (NZDT) is in force. ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

19 PLANET VISIBILITY ASTRONOMICAL 0 0 e following diagrams show, in graphical form, when the five naked-eye planets Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter and turn are visible in the night sky during the period July 0 June 0. Each diagram spans the hours of darkness, covering the period from :00 to 0:00 with midnight being represented by the central line across the diagram. For a given date, time runs from the bottom to the top of the diagram. Times are shown in terms of New Zealand Standard Time; one hour must be added when New Zealand Daylight Time is in force. Each diagram is plotted for llington, time differences at other locations in New Zealand will generally not exceed an hour. In addition to the planet information, the diagrams show the time of sunset and sunrise as well as the end and start of astronomical twilight which is the time when the n is below the horizon. e shaded area of each diagram indicates the range of dates/times that the planet is visible in the night sky. Appearance of the planets Unless they are near to the horizon, planets can be distinguished from the twinkling stars by their more steady appearance. Twinkling is caused by turbulence in the atmosphere which has a greater effect on the light coming from point sources (stars) than on the light from much closer planets which are not point sources. Another pointer to identifying planets is that they are usually one of the brightest of the objects in the night sky. Mercury is the most difficult to see of the bright planets; due to its close proximity to the n it is seldom seen in fully dark skies. Venus is readily identified by its brightness being exceeded by only the n and on. Venus is often referred to as either the Evening Star (when visible in the west after sunset) or the rning Star (in the east before sunrise). Mars is notable for its orange-red appearance and is popularly known as the Red Planet. Jupiter s white light always outshines all of the stars whilst pale yellow turn is usually the least conspicuous of the five naked-eye planets. MERCURY New Zealand Standard Time 0:00 0:00 0:00 0:00 00:00 :00 0:00 :00 :00 MERCURY SETS MERCURY RISES TWILIGHT BEGINS MERCURY SETS SUNRISE M E R CURY RISES TWILIGHT ENDS SUNSET MERCURY SETS 0:00 0:00 0:00 0:00 00:00 :00 0:00 :00 Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun : MER C U RY RISES MERCURY SETS New Zealand Standard Time MERCURY is the most difficult of the bright planets to see as it always appears in close proximity to the n. is means it is visible only in the twilight sky towards the horizon. e best period to see Mercury in the morning sky will occur mid- April to mid-may when the planet rises before twilight begins. Other morning appearances during August to September and December to February are less favourable as Mercury rises during the dawn period. e best time to see Mercury in the evening will occur mid-july to mid-august when it will set after twilight has ended. Other evening appearances during October to December, February/March and June are less favourable as Mercury sets before twilight ends. ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

20 VENUS 0:00 0:00 New Zealand Standard Time 0:00 0:00 0:00 00:00 :00 0:00 :00 :00 VENUS RISES SUNSET TWILIGHT ENDS SUNRISE TWILIGHT BEGINS VENUS SETS 0:00 0:00 0:00 00:00 :00 0:00 :00 Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun :00 New Zealand Standard Time ASTRONOMICAL 0 0 VENUS will be visible as a bright object in the eastern pre-dawn sky at the beginning of July. Its visibility will gradually decrease over the coming months at the beginning of September Venus rises as twilight begins and then closer to sunrise until early January when its morning appearance comes to an end. Later in January Venus will begin to slowly become more apparent in the western sky in the evening. During mid-may Venus will set as twilight ends and at the end of June it will set more than hours after sunset. MARS 0:00 0:00 New Zealand Standard Time 0:00 0:00 0:00 00:00 :00 0:00 :00 MARS SETS TWILIGHT BEGINS SUNRISE TWILIGHT ENDS SUNSET MARS RISES 0:00 0:00 0:00 00:00 :00 0:00 :00 New Zealand Standard Time :00 Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun 0 0 :00 MARS will end its evening apparition during July. In August the red planet will begin to rise shortly before the n and at the beginning of December Mars will rise as twilight begins. om mid-february Mars will rise before midnight and at the end of June it will rise shortly after twilight ends and will be visible most of the night. ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

21 JUPITER 0:00 0:00 ASTRONOMICAL New Zealand Standard Time 0:00 0:00 0:00 00:00 :00 0:00 :00 :00 SUNRISE TWILIGHT BEGINS JUPITER SETS TWILIGHT ENDS SUNSET JUPITER RISES JUPITER SETS 0:00 0:00 0:00 00:00 :00 0:00 :00 Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun :00 New Zealand Standard Time 0 0 JUPITER sets shortly after midnight at the beginning of July, but by the beginning of October it will set at the end of twilight. By late-october Jupiter will be lost from sight in the glare of the n. Early in November the giant planet will reappear in the eastern sky ahead of sunrise and by mid-december the planet will be rising as twilight commences. Jupiter will rise progressively earlier during the night until early May when it will be rising at sunset and be visible throughout the night. Jupiter will then begin setting earlier by the end of June this will occur before am. SATURN 0:00 0:00 New Zealand Standard Time 0:00 0:00 0:00 00:00 :00 0:00 :00 SATURN SETS SUNRISE TWILIGHT BEGINS TWILIGHT ENDS SUNSET SATURN RISES 0:00 0:00 0:00 00:00 :00 0:00 :00 New Zealand Standard Time :00 Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun 0 0 :00 SATURN will set shortly before twilight begins at the beginning of July and at midnight by mid-october. Over the following months turn will set gradually earlier in the evening. By late November the ringed planet will set as twilight ends and by mid-december turn will be lost from sight in the glare of the n. Late in December turn will appear in the east shortly before sunrise. om mid-january turn will rise before twilight begins. turn will then rise progressively earlier during the night until late June when it will rise as the n sets and be visible throughout the night, setting at sunrise. 0 ASTRONOMICAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

22 TIDAL INFORMATION An Introduction to Tides... e Cause and Nature of Tides... Tides around New Zealand... Analysis and Prediction... Meteorological Effects on Tides... Tidal Streams... Making Sea Level Measurements... Definitions... Diagram Illustrating Tidal Terms... How to Use the Tide Tables...0 Method to Find Times or Heights of High and Low Waters...0 Method to Find Times or Heights between High and Low Waters... Standard Port Information... Datum Descriptions... Tidal Levels... TIDAL INFORMATION Tide Prediction Information... Tidal Predictions... Standard Port Tide Predictions... Tidal Stream Diagrams... Tidal Stream Predictions... Secondary Ports... Alphabetical Index of Secondary Ports... Secondary Ports Table... TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

23 AN INTRODUCTION TO TIDES e periodic rise and fall of sea level, known as the tide, is caused by the gravitational interactions of the on and n on the oceans of the Earth. While gravity provides the driving force, the rotation of the Earth, the size and shape of the ocean basins and local coastal circumstances ultimately determine the magnitude and frequency of the tide at a particular place. e following is intended to give you a basic understanding of tidal theory and an appreciation of some of the main tidal phenomena with particular reference to New Zealand conditions. THE CAUSE AND NATURE OF TIDES TIDAL INFORMATION GRAVITATIONAL FORCES AND A TIDAL BULGE Newton s law of universal gravitation tells us that the strength of the gravitational force between two bodies is a function of their masses and the distance between them. is law also states that the direction of the gravitational attraction force is along the line joining the two bodies. e Earth and on are held together by gravitational attraction, which is balanced at the common centre of gravity by an equal and opposite centrifugal force. Away from the centre of gravity the strength of the gravitational force changes as the distance to the on varies. e centrifugal force, however, remains constant everywhere on Earth. erefore, except at the centre of gravity, the gravitational and centrifugal forces are not the same and this inequality creates a residual force. ese three forces are depicted in the following diagram. If the Earth were completely covered by a very deep ocean this residual force would act on the water and produce two bulges, one on the side facing the on and one on the opposite side of the Earth. e diagram below shows the Earth and on as viewed from above the North Pole. An observer under the water on the Earth at position is beneath one of the water bulges and would be experiencing a high tide. A quarter of a revolution later, at position where the original water level has been depressed, a low tide would be seen. e high tide, low tide sequence repeats as the observer moves around through points and. e Earth-n system is also subject to similar gravitational and centrifugal forces but due to the n s greater distance they have less than half the strength of the lunar-related forces. As a consequence, the solar-related residual forces and resulting bulges are correspondingly smaller. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

24 e planet Venus exerts the greatest gravitational pull on the Earth of all the planets but, at just 0.00% of the effect of the on, makes no real impression. Despite being the largest planet, Jupiter s greater distance means that its influence is ten times smaller than Venus. So, the on and n are the only celestial bodies that have any significant gravitational impact on the Earth. MORE TIDAL BULGES e orbital motions of the on and Earth cause the directions to the on and n to change over the course of a month and a year respectively. e tilt of the Earth s axis also causes the directions of the on and n above and below the Earth s equatorial plane to vary over half of their associated orbital periods. Furthermore, because their orbits are elliptical, the distances to the on and n also vary throughout their respective month and year long cycles. e gravitational effect of each of these astronomical cycles can be defined and it is useful to imagine every gravitational variation creating its own unique tidal bulge. e period of each bulge is identical to that of the gravitational force that created it. ese periods therefore, by definition, do not vary and are the same everywhere on Earth. e size, or amplitude, of these bulges is small - the largest having a height of just a few tenths of a metre. ese tidal bulges are known as constituent tides. TIDAL BULGES ON THE MOVE Since gravitational force acts in a direct line, it follows that as the on and n move relative to Earth, so each of the direction-related tidal bulges must turn to maintain alignment with the appropriate body. While the Earth rotates on its axis the on moves in the same direction around its orbit, turning the lunar tidal bulge as it goes. e diagram below shows the Earth/on system as viewed from above the North Pole. Initially an observer at position A sees the tidal bulge pointed in the direction of the on. Twenty-four hours later the observer returns to point A, but during the intervening day the on has moved along its orbit and rotated the tidal bulge so the observer must wait until reaching point B before catching up with the lunar bulge again. TIDAL INFORMATION e elapsed time to catch up to the tidal bulge that is directed towards the on is, on average, hr 0min. e time between passes under each tidal bulge (successive high waters) is, therefore, approximately hr min. e actual interval can vary by up to 0 minutes. e tidal bulge caused by and pointing in the direction of the n is encountered by the rotating Earth after each complete revolution about its axis. erefore, the interval between successive high waters caused by the solar tide-generating force is hours. ese lunar and solar tide cycles each last half a day and are known as semi-diurnal tides. Since the lunar semi-diurnal tide is dominant over the solar tide, the time of the tide generally advances by nearly one hour each day in accordance with the motion of the on. e bulges revolve around the Earth once every. days in the case of the lunar tidal bulge and. days for the n s tidal bulge. Because the Earth is titled on its axis by approximately, the on s orbital plane is inclined to the Equator by the same angle. During each orbit the declination of the on changes from on one side of the plane of the Earth s equator to the other over a period of. days. e lunar tidal bulge follows this motion so we have the situation shown in the following diagram (please note, for convenience the Earth s axis is shown in the upright position). TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

25 e observer at point A is under a tidal bulge and sees a high tide with height H. Twelve hours later the observer is at point B and, once again, sees another high tide, this one has height H. Now H is greater than H because the declination of the on has rotated the tidal bulge. is difference between the heights of successive high tides is known as the diurnal inequality. As the on approaches the plane of the Equator, H and H become equal and the diurnal inequality disappears. Declination TIDAL INFORMATION e tidal bulge due to the n is similarly affected by the Earth s tilt except that the solar cycle lasts months. e on s declination also has a secondary oscillation that is a little more than. is additional motion changes very slowly and takes. years before being repeated. have now considered the motion of a number of direction-dependent tidal bulges. TIDAL BULGES CHANGING SIZE As the orbits of the on about the Earth and the Earth around the n are not circular, the distance to each of these bodies varies. Since the strength of gravitational attraction is determined, in part, by the distance between the objects, as the distances change so too does the strength of the tide-raising forces. e lunar distance changes during a period of. days, which is very close to, but not exactly the same as, the on s orbital period. As a further complication, the point of the lunar orbit that is closest to the Earth does not stay in the same place. Instead, it moves slowly around the on s orbit, a journey that takes. years. e distance related solar tide-generating force changes over a period of. days. As is the case with the on and the Earth, the point where the Earth is closest to the n also moves around the Earth s orbit, but this is very slow as it takes 0,0 years to complete the circuit. COMBINING TIDAL BULGES Let us now consider what happens when two tidal bulges interact with one another. Since the period of each bulge is different, the rate of change that takes place as they interact will depend on the difference between their periods. When the peaks of both bulges are aligned the height of the resulting bulge will equal the sum of the heights of the individual bulges. When the peak of one bulge is aligned with the trough of the other, then the heights will tend to cancel one another. Bulges with similar amplitudes will have a far greater effect on one another compared to the effect that a small bulge will have on a larger one. e two bulges will create a new tidal bulge whose size (amplitude) and period are predetermined by the original bulges. e diagram on the right illustrates how two simple curves merge together to form a new more complex curve. e height of curve at point A combines with the height of curve at point B to produce a greater height at point C on the combined curve. e height of curve at point X is reduced by the negative height of curve at point Y to produce a small negative height on the combined curve at Z. C B A X Z Y Curve Curve Combined Curve TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

26 Spring/Neap cycle: is is the most widely known phenomenon resulting from the combination of two tidal bulges. Twice each month the Earth, on and n more or less line up and we have what are known as the new and full phases of the on. At these times the tide generating forces of the on and n are aligned. As a result, the major lunar and solar tidal bulges combine together to create spring tide conditions when the difference between the heights of high and low water is greater than average. e on continues on its way around its orbit and a week later it is at a right angle to the direction of the n and the tidal bulges have a cancelling effect on each other. At these times (around first and last quarter on) the high water is not so high and the low water is not so low these are known as neap tides. e tide, as it is observed, is the end result of the combination of many tidal bulges (constituent tides) each of which is linked to a particular set of Earth-on-n circumstances. FICTION VERSUS FACT e foregoing explanation describes what is known as the equilibrium tidal theory that is based on a fictitious watercovered Earth where the tidal bulges remain pointed directly towards and away from the on and n. is simplified theory ignores the effects that the continents, varying water depth, rotation and inertia have on the propagation of the tidal bulges. Many of the tidal phenomena observed around the world are not explained by the equilibrium theory. For example, the semi-diurnal tide is not universal some locations experience just one tide a day (a diurnal tidal regime), others have a mixed regime where times of semi-diurnal tides alternate with periods of diurnal tides. Examples of diurnal tides (emantle) and mixed tides (n Diego) are shown below together with Auckland s semi-diurnal regime for comparison. Sea Level (m) March FREMANTLE (00) TIDAL INFORMATION Sea Level (m) March SAN DIEGO (00) Sea Level (m) March AUCKLAND (00) Tide ranges many times greater than predicted by the equilibrium theory are not exceptional. In some places the range can exceed metres (for example Broome and Derby, stern Australia and the Bay of Fundy, Canada) while elsewhere such as the Mediterranean, Baltic and Caribbean Seas the tide is almost non-existent. e spring/neap cycle is a dominant feature of the tides in some regions; in others this twice-monthly rhythm is either not so apparent or reduced to a single cycle per month. Despite these shortcomings, the equilibrium theory does provide some understanding of the nature of the connection between the tides and the on and n and it forms the basis of the concepts underlying the constituent tides. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

27 THE EFFECT OF THE REAL WORLD ON THE TIDAL BULGES e arrangement of the continents has created the world s three major water basins: the Pacific, Atlantic and Indian Oceans. On the scale of these oceans, the passages of connecting water are relatively small and so, broadly speaking, the movement of the tide is constrained within individual ocean basins. e tidal bulge, as developed by the equilibrium theory, must now be considered as a very long wave trapped within each basin. Each body of water has a natural period of oscillation which will influence its response to the tide raising forces. In general, the oscillation period for the Pacific Ocean is hours and so many of the tides in the Pacific are diurnal. In the Atlantic Ocean the natural oscillation period is about ½ hours so the tides in the Atlantic are predominantly semi-diurnal. ere are, of course, many places where the tidal regime is governed by the local configuration of the land and water depth rather than large scale oceanic forces. If you take a container of water and move it from side to side, the water level at each end will rise and fall; while across the centre of the container the water level will not change. is over-simplified model describes the nature of the tides in enclosed waters such as the Persian Gulf, Red and Mediterranean Seas. Now move the container about in a circular fashion. e water level will rise and fall around the edge of the container and the location where the water level does not change is reduced to a point in the centre of the container. is pattern of wave behaviour is similar to what happens within the ocean basins as the Earth rotates. In the northern hemisphere the long tide wave travels in an anti-clockwise direction, whilst the wave in the southern hemisphere goes clockwise. e centre of these Coriolis rotations is known as an amphidrome; a point where there is no tide. TIDAL INFORMATION e speed at which a wave travels is controlled by water depth. ose parts of the wave passing over continental shelf regions and shallower coastal areas will slow down and this, in turn, means that the wave front no longer remains straight. e slowing of the wave also causes the wave height to increase. According to the equilibrium tide theory, the height of the tide wave is less than half a metre; slowing the wave in shallow water produces observed tide heights that are many times this value. TIDES AROUND NEW ZEALAND All around the New Zealand coastline the tidal regime is semi-diurnal. is means that on most days two high and two low tides will occur at any given location. However, if the first tide for the day occurs after about : am there will be just three tides on that day the fourth one in the sequence will take place very early the following day. Maximum tidal ranges exceeding. metres occur at Onehunga, Port Taranaki, Nelson, stport and Auckland. e smallest tidal ranges ( metres or less) are experienced at Gisborne, Napier, llington and Picton. e classic fortnightly spring/neap cycle is not seen at Napier, llington and Lyttelton. At these sites the solar tides are dominated by the lunar ones and the result is known as a perigean tide. e following diagrams of predicted tide curves at Port Taranaki and Napier illustrate these range and frequency variations. Note that both the tide curves cover identical periods and are plotted at the same vertical scale..0 PORT TARANAKI (00) Sea Level (m) March Sea Level (m) NAPIER (00) March e diurnal inequality, where successive high or low water heights are not the same, is also apparent in the diagrams. is phenomenon is particularly evident in the Port Taranaki example for high waters during the periods March and 0. e tidal bulge travels around New Zealand s coastline in an anti-clockwise direction. is is contrary to what is expected from the Coriolis Effect in the southern hemisphere. Regions surrounded by amphidrome points experience a counter-rotating circulation; New Zealand is situated in such a location which explains why the tidal bulge travels around the country in an anti-clockwise direction. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

28 is tidal bulge takes approximately hours to travel around the North and South Islands. erefore, at any one given time there is always a high tide (and a low tide) occurring somewhere around the coast. is pattern of flow is the reason why the state of the tides in Auckland s Waitemata and Manukau Harbours are never the same despite their close proximity. e tide has to travel from Auckland around Northland to reach the Manukau Harbour a journey that takes about ½ hours on average. Since the on is the principle force driving New Zealand s semi-diurnal tides, a complete tide cycle lasts on average hr min. Each incoming (flood) and outgoing (ebb) tide could, therefore, be expected to last about hr min. is is indeed the case at most of the standard ports with Dunedin and Picton being notable exceptions. At Dunedin the flood interval is consistently 0 minutes shorter, and the ebb tide correspondingly longer, than the nominal interval. At Picton the variation is more pronounced. e duration of the incoming tide has a range of ½ ½ hours and ebb tides have a range of ½ - ½ hours. e longest durations are observed during the neap tides that occur days after first quarter on in February, March, August and September. is appears to be due to the effect that the sizes of the semi- and quarter-diurnal tidal constituents have on the relatively small neap tide range at Picton. Cook Strait: Between the North and South Islands the tide travelling northward along the east coast passes the southbound tide to the west. e strong difference between the states of these tides, combined with the east/west tide height difference, produces the complex pattern of strong currents that flow through Cook Strait. ANALYSIS AND PREDICTION e actual tide observed at a particular location is the resultant of the combination of all of the gravitationally induced constituent tides that are present there. om studies of celestial motion we know that each tidal cycle follows a simple recurring (harmonic) pattern with a fixed period. e parameters that vary from place to place are the amplitude and time lag (phase) of each constituent. Harmonic tidal analysis involves taking a series of sea level measurements made at regular intervals, usually hourly, and resolving the amplitude and phase values for each constituent tide that comprises the observed tide at that place. e period covered by the sea level measurements has a bearing on the information that the analysis can provide. Since the on has the greatest effect on the tides, data from at least one month is required to account for the major lunar orbit-related effects. Longer sequences of observations enable the analysis to distinguish between constituent tides with similar periods as well as to determine very long period constituents and generally improve the quality of the results. e analysis of sea level data for a single month will produce parameters for about constituent tides the analysis of a years data will typically yield amplitudes and phases for constituent tides. However, the amplitudes of many of these constituents are usually small (a few millimetres, or less) and as these values are affected by the amount of scatter (noise) in the sea level measurements the reliability of such results is questionable. Meaningful values can usually be obtained for the most significant 0 0 constituent tides for the locality. Wherever possible predictions are based on the analysis of sea level measurements taken over a period of at least one year. is allows the average changes in mean sea level due to seasonal variations in meteorological conditions to be calculated and included in the predictions. ese changes do not, however, repeat themselves exactly from year to year so it is advisable to observe and analyse sea level measurements over a number of years. Once the amplitude and phase values for a set of constituent tides have been calculated they can then be used to create the tide curve for a specified time interval. is information can then be used to find the times and heights of maxima (high water) and minima (low water). Predictions can be made for future and past dates, however their accuracy decreases as the time difference between the measurements used in the analysis and the prediction period increases. As predictions are given for average meteorological conditions, it follows that when conditions are not average the actual tide times and/or heights may differ from those predicted. e effects of varying meteorological conditions are discussed in the following section. TIDAL INFORMATION METEOROLOGICAL EFFECTS ON TIDES Unusually high or low barometric pressure, or prolonged periods of strong winds can result in variations between actual sea level and the predicted heights. Differences between predicted and actual times of high and low water are caused mainly by the wind. Barometric Pressure: Tide predictions are computed for a standard barometric pressure of hectopascals (hpa) or millibars. A difference of hpa from the average can cause a difference in height of cm. A low barometer will allow the sea level to rise and a high barometer will tend to depress it. is phenomenon is often described as the inverted barometer effect. e water level does not, however, adjust itself immediately to a change of pressure; it responds to the average change over a considerable area. Changes in sea level due to barometric pressure alone seldom exceed 0 centimetres but, as such circumstances are usually associated with adverse weather conditions, the actual change in sea level is often much greater. Wind: e effect of the wind on sea level, and therefore on tidal heights and times, is variable and depends largely on the topography of the area. In general it can be said that the wind will raise the level of the sea in the direction towards which it is blowing. is effect is often called wind setup. A strong wind blowing onshore will pile up the water and cause the sea level to be higher than predicted, while winds blowing off the land will have the reverse effect. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

29 Storm surges: e combination of wind setup and the inverted barometer effect associated with storms can create a pronounced increase in sea level. is is often called a storm surge. A long surface wave travelling with the storm depression can further exaggerate this sea level increase. A negative storm surge is the opposite effect, generally associated with high pressure systems and offshore winds, and can create unusually shallow water. is effect is of great importance to very large vessels which may be navigating with small under-keel clearances. TIDAL INFORMATION TIDAL STREAMS A tidal stream is the periodic movement of water in a horizontal direction that is due ultimately to the same astronomical causes as the tide (whereas the tide is a movement in the vertical direction). e tidal stream associated with a rising tide is called the flood stream; that associated with a falling tide is called the ebb stream. A tidal stream is often described by the direction to which it runs. ere is usually a period when the flow ceases, known as slack water, before the stream changes direction. Interestingly, slack water does not necessarily occur at times of high or low water. Tidal streams can be analysed and predicted in much the same way as tides. It is generally simpler however, to compare the stream with the tide at a nearby standard port, and determine the time difference between high or low water at the port and the beginning of the ebb or flood stream in a particular area. is is the method used to compute the tidal stream predictions for Tory Channel / Kura te Au Entrance and Te Aumiti / ench Pass that are published in this Almanac. Cook Strait: e tidal streams in and around Cook Strait are unreliable and mariners are warned to exercise every precaution when navigating in the vicinity. e streams often run in one direction for eight to hours, but cases have been reported of them going for hours or more. When the streams have been running in one direction for an extended period, it has been found that the opposite stream is much weaker or, on some occasions, hardly noticeable. e maximum rates shown on the chart which are normally attained during spring tide conditions are also liable to be encountered at any other time. In the vicinity of Karori Rock and Cape Terawhiti rates of up to knots are frequently experienced, but as a rule do not last for more than about an hour. Small vessels are warned to keep well clear of tide rips as they may lose steerage way and may, in extreme cases, capsize. Te Aumiti / ench Pass: Mariners are cautioned against taking a vessel through the Pass against the stream, as not only does a vessel sometimes not answer the helm owing to the stream eddies acting on the bow, but there is danger of meeting a vessel coming from the opposite direction which is not visible in sufficient time to prevent collision. Powered vessels of moderate size can, with prudence, pass through at slack water or with the tidal stream and in doing so save miles of distance and avoid the heavy cross sea that is frequently met northward of Rangitoto ki te Tonga / D Urville Island and Stephens Island (Takapourewa). Local knowledge is highly desirable. e flood and ebb streams attain rates of to knots and do not set directly through the narrow channel but across it. e flood stream sets in a south-westerly direction as far as the narrows and then along the shore between Channel and Rock Cod Points. e ebb stream sets in the opposite direction. See the tidal arrows shown on the chart (NZ ). Slack water lasts about 0 minutes. e extraordinary irregularity of the sea bottom, together with the narrowness of the channel, creates many eddies in this area. Care must be taken to prevent a vessel being swung round on to Collinet Point by the eddies. Tory Channel / Kura te Au Entrance: Tidal streams can be very strong through the east entrance to Tory Channel / Kura te Au, reaching rates of knots as indicated on chart NZ. Tide rips form along the western approaches to the entrance and eddies form around Okukari Bay. Some cross channel shear is present but is generally weak relative to normal channel flows. Vessels approaching the entrance from Cook Strait against an east-going tidal stream will find that the stream at the entrance normally sets SSE onto the starboard bow. When abreast of st Head Light the stream sets onto the port bow. Care must be taken to account for the effect of the streams. Without local knowledge, low-powered vessels should not use the entrance at spring tides, whether entering or leaving Tory Channel / Kura te Au. MAKING SEA LEVEL MEASUREMENTS Until quite recently the use of float gauges was the most common method of measuring and recording sea levels. e float gauges were installed in stilling wells that dampened the wave action and, through a system of wires and pulleys, the vertical movement of the float was translated to a pen that traced out a line on a paper chart attached to a rotating drum. Towards the end of the 0th century the pen and paper chart recording system became superseded by digital encoders that allowed sea level readings to be stored electronically, or transmitted by telephone or satellite. Today there are a number of different types of technology to choose from to make sea level measurements. Some systems are mounted above the water and determine the distance down to the water surface by measuring the time taken for a pulse of sound or radar to travel down to the water and be reflected back to the source. Other systems are placed under the water and measure the water pressure which is converted to the height of the water column above the sensor. At a particular port the level of the water is expressed as a height above a local datum which is also the datum used for the depths of the sea on nautical charts. is datum is defined with reference to permanent benchmarks ashore and the zero of the tide gauge. e datum adopted usually approximates Lowest Astronomical Tide (LAT) which is the lowest level the tide can be predicted to occur under normal meteorological conditions. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

30 DEFINITIONS STANDARD PORTS Standard ports are those for which tidal predictions are provided in the form of daily tables giving the times and heights of high and low waters. All times in these tables are in New Zealand Standard Time. Predicted heights are in metres and are based on the Chart Datum of the largest scale chart of the place. SECONDARY PORTS Secondary ports are those for which daily predictions are not provided. Data sufficient for calculating times and heights at these ports and places are given after the standard port predictions in this book. Secondary ports are grouped under standard ports with a similar tidal pattern. MEAN SEA LEVEL (MSL) e average level of the sea surface over a long period or the average level which would exist in the absence of tides. MEAN HIGH WATER SPRINGS (MHWS) AND MEAN LOW WATER SPRINGS (MLWS) e average of the levels of each pair of successive high waters, and of each pair of successive low waters, during that period of about hours in each semi -lunation (approximately every days), when the range of the tide is greatest (spring range). MEAN HIGH WATER NEAPS (MHWN) AND MEAN LOW WATER NEAPS (MLWN) e average of the levels of each pair of successive high waters, and of each pair of successive low waters, during that period of about hours in each semi-lunation (approximately every days), when the range of the tide is least (neap range). CHART DATUM (CD) A water level so low that the tide will but seldom fall below it. When meteorological conditions are such that sea level is lowered, the tide will fall below the predicted low water heights, and at a place where Chart Datum is at a comparatively high level, the actual depths at or near low water may be considerably less than charted. HIGHEST AND LOWEST ASTRONOMICAL TIDE (HAT AND LAT) e highest and lowest tidal levels which can be predicted to occur under average meteorological conditions over years. dern chart datums are set at the approximate level of Lowest Astronomical Tide (LAT) and Tide Tables list the predicted height of tide above Chart Datum. It should be noted that water level may fall below the level of LAT if abnormal meteorological conditions are experienced. DIAGRAM ILLUSTRATING TIDAL TERMS TIDAL INFORMATION Highest Astronomical Tide (HAT) Mean High Water Springs (MHWS) NEAP RANGE SPRING RANGE Mean High Water Neaps (MHWN) Mean Sea Level (MSL) Mean Low Water Neaps (MLWN) CHARTED DEPTH Mean Low Water Springs (MLWS) Lowest Astronomical Tide (LAT) Chart Datum (CD) CAUTIONS. In certain circumstances a tide at low water may fall below the level of Chart Datum thus giving depths less than the charted depth.. e times predicted for high and low water can be affected by changes in the force and direction of the wind and by changes in the barometric pressure. It will generally be found that the heights are increased with onshore and decreased with off-shore winds. Sea level rises as the barometer falls, and vice versa, approximately cm for each millibar difference from the average pressure. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

31 HOW TO USE THE TIDE TABLES METHOD TO FIND TIMES OR HEIGHTS OF HIGH AND LOW WATERS STANDARD PORTS e times and heights of high and low water are tabulated for every day of the year. e zone time used for the predicted times is the Standard Time for the port and is indicated at the top of each page. e heights are shown in metres referred to the Chart Datum of the port concerned. SECONDARY PORTS e times of high and low water are obtained by applying the time differences tabulated in the Secondary Ports Table to the daily predictions for the designated standard port. A negative time difference will give an earlier time than that for the standard port and a positive one a later time. e heights of high and low water are obtained by multiplying the height predictions for the designated standard port by the range ratio value for the secondary port. Predictions for the standard ports include the seasonal variations. Since the same seasonal variations apply to the designated secondary ports, they are allowed for in the final result and there is no need to apply them separately when using the method described below. e techniques used to obtain the times and heights of high and low water at secondary ports are explained in detail in the following instruction and examples. e use of the calculation form on the following page is demonstrated by way of an example and a blank form is provided for further use. TIDAL INFORMATION EXAMPLE Find the times and heights of high and low waters at Secondary Port on September, using the following extracts: Extract from Secondary Ports Table : Mean Time Differences Mean Spring, Neap and Sea Level Heights (metres) Range Ratio Port HW LW MHWS MHWN MLWN MLWS MSL STANDARD PORT hhmm hhmm Secondary Port Extract from Predictions: STANDARD PORT Time SEPTEMBER m NOTE: 0 0. e data used in this example does not 0. refer to the year of these tables nor to any particular ports. 0. FRI 0. DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS Note: is method produces heights for secondary ports referred to Chart Datum. Users will need to apply a suitable correction if another datum is required.. Obtain predicted times and heights of high and low waters at the standard port, enter them in box (Times) and (Heights).. Obtain the MSL value for the standard port from the Secondary Ports Table, enter it in box (MSL).. btract the MSL value for the standard port in box from the predictions in box, enter results in box. (N.B. the HW column should have positive values, the LW column negative values.). Obtain data for the secondary port from the Secondary Ports Table and enter time differences in box, MSL in box, range ratio in box.. Multiply the figures in box by the range ratio in box, enter the corresponding products in box.. Algebraically add the time differences for the secondary port in box to the predicted times for the standard port in box, enter the results in box. THESE ARE THE TIMES OF HIGH AND LOW WATER FOR THE SECONDARY PORT.. Algebraically add the values in box to the MSL value for the secondary port in box, enter the results in box. THESE ARE THE HEIGHTS OF HIGH AND LOW WATER FOR THE SECONDARY PORT. 0 TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

32 Standard Port Data CALCULATION FORM () Times () Heights () MSL HW LW HW LW () Predicted Height - MSL. -. Secondary Port Data () - (). -. () Time Diffs () MSL () Range Ratio HW LW () Calculations.0 -. () x () () Times () Heights Secondary Port Results () + () () + () HW LW HW LW () Times () Heights () MSL TIDAL INFORMATION Standard Port Data HW LW HW LW () Predicted Height - MSL () - () Secondary Port Data () Time Diffs () MSL () Range Ratio HW LW () Calculations () x () () Times () Heights Secondary Port Results () + () () + () HW LW HW LW TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

33 METHOD TO FIND TIMES OR HEIGHTS BETWEEN HIGH AND LOW WATERS Times and heights between high and low waters of standard and secondary ports can be interpolated by fitting a cosine curve. is interpolation can be accomplished graphically with form reproduced on the following pages, the use of which is explained below. is form is a development of the method published in the Admiralty Tide Tables and is reproduced with the permission of the Australian Hydrographic Service, Royal Australian Navy. is method will give acceptable results provided that the duration of rise or fall is between and hours. Formulae for use with calculators or computers are also provided courtesy of the Australian Hydrographic Service. e same criterion should be satisfied to obtain acceptable results. TO FIND THE HEIGHT OF THE TIDE AT A GIVEN TIME TIDAL INFORMATION Using the form. Plot the time of high water on the time axis marked HW, and the time of low water on the time axis marked LW. Connect these two points by a straight line called the time-line. Note: Hours from 0000 to 000 are repeated on the right hand side of the scale for use when midnight (0000) falls between HW and LW.. Plot the height of high water on the height axis marked HW, and the height of low water on the axis marked LW. Connect these two points by a straight line called the height-line.. To find the height of the tide for a given intermediate time, plot the time on the LW time axis, project it up to the time-line, go across to the curve, go down to the height-line then across to the LW height axis, from which the height can be read off. Using the formula If t and h denote the time and height of the tide (high or low) immediately preceeding time t, and t and h denote the height of the tide (high or low) immediately following time t, then the height h at time t is given by the following formula: h = h + (h - h )[(cosa + )/] where Note : Note : A = π([(t - t )/(t - t )] + ) radians On falling tides (h - h ) will be negative. t, t and t are in decimal hours. Using the form. As above.. As above. TO FIND THE TIME FOR A GIVEN HEIGHT OF THE TIDE. To find the time at which a given intermediate height occurs, plot the height on the LW height axis, project it across to the height-line, go up to the curve, across to the time-line, and down to the LW time axis, from which the time can be read off. Using the formula With t, h, t, h defined as above, the intermediate time t when the tide is at a given height h, can be calculated from the following formula: t = t + (t - t )((A/π ) - ) where A = π - acos ([(h - h )/(h - h )] ) radians. Note : On falling tides (h - h ) and (h - h ) will be negative. Note : t, t and t are in decimal hours. Note : It is presumed that the range of the acos function is [0, π]. Copyright Commonwealth of Australia 00 Used with the permission of the Australian Hydrographic Service TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

34 0. HW LW TIME HEIGHT (m) TIDAL INFORMATION HW LW FORM FOR FINDING THE TIME OR HEIGHT OF THE TIDE Tidal prediction for Example port Date September Example: Find the height of the tide at 000 using the following prediction information: Previous tide: 0, ht 0.m (LW) Next tide: 0, ht.m (HW) Height Time 0 0. Predicted time/height of preceding tide 0. Predicted time/height of following tide 000. Intermediate tide time/height Intermediate tide time/height Instructions. Plot the predicted times and heights of high and low water on either side of the time of interest.. Join these points to obtain a time-line and a height-line.. To obtain a height for a given time, plot that time on the time axis, project up to the time-line, go across to the curve, go down to the height-line and then across to the height axis to read off the height. To find the time for a given height use the procedure in reverse. Copyright Commonwealth of Australia 00 Used with the permission of the Australian Hydrographic Service TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

35 0 HW 0 LW TIDAL INFORMATION TIME FORM FOR FINDING THE TIME OR HEIGHT OF THE TIDE Tidal prediction for Date HEIGHT (m) HW LW Height Time Predicted time/height of preceding tide Predicted time/height of following tide Intermediate tide time/height Intermediate tide time/height Instructions. Plot the predicted times and heights of high and low water on either side of the time of interest.. Join these points to obtain a time-line and a height-line.. To obtain a height for a given time, plot that time on the time axis, project up to the time-line, go across to the curve, go down to the height-line and then across to the height axis to read off the height. To find the time for a given height use the procedure in reverse. Copyright Commonwealth of Australia 00 Used with the permission of the Australian Hydrographic Service TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

36 STANDARD PORT INFORMATION DATUM DESCRIPTIONS LEVELS OF ZEROS OF PREDICTIONS Note: Chart datum corresponds to the zero of predictions in all cases. AUCKLAND BLUFF DUNEDIN.m below B.M. - SO 0 (LINZ code DDN), a bronze plaque set in concrete into the road at the entrance to Captain Cook Wharf..0m below Bluff Fundamental B.M. (LINZ code ABCC), a stainless steel pin set in concrete under an iron cover, south eastern corner of Lee and Barrow Streets..m below B.M. WW (LINZ code AFEQ), a stainless steel pin set into the concrete base at the north western corner of G Shed, Birch Street Wharf. GISBORNE LYTTELTON MARSDEN POINT NAPIER.0m below B.M. GB 0 (LINZ code ACVP), a stainless steel pin set in concrete at the east end of No. Wharf. Has been retained at its pre-earthquake level which has been determined to be.0m below the position of B.M. UD 0 (LINZ code B0V) as at April 0, a stainless steel pin set in a concrete block adjacent to the main pier of the overbridge to the main wharves..m below the RNZN benchmark (LINZ code DJM), an iron bolt set in concrete near the base of the light standard on the inshore east end of the Northport Ltd. pier near the launch steps..m below B.M. H 0 (LINZ code BXM), a stainless steel pin set in a concrete block under an iron cover near the south western corner of the Port of Napier Ltd. office at the railway crossing. TIDAL INFORMATION NELSON ONEHUNGA PICTON PORT CHALMERS PORT TARANAKI TAURANGA TIMARU WELLINGTON WESTPORT.m below B.M. N (LINZ code ACT), a stainless steel pin set in the front steps to the old brick building in Wakefield Quay, known as Anchor House..m below B.M. CC (LINZ code ADLT), a stainless steel pin set in a concrete block near the easternmost corner of Shed B, Onehunga Wharf..m below Elaine Cairn (LINZ code BQFK), a cairn of cement 0.m in height, 0m south east of the Ferry Terminal Building..m below Pin SO (LINZ code DR0F), a stainless steel pin set in concrete under an asphalt and white tile cover immediately to the left of the steps to the Port Chalmers Museum (ex Post Office building)..m below New Plymouth Fundamental B.M. (LINZ code AGMH), a stainless steel pin set in a concrete block, 0.0m under a concrete cover and iron cap on the east side of Rigger Shed, Port Taranaki..m below B.M. BC (LINZ code B0), a stainless steel pin set in the concrete foundation at the north eastern corner of the Port of Tauranga Ltd. administration building..m below B.M. UD (LINZ code BY), a stainless steel pin set in the concrete base of the light tower at the south end of No. Wharf..m below B.M. K0/ (LINZ code ABPC), a stainless steel pin set in concrete under an iron cover, at the southern end of Lambton Quay, m from Willis Street..m below B.M. Harbourmasters Office (LINZ code DJMC), a stainless pin set in concrete, immediately above the steps to the pilot boat, adjacent to the Harbourmaster s Office on the main wharf. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

37 TIDAL LEVELS TIDAL INFORMATION Standard Port MHWS MHWN MLWN MLWS Spring Range Neap Range MSL HAT LAT Auckland Bluff Dunedin Gisborne Lyttelton Marsden Point Napier Nelson Onehunga Picton Port Chalmers Port Taranaki Tauranga Timaru llington stport Notes:. e above levels, in metres, are referred to Chart Datum, which is the same as the zero of the tidal predictions in all cases.. e values for the MHWS, MHWN, MLWN and MLWS tidal levels given in the table are the averages of the levels of all spring and neap tides predicted for the period July 0 0 June 0 using the harmonic constituents derived from the analysis of the observations made at that port during the period given in the table on page. e average annual value of MHWS etc. varies from year to year in a cycle of approximately years. is variation is in the order of up to metres.. e values for the spring and neap ranges have been deduced from the spring and neap tidal level values. As a consequence of the annual variation of the tidal levels, the variation in the ranges of the spring and neap tides over the year cycle is twice that of the levels.. e value of MSL for each port has been derived from the analysis of tidal observations made at the port during the period given in the table on page.. e values for HAT and LAT given in the table above are the highest and lowest tidal levels that are predicted to occur under average meteorological conditions during the period January 000 December 0 using the harmonic constituents derived from the analysis of the observations made at that port during the period given in the table on page.. is table is not intended to be used for the determination of cadastral or administrative boundaries. A table of standard port values for cadastral purposes is available from the LINZ website TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

38 TIDE PREDICTION INFORMATION STANDARD PORTS see pages PREDICTIONS OF THE TIMES AND HEIGHTS OF HIGH AND LOW WATERS. Tidal predictions are compiled for standard barometric pressure. e meteorological conditions that can have an effect on the tide are described on pages. Users are reminded of the existence of irregular and frequent fluctuations in mean sea level in the Pacific Ocean. Since these are not of astronomical origin, vessels navigating with minimal under keel clearance should recognise that tidal heights alone should not be relied upon to provide for safe navigation in shoal waters. For more information refer to Annual New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No. on page. e zero of the predicted tide heights for each standard port is described on page and corresponds to Chart Datum. To find times or heights between high and low waters follow the instructions given on pages. e following table indicates the years for which tidal observations were obtained. e results of the analysis of that data have been used to generate the following predictions. e number of years of data analysed is also shown. Any difference between the Period of Observations and No. of Years analysed indicates data missing for one or more years. Standard Port Period of Observations No. of Years Standard Port Period of Observations No. of Years Auckland 0 Onehunga 00 0 Bluff 0 Picton Dunedin 0 Port Chalmers Gisborne 00 0 Port Taranaki 0 Lyttelton 0 Tauranga 0 Marsden Point 0 Timaru 00 0 Napier 0 llington 0 TIDAL INFORMATION Nelson 0 stport 0 TIDAL STREAMS see pages Predictions of the times of the commencement of the tidal streams at: Te Aumiti / ench Pass Tory Channel / Kura te Au Entrance Tidal streams may be subject to irregularities and the predicted times should be regarded as approximate only. Additional tidal stream information can be found on page. SECONDARY PORTS see pages Details required for predicting times of high and low waters, and tidal levels, at secondary ports. An alphabetical index of the secondary ports can be found on pages. e secondary ports are grouped under their reference standard port which can be identified in the alphabetical index. Instructions for finding the times and heights of high and low waters at secondary ports can be found on pages 0. To find times or heights between high and low waters follow the instructions given on pages. CAUTION e mean time differences for high and low waters given in the Secondary Ports Table are average values derived from the comparison of simultaneous tide predictions at the secondary port and its reference standard port. Because these time differences are constant, they do not always reflect the actual tide time differences as these are subject to naturally occuring daily variation. e range of predicted time differences is included in the table to provide the user with an indication of how much the actual time of the tide may differ from the predicted time derived using the mean time difference. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

39 TIDAL PREDICTIONS IMPORTANT NOTE Times used in the tide and tidal stream predictions are in NEW ZEALAND STANDARD TIME (NZST). NEW ZEALAND DAYLIGHT TIME (NZDT) will be kept from 000 NZST September 0 until 000 NZST April 0. PHASES OF THE MOON e following symbols are used in the tidal predictions to indicate moon phases: NEW MOON m FULL MOON STANDARD PORTS CONVERSION INFORMATION = Fathoms = Feet = Metres Fathoms. Feet Metres 0.. Example.m =. x 0. =.fm =fm ft TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

40 AUCKLAND LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

41 AUCKLAND LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. 0 TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

42 AUCKLAND LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD STANDARD PORTS PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

43 BLUFF LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

44 BLUFF LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

45 BLUFF LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

46 DUNEDIN LAT. S., LONG. 0 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

47 DUNEDIN LAT. S., LONG. 0 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

48 DUNEDIN LAT. S., LONG. 0 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD STANDARD PORTS PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

49 GISBORNE LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

50 GISBORNE LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

51 GISBORNE LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. 0 TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

52 LYTTELTON LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

53 LYTTELTON LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

54 LYTTELTON LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD STANDARD PORTS PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

55 MARSDEN POINT LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

56 MARSDEN POINT LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

57 MARSDEN POINT LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

58 NAPIER LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

59 NAPIER LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

60 NAPIER LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD STANDARD PORTS PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

61 NELSON LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. 0 TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

62 NELSON LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

63 NELSON LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

64 ONEHUNGA LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

65 ONEHUNGA LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

66 ONEHUNGA LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD STANDARD PORTS PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

67 PICTON LAT. S., LONG. 00 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

68 PICTON LAT. S., LONG. 00 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

69 PICTON LAT. S., LONG. 00 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

70 PORT CHALMERS LAT. S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

71 PORT CHALMERS LAT. S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. 0 TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

72 PORT CHALMERS LAT. S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD STANDARD PORTS PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

73 PORT TARANAKI LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

74 PORT TARANAKI LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

75 PORT TARANAKI LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

76 TAURANGA LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

77 TAURANGA LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

78 TAURANGA LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD STANDARD PORTS PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

79 TIMARU LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

80 TIMARU LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

81 TIMARU LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. 0 TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

82 WELLINGTON LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

83 WELLINGTON LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

84 WELLINGTON LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD STANDARD PORTS PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

85 WESTPORT LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

86 WESTPORT LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

87 WESTPORT LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Times and Heights of High and Low Waters Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m Time m STANDARD PORTS REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

88 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON e following diagrams depict the direction and rate of the Te Aumiti / ench Pass tidal stream at hourly intervals during average spring tide conditions. Each arrow represents the direction and rate of the tidal stream. e arrows are arranged in a grid pattern at a spacing of 0. nautical miles. Additional arrows are included along the main channel at intervals of 0. nautical miles. e diagrams commence hours before high water and end hours after high water at Nelson. e predicted times of high water at Nelson can be found on pages 0. Tidal streams can be influenced by local weather conditions so caution is advised when navigating through this passage. Local tide rips and eddies are not shown on these diagrams. Chart NZ and the publication Admiralty iling Directions, New Zealand Pilot (NP) should be consulted for further information. Additional notes about tidal streams in general, and the conditions at Te Aumiti / ench Pass in particular, can be found on page. Predictions of the times of the commencement of the ebb (NE) and flood (SW) streams at Te Aumiti / ench Pass can be found on pages. TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

89 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

90 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

91 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS 0 TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

92 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

93 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

94 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

95 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS e following diagrams depict the direction and rate of the Te Aumiti / ench Pass tidal stream at hourly intervals during average neap tide conditions. Each arrow represents the direction and rate of the tidal stream. e arrows are arranged in a grid pattern at a spacing of 0. nautical miles. Additional arrows are included along the main channel at intervals of 0. nautical miles. e diagrams commence hours before high water and end hours after high water at Nelson. e predicted times of high water at Nelson can be found on pages 0. Tidal streams can be influenced by local weather conditions so caution is advised when navigating through this passage. Local tide rips and eddies are not shown on these diagrams. Chart NZ and the publication Admiralty iling Directions, New Zealand Pilot (NP) should be consulted for further information. Additional notes about tidal streams in general, and the conditions at Te Aumiti / ench Pass in particular, can be found on page. Predictions of the times of the commencement of the ebb (NE) and flood (SW) streams at Te Aumiti / ench Pass can be found on pages. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

96 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

97 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

98 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

99 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

100 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

101 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT NELSON TIDAL STREAMS 0 TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

102 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON e following diagrams depict the direction and rate of the Tory Channel / Kura te Au Entrance tidal stream at hourly intervals during average spring tide conditions. Each arrow represents the direction and rate of the tidal stream. e arrows are arranged in a grid pattern at a spacing of 0. nautical miles. Additional arrows are included along the main channel at intervals of 0. nautical miles. e diagrams commence hours before high water and end hours after high water at Picton. e predicted times of high water at Picton can be found on pages -. Tidal streams can be influenced by local weather conditions so caution is advised when navigating through this passage. Local tide rips and eddies are not shown on these diagrams. Chart NZ and the publication Admiralty iling Directions, New Zealand Pilot (NP) should be consulted for further information. Additional notes about tidal streams in general, and the conditions at Tory Channel / Kura te Au Entrance in particular, can be found on page. Predictions of the times of the commencement of the ebb (E) and flood (W) streams at Tory Channel / Kura te Au Entrance can be found on pages -. TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

103 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

104 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

105 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

106 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

107 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

108 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING SPRING TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

109 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS e following diagrams depict the direction and rate of the Tory Channel / Kura te Au Entrance tidal stream at hourly intervals during average neap tide conditions. Each arrow represents the direction and rate of the tidal stream. e arrows are arranged in a grid pattern at a spacing of 0. nautical miles. Additional arrows are included along the main channel at intervals of 0. nautical miles. e diagrams commence hours before high water and end hours after high water at Picton. e predicted times of high water at Picton can be found on pages -. Tidal streams can be influenced by local weather conditions so caution is advised when navigating through this passage. Local tide rips and eddies are not shown on these diagrams. Chart NZ and the publication Admiralty iling Directions, New Zealand Pilot (NP) should be consulted for further information. Additional notes about tidal streams in general, and the conditions at Tory Channel / Kura te Au Entrance in particular, can be found on page. Predictions of the times of the commencement of the ebb (E) and flood streams (W) at Tory Channel / Kura te Au Entrance can be found on pages -. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

110 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

111 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

112 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

113 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

114 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

115 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. TIDAL STREAM DIAGRAMS DURING NEAP TIDE CONDITIONS TIMES RELATIVE TO HIGH WATER AT PICTON TIDAL STREAMS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

116 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Tidal Stream begins at the time shown in direction indicated Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE SW NE SW 00 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 0 SW NE 0 00 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 00 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW NE 00 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 00 SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 00 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 00 SW NE SW NE 00 SW NE SW 0 NE 000 SW NE SW NE 000 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 00 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE SW NE 000 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW 00 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 00 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 00 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE SW 00 NE SW 0 NE SW NE 0000 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 00 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 00 NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 000 SW 0 NE 00 NE SW SW 0 NE NE 0 00 NE 00 SW NE 0 SW 00 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW NE 00 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 00 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW NE 0 SW NE 00 SW NE 0 SW 00 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 00 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 000 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW TIDAL STREAMS Caution: Tidal Streams may be subject to irregularities and these times should be regarded as approximate only. REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand NauticalAlmanac 0

117 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Tidal Stream begins at the time shown in direction indicated Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir TIDAL STREAMS 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 00 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW NE SW 000 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 00 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE SW 00 SW 0 NE 0 NE SW SW 0 NE NE NE SW 0 NE SW 00 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 000 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 00 NE SW NE 0 SW 00 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 00 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 00 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 00 NE SW NE 00 SW NE SW NE 00 SW NE SW 0 NE 00 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 00 SW NE 0 SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW NE SW NE SW 0 NE 000 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 00 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 00 NE SW NE 00 SW 00 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW NE 00 SW NE SW 000 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 00 SW NE SW 00 NE 000 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 00 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 000 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 00 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 00 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 00 NE SW 00 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE 00 SW NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 000 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 000 NE SW 0 NE 000 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW NE 00 SW NE SW 000 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 00 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 00 NE SW NE Caution: Tidal Streams may be subject to irregularities and these times should be regarded as approximate only. REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

118 TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS LAT. 0 S., LONG. 0 E. Time Zone 0 Tidal Stream begins at the time shown in direction indicated Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir 00 SW 00 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 00 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 00 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 00 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 00 SW NE 0 SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 000 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 00 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW NE SW NE 000 SW NE 0 SW NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 00 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 00 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 00 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 000 NE 00 SW NE SW 00 NE 00 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 00 NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 00 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 00 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 00 SW NE 0 SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW NE 000 SW 000 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 00 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW 00 NE SW 00 SW 0 NE 00 NE SW SW NE NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 00 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 000 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 00 SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 000 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 00 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 00 NE SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW NE 0 SW NE 0 SW NE SW NE 00 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE SW NE SW 00 NE SW NE 000 SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW 00 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 00 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE 0 SW NE SW 0 NE 0 SW NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE SW 0 NE SW NE 000 SW 0 NE SW NE 00 SW 0 NE SW NE 0 SW 00 NE SW 0 NE 0 SW 0 NE SW NE TIDAL STREAMS Caution: Tidal Streams may be subject to irregularities and these times should be regarded as approximate only. REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

119 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Tidal Stream begins at the time shown in direction indicated Year 0 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir TIDAL STREAMS 0 E 00 W E 0 W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E W E W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 00 W 00 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E 0 W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W E W E 0 W E W E 0 W E W 000 E 0 W E 0 W 00 E 0 W E 0 W 0 W E 0 0 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E 0 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E W 0 E 000 W 00 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E 0 W 00 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W E W E 0 W E W 000 E 0 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 00 E 00 W E W 0 E W E W 0 E W 0 E 00 W 00 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W 00 E W 0 E 000 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W E 0 W E 0 W E W E 0 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E W 00 E 00 W E 0 W E 0 W E W 0 E W E W 0 E W E 00 W 00 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E 00 W E W E 0 W E 0 W 000 E 0 W E W 000 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E W 00 E 00 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E W 0 E 000 W 0 E W E 00 W 00 E W E 0 W 0 E W 00 E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 00 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 00 W E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W E 0 W E 0 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 00 W E 00 W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E W 0 00 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 W 0 E 0 E W W E 00 E 0 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 000 E 0 W 00 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 000 W 0 E W E 0 W E W E 0 W E W E 00 W E W E 00 W E 0 W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E W 0 E W 0 W 00 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 00 W E W E 000 W E W E 0 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E W E W 0 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 00 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E 0 W E 0 W E W E 0 W E W E 000 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E W E W 0 E W E Caution: Tidal Streams may be subject to irregularities and these times should be regarded as approximate only. REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. COMMENCES SEPTEMBER. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

120 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Tidal Stream begins at the time shown in direction indicated Year 0/ NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir 00 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 0 W E 0 W E 0 W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 00 W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E W E W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 00 E W 00 E 0 W 0 W 0 E 0 E W W 0 E 0 E W 0 E W E 0 W 00 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W E W E 00 W E W E 0 W E 0 W E 0 W E 0 W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E W 00 E W E W 0 E W E 000 W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 00 W E W E 00 W E W 000 E 00 W E W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E W E 000 W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W E W 0 E W 00 E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W E 00 W 0 E 0 W E W E 0 W E 0 W 00 E 00 W E W 0 E 00 W E W 0 E 00 W E 0 W 00 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E W E W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 00 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 00 W E W E 0 W E W E 0 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 00 E 00 W E 0 W 00 E W E W 0 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W 00 E W E 00 W 0 E W E W E W 0 E 0 W E W E 0 W E 0 W 000 E 0 W E 00 W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 00 W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E 00 W E W 0 E W E W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 00 W E W E 0 W E 0 W 000 E 00 W E 0 W 00 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E 0 W E 00 W 0 E 0 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 000 E W E W 0 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 000 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E 0 W 0 E 0 W 00 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W E W E 0 0 W E 0 W E 0 W E W E 0 W E 0 W 00 E 00 W E W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E 00 W E 0 W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E 0 W E 00 W 00 E W 00 E TIDAL STREAMS Caution: Tidal Streams may be subject to irregularities and these times should be regarded as approximate only. REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

121 TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU ENTRANCE LAT. S., LONG. E. Time Zone 0 Tidal Stream begins at the time shown in direction indicated Year 0 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir Time Dir TIDAL STREAMS 0 W 0 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W E W E 00 W E W E 0 W E W 00 E 00 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E 00 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 00 E W E 000 W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W 00 E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W E W E W E W E 0 W E 00 W 000 E 0 W E W 00 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E W E W 0 E W E W 00 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 00 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 000 W E W E 0 W 0 E 0 W 0 E 00 W E W E 00 W E 0 W 00 E 0 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E 0 W E W 0 E W E W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 00 E 0 W 0 E W 00 E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 00 W 00 E W E W E W 0 E 00 W E 0 W E 00 W E W 00 E 00 W E W 0 E 00 W E W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E 0 W 0 E W 0 E W E W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 000 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W E W E 0 W 0 E 0 W 0 E 0 W E 0 W E 0 W E W 00 E 00 W E 0 W 0 E 00 W E W 000 E 0 W E W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E W E 000 W 00 E W E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 00 E 0 W 00 E W 0 E W 0 W 00 E 0 E W W E E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W E 0 W E 0 W E W 000 E 0 W E 00 W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 00 E 00 W 0 E W 0 E W E W 00 E W E 00 W 0 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 00 E W 0 E 0 W 00 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W E W E 00 W E W E 00 W E W 000 E 00 W E W 000 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 0 W 0 E 00 W E W 00 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W E 00 W 00 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 0 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W 0 E W E W 0 E 0 W E W E 0 W E 0 W 00 E 0 W E W 0 E 0 W E 00 W 0 E 00 W E W 00 E W E W 0 E W E W 0 E W E 00 W 00 E W E 0 W 00 E W 00 E 0 W 0 E W 0 E 00 W 0 E W E 0 W 0 E W E 00 W 0 E W E Caution: Tidal Streams may be subject to irregularities and these times should be regarded as approximate only. REMEMBER TO ADD HOUR FOR DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME. FINISHES APRIL. TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

122 ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SECONDARY PORTS Secondary Port Standard Port of Reference Secondary Port Standard Port of Reference Ahipara Bay Ahuahu Akaroa Harbour Akitio River Entrance Anawhata Anita Bay Antipodes Island Aotea Harbour Aotea Island Aparima Ashburton River Entrance Astrolabe Roadstead Auckland Island Awanui River Bay of Islands Ben Gunn Wharf Bay of Plenty Bethells Beach Blanket Bay Bligh Sound Boat Cove Boat Harbour Bon Accord Harbour Bowentown Breaksea Sound Bruce Bay Buller Coast Burgess Island Campbell Island Cape Campbell Cape Kidnappers Cape Maria van Diemen Cape Palliser Cape Terawhiti Cape rnagain Carnley Harbour Castlepoint Catherine Cove Chalky Inlet Chalky Island Charles Sound Charleston Chatham Island Coal Island Colac Bay Collingwood Cook Strait Cooks Cove Cornwallis Coromandel Harbour Coromandel Peninsula Croisilles Harbour Current Basin D Urville Island Dairy Factory Wharf Dargaville Deep Cove Devonport Naval Base Dog Island Doubtful Sound Doves Bay Dusky Sound East Bay East Cape Easy Harbour Elaine Bay Elmslie Bay Ernest Islands Port Taranaki Tauranga Lyttelton Napier Onehunga stport Bluff Port Taranaki Marsden Point Bluff Timaru Nelson Bluff Marsden Point Marsden Point Marsden Point Tauranga Onehunga stport stport Marsden Point Tauranga Auckland Tauranga stport stport stport Marsden Point Bluff Lyttelton Napier Port Taranaki llington llington Napier Bluff Napier Nelson stport stport stport stport Lyttelton stport Bluff Nelson Picton, llington Tauranga Onehunga Auckland Auckland, Tauranga Nelson Nelson Nelson Marsden Point Port Taranaki stport Auckland Bluff stport Marsden Point stport Picton Tauranga Bluff Nelson Nelson Bluff Fiordland Sounds Fishermans Rock Fishing Bay Fishing Rock Flour Cask Bay ench Bay eshwater Basin ont Islands George Sound Gilbert Islands Golden Bay, Nelson Golden Bay, Stewart Island / Rakiura Great Barrier Island Great Island Great Mercury Island Green Island Greville Harbour Greymouth Haast River Entrance Hakatere Entrance Halfmoon Bay Hauraki Gulf Haurere Point Hautere Havelock Hawke Bay Helensville Hicks Bay Hokianga Harbour Hokitika River Bar Houhora Harbour Houhora Harbour Entrance Huruhi Harbour Island Point Jackson Bay Jane Coves Kaikoura Kaingaroa Kaipara Harbour Kaiteriteri Kaituna River Entrance Kapiti Island Karamea River Entrance Karehana Bay Karori Rock Light Katikati Kauri Point Kawakaputa Bay Kawau Island Kawhia Kerikeri Kermadec Islands Kohukohu Korotiti Bay Kotiatia Point Kotiro Point Kura te Au Long Island Long Sound Lottin Point LPG Terminal Lucky Bay stport Picton stport Marsden Point Bluff Lyttelton stport stport stport stport Nelson Bluff Marsden Point Port Taranaki Tauranga Port Chalmers Nelson stport stport Timaru Bluff Auckland Tauranga Bluff Nelson Napier Port Taranaki Tauranga Port Taranaki stport Marsden Point Marsden Point Marsden Point Port Taranaki stport stport Lyttelton Lyttelton Port Taranaki Nelson Tauranga Port Taranaki stport Port Taranaki llington Tauranga Tauranga Bluff Auckland Port Taranaki Marsden Point Marsden Point Port Taranaki Marsden Point Marsden Point Nelson Picton Picton stport Tauranga Onehunga Lyttelton SECONDARY PORTS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

123 ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SECONDARY PORTS Secondary Port Standard Port of Reference Secondary Port Standard Port of Reference SECONDARY PORTS Mahurangi Harbour Maitai Bay Makara Beach Maketu Estuary Entrance Man o War Bay Manawatāwhi Manawatu River Entrance Mangawhai Heads Mangonui Mansion House Bay Manukau Harbour Many Islands Mapua Maraetai Marlborough Sounds Matakana River Matakitakiakupe Matiatia Bay Milford Sound hua kohinau Islands tu Ihupuku tuokura tueka tukawanui Island tunui Island tupipi Inlet utohora Island Muriwai Beach Murrays Bay Nagle Cove New River Entrance Ngaiotonga Bay Ngatehe Point North Cape North East Island North Island East Coast North Taranaki Bight North st Bay Nugget Point Oamaru Oban Ōkārito Okiwa Bay Okukari Bay Omaha Cove Omaia Island Omaio Bay Omapere Omokoroa Onetaunga Bay Opononi Opotiki Wharf Opua Opunake Bay Ōraka Otaki River Entrance Oteranga Bay Otou Owenga Papakura Channel Papamoa Beach Paraparaumu Beach Paratutae Island Parengarenga Harbour Patea, Taranaki Patea, Fiordland Pauanui Pelorus Sound Entrance Perseverance Harbour Piha Beach Piopiotahi Plimmerton Boating Club Pokohinu Auckland Marsden Point Port Taranaki Tauranga Auckland Port Taranaki Port Taranaki Auckland Marsden Point Auckland Onehunga stport Nelson Auckland Nelson Auckland llington Auckland stport Nelson Marsden Point Bluff Napier Nelson Marsden Point Tauranga Nelson Tauranga Onehunga Auckland Marsden Point Bluff Marsden Point Marsden Point Marsden Point Bluff Tauranga Port Taranaki Port Taranaki Bluff Port Chalmers Bluff stport Picton Picton Auckland Marsden Point Tauranga Port Taranaki Tauranga Auckland Port Taranaki Tauranga Marsden Point Port Taranaki Bluff Port Taranaki llington Marsden Point Lyttelton Onehunga Tauranga Port Taranaki Onehunga Marsden Point Port Taranaki stport Tauranga Nelson Bluff Onehunga stport Port Taranaki Marsden Point Porangahau River Entrance Porirua Harbour Port Adventure Port Charles Port Craig Port Jackson Port Ohope Wharf Port Underwood Portage Portland Island Portland Wharf Pourerere Pouto Point Preservation Inlet Pukenui Wharf Queen Charlotte Sound Raglan Rakaia River uth Rakiura Rangaunu Harbour Rangitaiki River Rangitata River Entrance Rangitoto ki te Tonga Raoul Island Rawene Riverton Rocky Point, ames Rocky Point, Northland Ruapuke Island Russell ndspit Scheigis Rock Sealers Bay Shelly Beach Slipper Island Small Craft Harbour Islands Small Craft Retreat Snares Islands Solander Island South Offshore Islands South Taranaki Bight Spit Wharf Stephens Island Stewart Island mner Tairua Taiwawe Bay Takapourewa Tamateatai Point Tapuaetahi Bay Tarakohe Tasman Bay Tauranga Harbour Te Hapua Te Henga Te Iro Bay Te Kaha Te Karaka Te Kopuru Te Tai-o-Aorere ames ree Kings Islands Tīkapa ana Tikao Bay Tikinui Tini Heke Tinopai Tiritiri Matangi Island Tokomaru Bay Tolaga Bay Tory Channel Tōtaranui Town Wharf Napier Port Taranaki Bluff Marsden Point Bluff Marsden Point Tauranga Lyttelton Nelson Napier Marsden Point Napier Port Taranaki stport Marsden Point Picton Port Taranaki Lyttelton Bluff Marsden Point Tauranga Timaru Nelson Marsden Point Port Taranaki Bluff Auckland Marsden Point Bluff Marsden Point Auckland Marsden Point stport Port Taranaki Tauranga stport Bluff Bluff Bluff Bluff Port Taranaki Port Chalmers Nelson Bluff Lyttelton Tauranga Marsden Point Nelson Marsden Point Tauranga Nelson Nelson Tauranga Marsden Point Onehunga Picton Tauranga Port Taranaki Port Taranaki Nelson Auckland Port Taranaki Auckland Lyttelton Port Taranaki Bluff Port Taranaki Auckland Tauranga Tauranga Picton Picton Tauranga TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

124 ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SECONDARY PORTS Secondary Port Tryphena tukaka Harbour Unahi Jetty Waiheke Island Waihi Beach Waiiti Bay Waikanae River Entrance Waikato River Entrance Waikawa Harbour Waikokopu Waiorua Bay Waipapa Point Waipiro Bay Wairarapa Coast Wairoa River uth Waitangi, Bay of Islands Waitangi, Chatham Island Waitara River Entrance Waitarere Beach Waiuku Wakatiri iti River Entrance lcombe Bay st Coast Beaches stland Whakaari Whakahau Whakapirau Whakatahuri Whakatane Whale Island¹ Whangamata Whangamumu Harbour Whanganui Inlet Whanganui Island Whanganui River Entrance Whangarei Whangaroa Whangaroa Harbour Whangaruru Harbour Whangateau Harbour Wharariki White Island Whitianga Yankee River Standard Port of Reference Marsden Point Marsden Point Marsden Point Auckland Tauranga Marsden Point Port Taranaki Port Taranaki Bluff Napier Port Taranaki Bluff Tauranga Napier, llington Napier Marsden Point Lyttelton Port Taranaki Port Taranaki Onehunga Tauranga Auckland stport Onehunga stport Tauranga Tauranga Port Taranaki Nelson Tauranga Tauranga Tauranga Marsden Point stport Auckland Port Taranaki Marsden Point Marsden Point Marsden Point Marsden Point Auckland Nelson Tauranga Tauranga Bluff SECONDARY PORTS ¹Name not official TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

125 SECONDARY PORTS SECONDARY PORTS TABLE Lat. S. Long. E. Time Differences High Water Time Differences Low Water Mean Spring, Neap and Sea Level Heights (metres) No. Port Mean Range Mean Range MHWS MHWN MLWN MLWS MSL 00 AUCKLAND hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm b Devonport Naval Base to to Maraetai * c Onetaunga Bay * Coromandel Peninsula 0 Coromandel Harbour - Whanganui Island to to ames - Rocky Point to to Hauraki Gulf / Tīkapa ana Mahurangi Harbour * a Mangawhai Heads * a Matakana River - ndspit * a Murrays Bay * b Omaha Cove to to a Tiritiri Matangi Island to to iti River Entrance to to c Whangateau Harbour * Kawau Island Bon Accord Harbour Mansion to to House Bay Waiheke Island 0 Man o War Bay to to a Matiatia Bay to to Range Ratio 0 BLUFF hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Colac Bay / Ōraka * 0a Dog Island to to a Kawakaputa Bay -0-0 to to New River Entrance * 00 Nugget Point to to * c Port Craig to to a Riverton / Aparima to to Ruapuke Island to to Waikawa Harbour to to Waipapa Point * * Data Approximate - No Data TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

126 Lat. S. Long. E. Time Differences High Water Time Differences Low Water Mean Spring, Neap and Sea Level Heights (metres) No. Port Mean Range Mean Range MHWS MHWN MLWN MLWS MSL 0 BLUFF continued hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm South Offshore Islands Antipodes Island * Auckland Island - Carnley Harbour to to Campbell Island / tu Ihupuku - Perseverance Harbour Range Ratio * b Snares Islands / Tini Heke - North East Island to to a Solander Island (Hautere) to to Stewart Island / Rakiura 0a Easy Harbour to to Ernest Islands to to * 0 Flour Cask Bay -0-0 to to Golden Bay to to c Halfmoon Bay - Oban to to Port Adventure to to a Small Craft Retreat to to b Yankee River -0-0 to to LYTTELTON hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Cape Campbell to to * Kaikoura to to Lucky Bay * Port Underwood to to a Rakaia River uth * mner to to Akaroa Harbour 0a ench Bay - Akaroa to to Tikao Bay * Chatham Island ¹ a Kaingaroa W to to b Owenga 0 W to to Waitangi W to to ¹ Add a further minutes to NZST to obtain Chatham Island Standard Time * Data Approximate - No Data SECONDARY PORTS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

127 SECONDARY PORTS SECONDARY PORTS TABLE continued Lat. S. Long. E. Time Differences High Water Time Differences Low Water Mean Spring, Neap and Sea Level Heights (metres) No. Port Mean Range Mean Range MHWS MHWN MLWN MLWS MSL MARSDEN POINT 0 0 hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm e Maitai Bay to to Mangonui to to c Ngaiotonga Bay to to a North Cape (Otou) to to a Portland Wharf to to a Taiwawe Bay to to tukaka Harbour to to b Whangamumu Harbour to to * Whangarei to to Awanui River d Ben Gunn Wharf to to b Dairy Factory Wharf to to * c Unahi Jetty to to * Bay of Islands 0c Doves Bay to to d Kerikeri to to a Opua to to Russell to to b Waitangi * Coromandel Peninsula 0 Port Charles to to Port Jackson to to Great Barrier Island (Aotea Island) 0a Korotiti Bay to to Nagle Cove to to Tryphena to to Great Mercury Island (Ahuahu) Huruhi Harbour to to Houhora Harbour a Houhora Harbour Entrance to to b Pukenui Wharf to to Kermadec Islands - Raoul Island Fishing Rock W to to a Boat Cove W to to kohinau Islands Burgess Island (Pokohinu) to to tukawanui Island 0a Waiiti Bay * Parengarenga Harbour Ngatehe Point * b Te Hapua to to Range Ratio * Data Approximate - No Data TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

128 Lat. S. Long. E. Time Differences High Water Time Differences Low Water Mean Spring, Neap and Sea Level Heights (metres) No. Port Mean Range Mean Range MHWS MHWN MLWN MLWS MSL MARSDEN POINT continued 0 0 hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Range Ratio Rangaunu Harbour Kotiatia Point * a Omaia Island * Whangaroa Harbour 0 Whangaroa to to Whangaruru Harbour Rocky Point * d Tamateatai Point to to NAPIER hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Hawke Bay a Cape Kidnappers * Portland Island * Waikokopu * 0 Wairoa River uth * Wairarapa Coast Akitio River Entrance * Cape rnagain * Castlepoint to to b tuokura * a Porangahau River Entrance * Pourerere * NELSON hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Stephens Island (Takapourewa) * Golden Bay / hua Collingwood * tupipi Inlet * Tarakohe to to Marlborough Sounds Catherine Cove to to a Current Basin * Elaine Bay to to Elmslie Bay to to Havelock to to Pelorus Sound Entrance * 0 Portage to to Whakatahuri to to * Rangitoto ki te Tonga / D Urville Island Greville Harbour / Wharariki * Tasman Bay / Te Tai-o-Aorere Astrolabe Roadstead * 0 Croisilles Harbour - Kotiro Point to to * Kaiteriteri to to b Mapua to to * a tueka to to * Data Approximate - No Data SECONDARY PORTS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

129 SECONDARY PORTS SECONDARY PORTS TABLE continued Lat. S. Long. E. Time Differences High Water Time Differences Low Water Mean Spring, Neap and Sea Level Heights (metres) No. Port Mean Range Mean Range MHWS MHWN MLWN MLWS MSL ONEHUNGA hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Manukau Harbour Cornwallis * a Papakura Channel - LPG Terminal * Paratutae Island to to a Waiuku * st Coast Beaches c Anawhata -0-0 to to e Muriwai Beach * b Piha Beach * d Te Henga (Bethells Beach) * Range Ratio PICTON 00 hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Cook Strait 0 Fishermans Rock * Queen Charlotte Sound (Tōtaranui) East Bay * Long Island * Okiwa Bay * Tory Channel / Kura te Au a Okukari Bay to to Te Iro Bay * PORT CHALMERS 0 hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Oamaru to to Spit Wharf to to Green Island to to PORT TARANAKI 0 0 hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Ahipara Bay * 0 Aotea Harbour * Cape Maria van Diemen * a Karehana Bay - Plimmerton Boating Club to to Kawhia to to Makara Beach * Manawatu River Entrance * b Otaki River Entrance * b Paraparaumu Beach * Porirua Harbour - Mana Cruising Club to to Raglan to to Waikanae River Entrance to to * Waikato River Entrance * c Waitarere Beach * * Data Approximate - No Data TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

130 Lat. S. Long. E. Time Differences High Water Time Differences Low Water Mean Spring, Neap and Sea Level Heights (metres) No. Port Mean Range Mean Range MHWS MHWN MLWN MLWS MSL PORT TARANAKI continued 0 0 hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Hokianga Harbour Kohukohu to to c Omapere to to Opononi to to a Rawene to to b Te Karaka to to Kaipara Harbour 0b Dargaville * a Helensville * Island Point Pouto Point to to Shelly Beach to to Te Kopuru * 0a Tikinui to to Tinopai to to a Whakapirau Kapiti Island a Waiorua Bay to to Manawatāwhi / ree Kings Islands Manawatāwhi / Great Island North st Bay North Taranaki Bight Waitara River Entrance * South Taranaki Bight Opunake Bay * Patea * Whanganui River Entrance to to * Range Ratio * Data Approximate - No Data SECONDARY PORTS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

131 SECONDARY PORTS SECONDARY PORTS TABLE continued Lat. S. Long. E. Time Differences High Water Time Differences Low Water Mean Spring, Neap and Sea Level Heights (metres) No. Port Mean Range Mean Range MHWS MHWN MLWN MLWS MSL TAURANGA hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Bay of Plenty b Haurere Point * b Kaituna River Entrance to to Lottin Point (Whakatiri) to to Maketu Estuary Entrance * utohora Island - Whale Island¹ Omaio Bay - tunui Island to to a Opotiki Wharf to to a Papamoa Beach * Port Ohope Wharf to to a Rangitaiki River to to a Te Kaha * b Waihi Beach * a Whakaari / White Island * b Whakatane to to Coromandel Peninsula Pauanui to to * a Slipper Island (Whakahau) * Tairua to to a Tapuaetahi Bay (Boat Harbour) to to a Whangamata * Whitianga to to North Island East Coast East Cape * Hicks Bay a Tokomaru Bay * Tolaga Bay - Cooks Cove Waipiro Bay * Tauranga Harbour Bowentown - Katikati Entrance * a Katikati Entrance - Kauri Point * b Omokoroa to to c Town Wharf * Range Ratio * Data Approximate - No Data TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

132 Lat. S. Long. E. Time Differences High Water Time Differences Low Water Mean Spring, Neap and Sea Level Heights (metres) No. Port Mean Range Mean Range MHWS MHWN MLWN MLWS MSL TIMARU hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm b Ashburton River / Hakatere Entrance * c Rangitata River Entrance * Range Ratio WELLINGTON hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Cook Strait Cape Terawhiti - Oteranga Bay Karori Rock Light * Wairarapa Coast Cape Palliser (Matakitakiakupe) * WESTPORT hhmm hhmm to hhmm hhmm hhmm to hhmm Buller Coast Karamea River Entrance * Whanganui Inlet * Fiordland Sounds Bligh Sound * a Charles Sound to to b George Sound to to Breaksea Sound b Gilbert Islands to to Chalky Inlet b Chalky Island - Sealers Bay to to c Small Craft Harbour Islands to to Doubtful Sound / Patea Blanket Bay to to Deep Cove to to Dusky Sound a ont Islands to to Many Islands to to Long Sound d Jane Coves to to Milford Sound / Piopiotahi Anita Bay to to esh Water Basin to to Preservation Inlet Coal Island - Fishing Bay to to * a lcombe Bay to to stland 0 Bruce Bay * Charleston to to Greymouth to to * Haast River Entrance * Hokitika River Bar * Jackson Bay to to Ōkārito * * Data Approximate - No Data SECONDARY PORTS TIDAL INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

133 THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

134 LIGHT LIST INFORMATION Introductory Remarks... International Numbers of Lights... General Information... Layout of Column Headings in the Light Lists... Explanation Lights... Nomenclature of Lights... Luminous Range Diagram... Geographical Range Table... Use of Geographical Range Table... Light Characteristics... Fog Signals... Abbreviations Used in the Light Lists... LIGHT INFORMATION North Island Light List (K K)... South Island Light List (K0 K0)... Chatham Islands Light List (K K)... CAUTION: Navigational lights, particularly those in harbour areas, may be difficult to distinguish due to brilliant shore lights, advertising signs, etc. Mariners are requested to report these cases to the appropriate harbour authority and to the General Manager, fety and Response Services, Maritime New Zealand so that improvements may be made wherever possible. LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

135 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS Lights on mobile oil, gas and drilling platforms are not listed. e date to which this publication has been amended will be found in the Preface. Updates to lights are promulgated in Section III of the fortnightly editions of New Zealand Notices to Mariners. INTERNATIONAL NUMBERS OF LIGHTS e numbers assigned to lights in the Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals publications, prefixed by the publication s Volume Letter, are the International Numbers, in accordance with the resolutions of the International Hydrographic Organization (IHO). For all New Zealand lights the Volume Letter is K. For example, the International Number for Cape Kidnappers is K. ese letter-number combinations should be quoted whenever lights are referred to. GENERAL INFORMATION e duration of light and darkness are those for which the apparatus was designed. In practice they are subject to some degree of fluctuation, due to slight variations in the working speed of the apparatus. e duration of a flash may also appear to be less than normal when seen from a great distance, and haze has the same apparent effect. e limits of sectors and of arcs of visibility, and the alignment of direction lights and leading lights are given as seen by an observer from seaward. All bearings refer to the true compass and are measured clockwise from 000 to. Racons and Ramarks are included in the light lists when they are situated at a light station. For details of Coast Radio Stations and Radar Stations, reference must be made to the relevant volumes of the Admiralty List of Radio Signals (NP). ather, ice, storm, danger, tide, tidal stream, traffic and port signals may be mentioned when they are shown at a light station but full details will be found in the Admiralty iling Directions, New Zealand Pilot (NP). LIGHT INFORMATION LAYOUT OF COLUMN HEADINGS IN THE LIGHT LISTS Column : Contains the International Number of each light for clarity the prefix K is omitted. Column : Location, name. Place is printed in CAPITALS. In some location entries dashes (-) are used to save space. A dash indicates that the place name (CAPITALS) or sub-location details from the entries above are repeated and are part of the full name of the light. e names of lights having a range of miles and over are printed in bold type. Names of lights owned by Maritime New Zealand are annotated (M). Column : Latitude and longitude are given to two decimal places of a minute where data accuracy permits. IMPORTANT NOTE: Positions given are approximate. ey are included only to help in the identification of features on charts. It is possible to find differences, especially in longitude, of several tenths of a minute between these positions and those on charts in use. Column : Characteristics. Column : Elevation in metres above mean high water spring level. Column : Nominal range in sea miles, in bold type if miles or more. Column : Description of structure and its height in metres. Column : Remarks, including phase, sectors and arcs of visibility. EXPLANATION LIGHTS Rhythmic lights: e character of a rhythmic light is quick flashing, flashing, isophase or occulting, solely according to the relative durations of light and darkness, and without any reference to the type of apparatus employed. At short distances, and in clear weather, flashing lights may show a faint continuous light. Rhythmic lights produced by rotating apparatus may be detected at ranges greater than the geographical range by the appearance of the loom of the light. Meteorological visibility is the greatest distance at which a black object of suitable dimensions can be seen and recognised against the horizon sky or, in the case of night observations, could be seen and recognised if the general illumination were raised to the normal daylight level. Luminous intensity: e luminous flux leaving a light source, in a given direction, usually expressed as candlepower in candelas. Lights with differing intensity may appear to change their character at different distances because a part of the character may not be visible. Lights exhibiting a very short flash may not be visible at the range calculated from the Luminous Range Diagram see Diagram. LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

136 Sectors: Some lights change colour in sectors, some change character, and a few change both colour and character. Others show different colours in succession. Aeromarine lights are marine-type lights in which a part of the beam is deflected to an angle of above the horizon for the use of aircraft. Aero lights are often of great intensity and elevation. eir intensity is usually greater than that of most navigational lights and they may be the first lights, or looms of lights, to be sighted when approaching the land. ose likely to be visible from seaward are inserted in the light lists; their character is always preceded by the word Aero. ese lights are not designed for marine navigation and they are subject to changes of which prompt notification to the mariner may not always be possible. e details of the lights may not be complete and this information should be treated with caution. Obstruction lights mark radio towers, chimneys and other obstructions to aircraft. Like aero lights, they are not maintained for marine navigation, and the same cautionary remarks apply. ey are usually red in colour, either fixed, flashing or occulting, but other colours and characters may be employed. Obstruction lights of high intensity and likely to be visible from seaward are listed with the character preceded by the word Aero and with the legend Obstruction in columns and respectively of the light lists. Lights on wind turbines are usually located at the top of the turbine house/structure. eir light characteristics are normally aero fixed red; however, occasionally they may exhibit navigation light characteristics. Dependent on the stopped position of the blades, rotation of the turbine blades, prevailing wind speed and direction, vessel approach direction, these lights may on occasion appear to occult, flash or be interrupted. Care should be taken when identifying such lights for navigational purposes. Daytime lights: Lights shown throughout hours without change of character are annotated Shown hours in column of the light lists and during daylight, their intensity may be increased. If, by day, there are any differences to their character, elevation, range or arc of visibility, such differences are shown as a subsidiary entry to the light preceded by the words By day in column of the light lists. Cautionary Notes: Where ice conditions are prevalent the windows of lights may be covered with frost or ice, which will greatly reduce the sighting range. Lights placed at a great elevation are more frequently obscured by cloud, etc., than those near sea level. e distance of an observer from a light cannot be estimated from its apparent brightness. e distance at which lights are sighted varies greatly with atmospheric conditions and this distance may be increased by abnormal atmospheric refraction. It will be reduced by fog, haze, dust, smoke or precipitation; a light of low intensity is easily obscured by any of these conditions and the sighting range of even a light of very high intensity is considerably reduced in such conditions. For this reason the intensity or nominal range of a light should always be considered when estimating the range at which it may be sighted, bearing in mind that varying atmospheric conditions may exist between the observer and the light see Luminous Range Diagram (Diagram ) and Geographical Range Table (Table ). e limits of sectors should not be relied upon; they are those for which the apparatus was designed and they should invariably be checked by compass bearing. e limits of an arc of visibility are rarely clear cut, especially at a short distance, and instead of disappearing suddenly the light usually fades after the limit of the sector has been crossed. At the boundary of sectors of different colour there is usually a small arc in which the light may be either obscured, indeterminate in colour, or white. A light apparatus may be encountered where sector boundaries are defined with far greater accuracy than can be achieved with older sector lights. In cold weather, and more particularly with rapid changes of weather, the lantern glass and screens are often covered with moisture, frost or snow; the sector of uncertainty is then considerably increased in width and coloured sectors may appear more or less white. e effect is greatest in green sectors and with weak lights. Under these conditions white sectors tend to extend into coloured and obscured sectors, and fixed or occulting lights into flashing ones. White lights may have a reddish hue under some atmospheric conditions. When a light is cut off by sloping land the bearing on which the light will disappear will vary with distance and the observer s height of eye. LIGHT INFORMATION NOMENCLATURE OF LIGHTS A light must, on a given bearing, maintain a consistent character. Lights exhibit a distinctive appearance by which they are recognised, e.g. Fixed, Flashing, etc. ose properties of their appearance by which they are distinguished are referred to as the Character or Characteristics of the light. e principal characteristics are generally the sequence of intervals of light and darkness exhibited and in some cases the sequence of colours of light exhibited. Lights which are exhibited without interruption or change of characteristics are called Fixed lights. Normally, all lights other than fixed lights exhibit a sequence of intervals of light and darkness, the whole sequence being repeated identically at regular intervals. ch lights are called Rhythmic lights, and the time taken to exhibit one complete sequence is called the Period of the light. Each element of the sequence (e.g. a flash, an eclipse) is called a Phase. LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

137 Rhythmic lights which exhibit different colours during each sequence are called Alternating lights. e period of an alternating light is the time taken to exhibit the complete sequence, including all changes of colour. e intensity of lights may be given in candelas in italics, in column of the light lists. Elevation is the vertical distance between the focal plane of the light and the level of Mean High Water Springs. For vertical lights, e.g. F R(vert), the elevation listed is for the uppermost light. Luminous range is the maximum distance at which a light can be seen at a given time, as determined by the intensity of the light and the meteorological visibility prevailing at that time; it takes no account of elevation, observer s height of eye or the curvature of the earth see Luminous Range Diagram (Diagram ). Nominal range is the luminous range when the meteorological visibility is nautical miles. Geographical range is the maximum distance at which light from a light can theoretically reach an observer, as limited only by the curvature of the earth, the refraction of the atmosphere and by the elevation of the light and the height of eye of the observer see Geographical Range Table (Table ) Loom: e diffused glow observed from a light below the horizon or hidden by an obstacle, due to atmospheric scattering. Main light: e major of two or more lights situated on the same support or neighbouring supports. bsidiary (auxiliary) light: A light placed on or near the support of a main light and having a special use in navigation. Sector light: A light presenting different appearances, either of colour or character, over various parts of the horizon. Where no sector limits or arcs of visibility are listed in column of the light lists, then the light is assumed to be visible all around. Leading lights: Two or more lights associated so as to form a leading line to be followed. Lights described as Lts in line are particular cases, and are intended to mark limits of areas, alignments of cables, alignments for anchoring, etc.; they do not mark a direction to be followed. Directional light: A light showing over a very narrow sector, forming a single leading light. is sector may be flanked by sectors of greatly reduced intensity, or by sectors of different colours or character. Directional lights are also used to mark the limits of areas, etc., in the same way as Lts in line. Vertical lights: Two or more lights disposed vertically (or horizontally, or in a geometric shape) to give a different character or appearance. If the individual lights serve different purposes, the less important are termed auxiliary lights. LIGHT INFORMATION Reserve and Emergency lights: A distinction is made between Reserve lights and Emergency lights: Reserve lights retain the character of the main light but have a reduced range and their installation is usually restricted to major stations. Emergency lights are being installed at certain light stations. e apparatus is of lesser intensity and is automatically activated by a failure of the main light. It is normally visible at miles. A second light sequence has been added and the term Emergency light or Reserve light had been used in column of the light lists to indicate those stations where they have been installed; where Reserve or Emergency light details are confirmed they are included with the sequence. Standby light: An alternative name use for Emergency light or Reserve light. Description of structures: Bands Where the colour divisions of a structure, or any part of it, are horizontal, the term bands is used. Stripes. Where the colour divisions of a structure, or any part of it, are vertical, the term stripes is used. Diagonal stripes. Where the marking of a structure is in the form of a spiral, the term diagonal stripes is used. Shape. e shape of topmarks and daymarks is often shown diagrammatically; e.g. White p on beacon or Red on mast. ch symbols never refer to the plan cross-section of a structure. Height is measured from the top of the structure to the ground. LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

138 LUMINOUS RANGE DIAGRAM is diagram gives the approximate range at which a light may be sighted in the prevailing meteorological visibility conditions. e straight line labelled Perfect Visibility gives the maximum possible luminous range. e diagram is entered from the top border with the charted nominal range of the light. At the point in the diagram where this intersects the appropriate visibility curve the approximate luminous range will be found from the left-hand scale. Example: K0 North Cape (Otou) has a charted nominal range of miles. For an estimated meteorological visibility of 0 miles, the approximate range at which light may be sighted is 0 miles. DIAGRAM CAUTIONS. e diagram gives luminous range i.e., the range at which a light may be sighted, irrespective of its elevation and of the observer s height of eye.. Ranges are approximate.. e transparency of the atmosphere is not necessarily consistent between the observer and the light.. Glare from background lighting will reduce considerably the range at which lights are sighted. INTENSITY e power of a light is normally measured in candelas (cd), the international unit of luminous intensity. However for the purposes of this list, the significant property is not how bright a light is, but how far away it can be seen. Hence the measured intensity values for New Zealand lights have been converted to the corresponding nominal range figures in nautical miles. e correlation between intensity and nominal range may be seen by comparing the scales along the bottom and top of the Luminous Range Diagram. LIGHT INFORMATION LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

139 TABLE GEOGRAPHICAL RANGE TABLE ELEVATION HEIGHT OF EYE OF OBSERVER IN METRES metres RANGE IN SEA MILES LIGHT INFORMATION LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

140 USE OF GEOGRAPHICAL RANGE TABLE CAUTION: e geographical range of a light, sometimes referred to as the dipping range, only be used for finding the distance off the light in clear weather when the luminous range is equal to or exceeds the geographical range. Definition of geographical range: e maximum distance at which light from a light can theoretically reach an observer, as limited only by the curvature of the earth, the refraction of the atmosphere and by the elevation of the light and the height of eye of the observer. e Geographical Range Table can be used to find the dipping or geographical range of a light as follows: Enter the table at the top with the observer s height of eye and at the left, in the elevation column, with the height of the light as taken from the chart or the light lists in this publication. e dipping range can then be taken from the body of the table, e.g.. Height of eye of observer metres, charted height of light 0 metres. Geographical range =. miles.. Height of eye metres, charted height of light metres. Geographical range =. miles. To find out whether a light is of sufficient power to be visible at its extreme range reference must be made to the Light List and to the Luminous Range Diagram. For example, to find whether the following lights will be visible at dipping range to an observer having a height of eye of metres. e estimated meteorological visibility is 0 miles. (a) K Cape Kidnappers. e Light List gives a nominal range of miles and elevation of light metres. e Geographical Range Table gives a range of. miles, the Luminous Range Diagram gives a range of miles. is light, therefore, will not be visible at its dipping range for this particular observer. (b) K Castle Point. e Light List gives a nominal range of miles and elevation of light metres. e Geographical Range Table gives a range of 0. miles and the Luminous Range Diagram gives a range of miles. is light will be visible at its dipping range for this particular observer. NOTE:. Dipping ranges can only be used in clear weather when the loom of the light is visible before or after the light dips on the horizon.. Some lights whose charted range is less than their geographical range may be observed to dip on the horizon in conditions of excellent visibility.. Conditions of abnormal refraction may cause the dipping ranges to increase and consequently ranges obtained by this method should be used with caution. NOMINAL RANGE e nominal range of the light is the maximum distance at which the light can just be seen by a normal observer at night, in conditions when the actual (or meteorological) visibility is miles. VISIBILITY Visibility is defined in terms of the distance (meteorological optical range) at which light transmitted is reduced to % or 0.0 of the light emitted. For all practical purposes this represents the same atmospheric conditions as for a daytime visibility defined in terms of the maximum distance at which large objects can be recognised. Meteorological visibility at miles corresponds with an atmospheric transmission factor (a.t.f.) of 0. per mile; 0. = 0.0. For comparison: with an a.t.f. of 0. per mile, visibility is miles; 0. =0.0. with an a.t.f. of 0. per mile, visibility is 0 miles; 0. 0 = 0.0. LIGHT INFORMATION e atmospheric transmission factor must always be associated with a length unit, and visibility will be in the same unit; e.g. in dense fog with an a.t.f. of 0. per metre, visibility would be metres. Note that perfect visibility is an a.t.f. of.00 for any length unit. VISIBLE RANGE When the visibility is other than miles (it is generally greater in New Zealand) the range at which a light can be expected to be seen can be obtained from the Luminous Range Diagram. It must be noted that neither the charted nominal range nor the Luminous Range Diagram take any account of curvature of the earth. e geographical range of a light must be obtained separately from the Geographical Range Table. e above instructions and Luminous Range Diagram are applicable to charted nominal ranges only. LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

141 TABLE LIGHT CHARACTERISTICS CLASS OF LIGHT CHARACTERISTIC GENERAL DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION ILLUSTRATION A FIXED Fixed A light showing continuously and steadily. F W B RHYTHMIC A rhythmic light is a light showing intermittently with a regular periodicity. e rhythmic character of a light is the regular periodic rhythm presented by the light. LIGHT INFORMATION Occulting, Group Occulting A light in which the total duration of light in a period is longer than the total duration of darkness and the intervals of darkness (eclipses) are usually of equal duration. (a) Occulting An occulting light in which an eclipse is regularly repeated. (b) Group occulting An occulting light in which a group of eclipses, specified in number, is regularly repeated. e total duration of light in each period may be equal to the total duration of darkness. (c) Composite group occulting A light similar to a group occulting light except that successive groups in a period have different numbers of eclipses. e total duration of light in each period may be equal to the total duration of darkness. Isophase Isophase A light in which all the durations of light and darkness are clearly equal. Flashing, Group Flashing A light in which the total duration of light in a period is shorter than the total duration of darkness and the appearances of light (flashes) are usually of equal duration. (a) Flashing A flashing light in which a flash is regularly repeated (at a rate of less than 0 flashes per minute). (b) Long flashing A single-flashing light in which an appearance of light of not less than s duration (long flash) is regularly repeated. (c) Group flashing A flashing light in which a group of flashes, specified in number, is regularly repeated. (d) Composite group flashing A light similar to a groupflashing light except that successive groups in a period have different numbers of flashes. Oc W Oc()W Oc(+)W Iso W FI W LFl W Fl()W Fl(+)W Period Period Period Period Period Period Period Period LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

142 TABLE LIGHT CHARACTERISTICS CLASS OF LIGHT CHARACTERISTIC GENERAL DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION ILLUSTRATION Quick Lights A light in which flashes are repeated at a rate of not less than 0 flashes per minute but less than 0 flashes per minute. (a) Quick (b) Group quick (c) Interrupted quick A quick light in which a Q W flash is regularly repeated. A quick light in which a Q()W specified group is regularly repeated. Q()+LFl W A quick light in which the sequence of flashes is interrupted by regular repeated eclipses of constant and long duration. IQ W Period Period Period NOTE: e group flashing light FI()+LFl W is an exceptional light character reserved for use in IALA Buoyage System to indicate a South Cardinal mark. Very Quick Lights A light in which flashes are repeated at a rate of not less than 0 flashes per minute but less than 0 flashes per minute. (a) Very quick A very quick light in which a flash is regularly repeated. (b) Group very quick (c) Interrupted very quick A very quick light in which a specified group of flashes is regularly repeated. A very quick light in which the sequence of flashes is interrupted by regularly repeated eclipses of constant and long duration. Ultra Quick Lights A light in which flashes are repeated at a rate of not less than 0 flashes per minute. (a) Ultra quick An ultra quick light in which a flash is regularly repeated. (b) Interrupted ultra quick An ultra quick light is which the sequence of flashes is interrupted by eclipses of long duration. VQ W VQ()W IVQ W UQ W IUQ W Period Period Period LIGHT INFORMATION rse code rse code A light in which (K)W appearances of light of two clearly different durations are grouped to represent a (AR)W character or characters in the rse Code. ()W Period Period LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

143 TABLE LIGHT CHARACTERISTICS CLASS OF LIGHT CHARACTERISTIC GENERAL DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION ILLUSTRATION Fixed and Flashing A light in which a fixed light is combined with a flashing light of higher luminous intensity. (a) Fixed and flashing (b) Fixed and group flashing A fixed light varied, at regular intervals, by a single flash of higher luminous intensity. A fixed light varied, at regular intervals, by a group of two or more flashes of higher luminous intensity. FFl W FFl()W Period Period C ALTERNATING A light showing different colours alternately. Alternating Alternating A continuous steady light which shows a change in colour. Al WGR R W G R W G Period Flashing, Group Flashing (a) Alternating See C and B AlFl WR Period (b) Alternating group flashing See C and B AlFl RW Period AlFl WWRR Period Occulting, Group Occulting (a) Alternating occulting See C and B AlOc WR Period LIGHT INFORMATION Fixed and Flashing, Fixed and Group Flashing (b) Alternating group occulting (a) Alternating fixed and flashing (b) Alternating fixed and group flashing (c) Alternating fixed and composite group flashing See C and B See C, A and B See C, A and B See C, A and B AlOc WGR AlF W Fl R AlF W Fl RG AlF W Fl()G AlF W Fl WRR W G R W G R W G Period Period Period Period Period LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

144 FOG SIGNALS Sound is often conveyed in an unpredictable way through the atmosphere and the following points should be remembered: (a) Fog signals are heard at greatly varying distances. (b) Under certain atmospheric conditions, if a fog signal is a combination of high and low tones, one of the tones may be inaudible. (c) ere are occasionally areas around a station in which the fog signal is wholly inaudible. (d) Fog may exist a short distance from a station and not be observable from it, so that the signal may not be sounded. (e) Some fog signal emitters cannot be started immediately after signs of fog are observed. Mariners are therefore warned that fog signals should never be relied upon implicitly. Particular attention should be given to placing look-outs in positions in which the noises in the ship are least likely to interfere with the hearing of a fog signal; experience shows that, though such a signal may not be heard from the deck or bridge when the engines are moving, it may be heard when the ship is stopped, or from a quiet position. Fog signals are mainly produced by the following types of emitters: e Diaphone uses compressed air and generally emits a powerful, low-pitched sound, which often concludes with a brief sound of suddenly lowered pitch termed the grunt. Where it is known that the sound does not terminate in a grunt, the signal is annotated No grunt. e Horn uses compressed air or electricity to vibrate a diaphragm and exists in a variety of types which differ greatly in their sound and power; some types, particularly those at major fog signal stations, combine emitter units which simultaneously produce sounds of different pitch; these are often very powerful. Others produce a single steady tone, whilst others vary continuously in pitch. e Siren uses compressed air and exists in a variety of types which differ considerably in their sound and power. e Reed uses compressed air and emits a weak, high-pitched sound; it is particularly weak when hand-operated. e Explosive emitter produces short reports by the firing of explosive charges. e Bell, the Gong and the Whistle may be operated by machinery, sounding a regular character; by hand, sounding a somewhat irregular character; or by wave action, sounding erratically. rse code fog signals: In a similar manner to lights, the abbreviation is included in the abridged description of fog signals which consist of one or more characters of the rse code; e.g. Horn (AR), Horn () and composite fog signals are described, e.g. Siren(+). Fog signal emitters of all types vary greatly in power; reserve emitters are often especially weak. Some fog signal emitters sound characters composed of separate blasts of two or more different pitches; these are annotated, in column of the light lists, -tone, -tone, etc. Other emitters commence with an ascending pitch, or conclude with a descending pitch, and are annotated accordingly; others which produce a continuously-varying pitch are annotated warble tone. LIGHT INFORMATION LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

145 ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE LIGHT LISTS LIGHT INFORMATION AHP...Above Head of Passes (in miles) AIS...Automatic Identification System Station Al...Alternating AtoN...Aid(s) to Navigation bl...blast Bu...Blue CALM...Catenary Anchor Leg oring Dia...Diaphone Dir Lt...Direction Light E...East ec...eclipse (phase) ED...Existence Doubtful ENE...East Northeast ESE...East Southeast Explos...Explosive fog signal F...Fixed FFl...Fixed and flashing FFl(..)...Fixed and group flashing Fl...Flashing Fl(..)...Group flashing fl...flash (phase) FPSO...Floating Production Storage and...offloading facility FSO...Floating Storage and Offloading facility FSU...Floating Storage Unit G...Green GRP...Glass Reinforced Plastic HFPB...High Focal Plane Buoy (hor)...horizontal I...Interrupted Intens...Intensified sector Irreg...Irregular Iso...Isophase Lanby...Large Automatic Navigational Buoy Lat...Latitude Ldg Lts...Leading Lights LED...Light Emitting Diode LFl...Long flash Lit...Light (no details known) Long...Longitude LPG...Liquid Petroleum Gas lt...light (phase) Lt F...Light-float Lts in line...lights in line (M)...Light owned by Maritime New Zealand M...Sea miles m...metres min...minutes...rse code light or fog signal MV...Mercury vapour discharge lamp...greenish-white in colour N...North NE...Northeast NNE...North Northeast NNW...North Northwest NW...Northwest Oc...Occulting Oc(..)...Group occulting Occas...Occasional (P)...Preliminary PA...Position approximate PEL...Port Entry Light Q...Quick flashing R...Red Ra refl...radar reflector Racon...Radar responder beacon RC...Circular radio beacon Ramark...Radar beacon (continuous) Ro Bn...Radio beacon Rot...Rotating RTE...Radar Target Enhancer S...South s...seconds SAR...Search and Rescue SBM...Single Buoy oring SE...Southeast si...silence Sig Stn...Signal Station SPM...Single Point oring SSE...South Southeast SSW...South Southwest SV... Sodium vapour discharge... lamp orange in colour SW... Southwest (T)... Temporary TALM... Taut Anchor Leg oring TD... Temporarily discontinued... (non-light AtoN) TE... Temporarily extinguished... (light AtoN) TR... Racon temporarily... discontinued Unintens... Unintensified sector UQ... Ultra quick flashing (var)... Varying (vert)... Vertical Vi... Violet Vis... Visible VQ... Very quick flashing W... st W... White Whis... Whistle WNW... st Northwest WSW... st Southwest Y... Yellow, amber or orange LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

146 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. () Location Name () Cape Maria van Diemen (M) Cape Reinga (Te Rerengawairua) (M) Lat Long S E () Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () FI()W 0s White fibreglass tower Fl W s White concrete tower Remarks () (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec. Vis - ( ), -0 (0 ) fl 0.. Vis ( ), 0 - (0 ) - Reserve light 0 North Cape (Otou). Murimotu Island. 0.0 mmit (M) PARENGARENGA HARBOUR 0. Parengarenga. Harbour Lt. HOUHORA HARBOUR 0. Perpendicular Point. (Ruakoura) HH HH HH HH HH HH Pukenui Wharf. Head SE corner. 0. RANGAUNU HARBOUR Wairakia Point.0.0. Omere, Janus or. Toby Rock.. Otiaia Point... Scheigis Rock.. AWANUI CHANNEL. - Tohunga... - AC Mangatete... - AC Rat Island... - Home Creek Mangrove Island Junction Reach J J Prices J J.. Fl W s White concrete tower Fl()W s Orange square tower FI W s Square beacon fl 0. Q R Red on beacon Q G Green on beacon Q G Green on wooden pile Q R Red on wooden pile Q R Red on wooden pile Q G Green on wooden pile F R(vert) On end of wharf fl 0.. Obscured shore- fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec 0. Fl R.s Red on metal pile fl 0., ec. FI()R s Red on pile fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec. Q G Green on metal pile Fl R s Red on concrete base fl 0., ec. Q G Green on wooden piles Fl R s Red on wooden pile fl 0., ec. FI G s Green on pile fl 0., ec. structure FI R s Red on wooden pile fl 0., ec. Q G Green on pile fl 0., ec 0. structure FI G.s Green on wooden fl 0., ec. pile Q G Green on pile fl 0., ec 0. structure Q R Red on pile fl 0., ec 0. structure Q R Red on pile fl 0., ec 0. Q R Red on wooden pile fl 0., ec 0. Q G Green on wooden fl 0., ec 0. pile Q R Red on pile fl 0., ec 0. Q R Red on pile fl 0., ec 0. NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

147 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () (). - - J A A Awanui River 00. Unahi Head. Cape Karikari. (Whakapouaka) (M). Taipa River. Entrance. PORT MANGONUI. - Cole Point.0. - Wharf... - Albert Reef.. WHANGAROA HARBOUR - S Head Kingfish Point Shark Island East Pekapeka North Pekapeka st Pekapeka Wharf 0.. CAVALLI ISLANDS Nukutaunga Island. (M). BAY OF ISLANDS HARBOUR 00 - aser Rock e Brothers tupapa (Cocked Hat) Island Kerikeri Inlet.. No. S KK KK KK KK KK KK.0. S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Q R Red on pile fl 0., ec 0. Q G Green on pile fl 0., ec 0. Q G Green on pile fl 0., ec 0. F G(hor) On wharf On each end Remarks FI()W s White tower (fl 0., ec.) x, fl 0., ec. FI R.s Red on metal post fl 0. Q G Green on metal post F G(vert) Shed VQ()W s Black on black, yellow and black beacon FI()WR s W R FI W s White post Fl R.s Red on red beacon Fl() s Black on black pillar with red band Fl() s Black on black pillar with red band Fl() s Black on black pillar with red band F R(vert) On steel pole FI W s White metal tower FI WR s W R Q()W s Black on black pile with red band White metal post fl, ec, fl ec. W - ( ), R - (0 ) fl 0., ec. Q R Red on red steel pile beacon Q G Green on metal pile Fl R s Red on steel pole Fl G s Green on green wooden pile beacon Fl R s Red on steel pole Fl G s Green on green wooden pile beacon Fl R s Red on steel pole Fl G s Green on green wooden pile beacon fl Metal tower fl 0., ec.. W.º-º (.º), R º-.º (.º), W.º-.º (.º) () fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

148 Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () KK KK No KK No KK KK KK Junction DB Doves Bay Marina. Breakwater head Entrance. Dir Lt Russell Wharf. Head Hermione Rock Micky Rock Ti Point. Waitangi River Entrance 0. Waitangi River. WR S E WR Waitangi Jetty Head 0 - Taylor Island off N end 0. Paihia No. Starboard Beacon Paihia Jetty Head Nihinui Point,. Starboard Beacon Nihinui Point, Port Beacon 0. Veronica Channel Ldg Lts º. ont Rear. 0 m from front NORTH ISLAND Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Fl R s Red on steel pole Fl G s Green on green wooden pile beacon Q R on red wooden pile beacon Fl R s Red on wooden pile Q G on green wooden pile beacon Fl G s Green on wooden pile Fl R s Red on red wooden pile beacon Fl(+) G s Green on wooden pile with red stripe Q R Red on red wooden pile F G(vert) fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. Remarks () fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec., fl 0., ec. Dir WRG White pile beacon FG.º-º (.º). AI WG º-.º (0.º). FW.º-.º (.º). AI WR.º-.º (0.º). FR.º-.º (.º) By day F R(vert) Steel post FI()G s Green on green steel pile Q R Red on red steel pile beacon Q G Green on green steel pile beacon Fl G s Green on wooden pile beacon Fl G s Green on wooden pile beacon F G(vert) Metal post fl 0., ec 0. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. FI G.s Green on green steel pile beacon fl 0., ec. Fl G s Green on green fl 0., ec. wooden pile beacon F G(vert) On building Fl G s Green on green steel pile Fl R s Red on red steel pile Q W 0 White metal framework tower F Bu Metal pole By day Oc W s fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. ec NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

149 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () 0. - No.. 0. S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () FI G s Green on green steel fl 0., ec. pile beacon Remarks () 0. - No No No No No Okiato Ferry.0 Ramp OPUA 0 Wharf, Head NE corner Opua N Cardinal Ferry Ramp Marina, Outer. Breakwater. N end S end Inner. Breakwater E end Ashbys. N Ashbys. S. 0. EASTERN BAY OF ISLANDS 0 Cape Brett (M) Hat Island.0. Urupukapuka Island - Otehei Bay Pakatahi Island.0.0. Paramena Reef.0.. Okuia Point. Shag. Rock.0 WHANGARURU HARBOUR. - tukauri Is. 0. FI R s Red on red steel pile beacon FI G.s Green on green steel pile beacon FI R.s Red on red steel pile beacon FI G.s Green on green steel pile beacon Q R Red on red steel pile beacon F R (vert) Concrete pile Q R Red on red wooden pile F G(vert) On shed Q W Black on black and yellow steel pile F R (vert) White pile beacon Q R Grey Pile Q R Grey Pile Q R Grey Pile Q R Grey Pile Q G Grey Pile F G(vert) Steel Pile F G(vert) Steel Pile FI W s White Tower Q G Green on green metal pole VQ()s on black & yellow concrete pile Q G Green on wooden post Q()W s Black on black beacon with red band Q()s on black & yellow concrete pile Q G Green on green steel pile fl 0., ec. fl 0. fl 0. fl 0. fl 0.. Obscured southwards to shore. Obscured 0 -. (. ) by tukokako Island (Piercy Island) and over a greater arc when within M. Obscured by Otuwhanga Island - ( ) decreasing out to M. e old lighthouse ( m) is situated close SW of the new light tower fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec. LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

150 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () (). - Honaio Rock Orapa Rock Black Rocks.. Poor Knights. Island. N Island (M) TUTUKAKA HARBOUR tukaka Head (South Gable) N point of harbour entrance (M). - Ldg Lts 0 0. ont Rear. m from S E..... front.. - T T... - T... - T... - T... - T.. Bream Head (M) 0... Wareware Island..0 HEN AND CHICKENS ISLANDS - Coppermine. Island. E end (M). - Taranga Island. W side (M) WHANGAREI HARBOUR Marsden Point Dir Lt Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Q G Green on green steel pile Q R Red on red pile beacon Q G Green on green steel pile FI W s White metal tower FI W s White metal tower FI R s Red pile beacon FI W.s White pile beacon Q G Green on wooden pile Q R Red on red wooden pile Q R Red on red beacon Q G Green on green wooden pile Q G Green on green beacon Q R Red on red wooden pile FI()W 0s White metal tower Fl()W s Green and white metal frame FI W s White metal tower FI W s White on metal column Dir WRG Orange on metal framework tower Remarks () fl 0.. Vis 0 - ( ) fl 0.. Vis -00 (00 ) (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec. Vis 0-0 ( ), -. (. ) fl, ec., fl, ec.. Obscured -0 ( ) fl, ec. Obscured on certain bearings by Hen and Chickens group. Owing to its elevation the light is liable to be obscured by fog and mist fl. Obscd -0 ( ),. - (. ) G. -. ( ). AIWG. -0. (0. ). W ( ). AlWR. -. (0. ). R. -. ( ) NORTH ISLAND. Refinery Wharf. T- head. SE end NW end 0... Harbour Board 0. Wharf. Head. E end W end 0.. By day W R G F R(vert) Aluminium framework tower F R(vert) Aluminium framework tower F R(vert) Wharf whaling F R(vert) Wharf whaling G. -. (0. ), R. -. (0. ) R lights on chimney 0m WSW. Conspicuous flare on chimney 0.M SW LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

151 Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () (). Northport Wharf E end.. Northport Wharf. - W end.0. - Marsden Cove. Marina. Port Starboard Port Starboard Snake Bank... Marsden Bay. - Beacon No Sinclair Point. Ldg Lts.. ont. - - Rear... Passage Islet.. E of One Tree Point.. SHELL CUT REACH. - S E Ldg Lts.. ont Lort Point. Rear... M from front 0.. Lort Point. 0.. Passage Island... Tauikura W Ldg Lts. ont Rear.. M from front. - S... - S... - S... - S.. SHOAL BAY. - S cardinal W cardinal... - E cardinal Whangarei Heads.00. PARUA BAY. Reserve Point.. S E Characteristics () NORTH ISLAND Elevation metres () Range miles () F R(vert) F R(vert) Structure Height in metres () Fl R s Red on red post Fl G s Green on green post Fl R s Red on red post Fl G s Green on green post FI G s Green on beacon Fl(+) R s Red on red beacon Ra refl with green band Q Y Yellow X on beacon Ra refl FI W.s Yellow and white Remarks F R Orange on pile Vis 00-0 ( ) FI W s White concrete tower fl 0.. Vis - ( ) FI R s Red on pile beacon fl Q R Red on pile beacon F G Concrete pile Vis 0 - (0 ) F R Metal tower Vis 0 - (0 ) Fl()W s Black on black concrete pillar with red band Fl()W s Black on black steel pile with red band Fl()W s Black on black concrete pillar with red band F R Concrete pile F G Metal tower on pile Neon FI G.s Green on pile beacon FI G s Green on pile beacon FI R s Red on pile beacon Q R Red on pile () fl 0., ec., fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec., fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec., fl 0., ec. Q() + LFI W s Black on yellow / black wooden pile Q()W s Black on yellow wooden pile with black band Q()W s Black on wooden pile with yellow band Fl G s Vis 0 - (0 ) Q G Green pile LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

152 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () (). e Nook... - Breakwater.. TAMATERAU BEACH. - Tamaterau One Tree Point. Ldg Lts..0 ont Rear..0 M from front - Stevens Point Dir Lt S E T... - T... - T.. WELLINGTON REACH 0 - Ross W W W llington Rock.. CHANNEL TO PORTLAND - Portland. Entrance. Ldg Lts. 0. ont Rear. m from front. - P.. - Limestone Island. - SE side. Disused wharf. P P... - SE side. P P.. PORTLAND. - Portland Bulk. Cement Wharf, NW.0 side. P. - - E side. P Coal berth. Wharf head Cement berth Cement berth P P P.. CHANNEL TO WHANGAREI. llington Reach. W.0 Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Q R Red on pile beacon Q R FI()G s Green on pile beacon Remarks F R Pile Vis 00 - (0 ) F G Metal tower Neon Vis 00 - (0 ) Dir F WRG W Orange on metal G (. ). R framework tower W. -. (0. ). G R. -. (. ) Q G Green on pile beacon FI R.s Red on pile beacon FI G s Green on pile beacon FI()R s Red on pile beacon Q R Red on pile beacon Q G Green on pile beacon FI G s Green on pile beacon Iso R s Red on pile beacon FI R.s Red concrete pile fl 0. Q W Red concrete pile Vis 0-0 ( ) Q R Red on pile beacon FI G s Green metal column on square base Q G Green on concrete pile Q R Red on pile beacon Q R Red on pile Q G Green on pile Q R Red on wooden pile F G(vert) F G(vert) F G(vert) Q R Red on wooden pile Q G Green on concrete pile Fl G.s Green on wooden pile Q G Green on pile beacon () NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

153 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () (). - - N Cardinal. beacon. - - K K K K K K K K..0 PORT WHANGAREI. Wharf. S end N end K K K K Slipway K Fertiliser Wharf.. Bulk Cargo Jetty. S 0. end N end No. berth. S end No. berth. N end 0. HATEA RIVER. - H H H H H H H H H Pohe bridge. starboard pontoon Pohe bridge port.0 pontoon H H S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Q W Black on black and yellow pile beacon Q G Green on pile beacon Q G Green on pile Q G Green on pile Q R Red on pile Q G Green on pile Q G Green on pile Q R Red on pile Q R Red on pile F R(vert) Wharf coping F R(vert) Wharf coping Q G Green on pile Q R Red on pile Q G Green on pile FI R s Red on pile Remarks Q R Red dolphin Seaward end of apron Q G Green on pile F R(vert) In whaling F R(vert) In whaling F R(vert) F R(vert) FI R s Red on wooden pile FI G s Green on wooden pile FI R s Red on wooden pile FI R s Red on concrete pile FI R s Red on wooden pile FI R s Red on metal pile FI R s Red on wooden pile FI R s Red on wooden pile FI R s Red on wooden pile F G(vert) Fixed pontoon F R(vert) Fixed pontoon Fl R s Red on concrete pile FI R s Red on steel pile () LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

154 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () 0. - H H.. MOKOHINAU ISLANDS Burgess Island. (Pokohinu Island) 0.0 (M) S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () FI R s Red on wooden pile FI R s Red on metal pile FI W s White stone tower fl 0. Remarks () - Reserve light MANGAWHAI HARBOUR - Sentinel Rock 0. FI W s Column. GREAT BARRIER ISLAND (AOTEA ISLAND) - tuhaku Island. 0. FI W s White metal column mmit (M).. Tryphena Point (M)... Cape Rodney (M).. FI()W s White metal column FI()W 0s White metal tower OMAHA BAY - Panetiki Island (e Outpost).. FI G s White column. - Whangateau. Q G Green on black steel Harbour. Entrance..00 post Ti Point HAURAKI GULF / TIKAPA TKAPA MOANA Flat Rock. FI W s White tower, concrete (E of Kawau Is) (M).0 base. Kawau Bay - Kawati Point (M) Maori Rock (M)... - Pembles Island. (Tangaroa).. - North Cove W Cardinal. - Martello Rock (Ruakoura) (M) Mullet Point... - Half Tide Rock... - Matakana River. E entrance point... - Matakana River.. W entrance.. - Matakana River.. Iso WR s W R White metal tower FI G s Green steel pipe FI W s White pole Q()W s on black and yellow column FI()WR s W R White metal column VQ Black on black and yellow metal beacon VQ() Black on metal beacon with yellow band Fl G s White post FI R s Red on wooden pile FI R s Red on wooden pile fl 0. fl. Obscured by islands on certain bearings (fl 0., ec.0) x, fl 0., ec. (fl 0., ec.) x, fl 0., ec.. Vis. - (0. ) fl 0.. Vis. -0. (0 ) fl AIS MMSI 0 W (partially obscured) ( ), W (. ), R (. ), W. -. (. ), R. - (. ), W -. (0. ), R. - (. ) fl 0. fl. Partially obscured. -. ( ) (fl 0., ec.) x, fl 0., ec.. W ( ), R. - (. ), W -0 (0 ), R 0 -. (. ), W. -. (. ), R. -0. (. ) NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

155 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () tuketekete (M) Te Haupa Island (ddle Island) 0 - Tiritiri Matangi Island. SE part (M) Whangaparaoa Peninsula - Huaroa Point (M). - Gulf Harbour Marina S E Outer Ldg Lts 00. ont Rear E Breakwater.. Head W Breakwater.. Head No No No No No No No Inner Ldg Lts. 0. ont Rear... iti River.0 Entrance.. Long Bay Marine. Reserve NW limit... - NE limit SW limit Tipau Point.. e Noises.. Maria Island 00. (Ruapuke Island) (M) Wairau River Entrance Dir Lt Rahopara Point.. AUCKLAND HARBOUR Rangitoto Beacon...0 Rangitoto Wharf... - ltworks.. Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () FI WR s W R Structure Height in metres () White metal column VQ() + LFl W s on black and yellow beacon FI W s White round metal tower 0 FI WR s W White metal column R FI WR s W R Q W Q W Metal mast Oc G s Metal mast ec Oc R s Metal mast ec Q G Green on wooden fl 0. pile Q R Red on wooden pile fl 0. Q G Green on wooden fl 0. pile Q R Red on wooden pile fl 0. Q G Green on wooden fl 0. pile Q R Red on wooden pile fl 0. Q R Red on wooden pile fl 0. Q W Q W Pole Pole Q G Green wooden pile fl 0. FI()Y 0s Pole Q R Red on red beacon FI()Y 0s Pole Q()G s Green on wooden pile FI()WR s W White column R Remarks () fl. W. -. (. ), R. -. (. ), W (. ) fl 0.. Obscured within M by NW end of island fl. R 0. - (. ), W -. (0. ) except where obscured by land fl 0.. R 0 -. (. ), W. -0. (. ), R (. ) fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec. (fl 0., ec.) x, fl 0., ec.. R 0 -. (. ), W. -. (. ), R. -. (. ), W. -0 (. ) Dir F WRG Column F G (. ). F W (0. ). F R (. ) FI G s Green on metal pole FI R s Red concrete tower, white bands fl. Fl W S Grey steel pole Q()R s Red on red beacon (fl 0., ec ) x, fl 0., ec. LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

156 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name () () St Leonards Approach. Dir Lt Rangitoto Channel Ldg Lts 0 ont. - Rear.. M from front Lat Long () S E Bean Rock Orakei Wharf 0.. Orakei Yacht 0. Anchorage Wave. Break E part E end. - - W end W Part E end 0... Orakei Marina. Main Light No W end 0.. Hobson Point.0. DEVONPORT - Beach 0.0 Lts in line 00.. ont Rear. m 0.0 from front. - Lts in line ont Rear. m. from front.0. Bell South Cardinal. Mark. - - Calliope Dock 0.0 Training Jetty Head. - - Calliope S 0.0 Wharf, SE corner SW corner. 0 Bayswater Wharf Approach Channel. S end Bayswater Marina Characteristics () Dir F WRG By day FI()W s Elevation metres () Range miles () W R G By day Dir F WRG W R G FI()WR s W R Structure Remarks Height in metres () () Metal column F G. -. ( ). AI GW. -. ( ). FW. -. ( ). Al RW. -. ( ). F R. -. ( ) White concrete pile structure, red bands fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec. Red on white pile FG.0 -. (0. ). FW. -. (. ). FR. -. (0. ) White metal framework tower Siren 0s bl s Oc R s On tower ec (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec. R (0 ), W 00-0 ( ), R 0 - (0 ), W - ( ), R - (0 ), W -0 ( ), R 0 - ( ). F R on One Tree Hill.M SW VQ()G s Pile (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl 0., ec. VQ()R s Pile (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl 0., ec. VQ()G s Pile (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl 0., ec. Iso R s White fiberglass tower, red and white bands. Fl G Green on green wooden pile VQ()R s Pile (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl 0., ec. Fl R s Red on wooden pile F G on white beacon Marks W cables F R on white beacon Marks W cables F G on white beacon Marks E cables F R on white beacon Marks E cables VQ() LFL s Black on yellow / black wooden pile F R TE 0 F R(vert) m apart F G(vert) m apart Fl R s Red on metal pile Fl G s Green on beacon Fl()R s Red on beacon Fl()G s Green on beacon Fl()R s Red on beacon Fl G s Green on beacon fl 0. NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

157 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () Entrance Mechanics Bay. 0. SAR Centre.. Breakwater Head - Breakwater. Elbow - Compass Dolphin (Remains) Commercial Harbour, Fergusson Wharf, Northern Dolphin S E Viaduct Harbour - - E breakwater W breakwater 0.. Wynyard Wharf 0. Lts in line.. ont Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Fl()R s Red on beacon Q G Green top on metal pole on breakwater Q R Red top on metal pole on breakwater Oc R s Wooden Pile ec Remarks VQ(+)G s Wooden Pile fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec., fl 0., ec. Fl()W s on wooden pile Black with Red bands F ROrR (vert) Metal post LED. Vis - ( ) F R F G F B Yellow on building LED Rear. m from front 0.. F B Yellow on building LED WESTHAVEN BOAT HARBOUR E Entrance. E 0.0 Oc R s Red on red beacon side. - - W side Off mole end W entrance. E 0. side. - - W side 0.. Harbour Bridge.. - m SSW Point Chevalier Reef Kauri Pt Armament Depot.... Fl G s White concrete pillar fl 0.. F W lights on bulk cement jetty 0. M S Oc G s Green on wooden pile Oc R Wooden pile Oc G Wooden pile F YGR (vert) Aero Q R F R Horn s Q()R s ec One set on E and one set on W sides of centre of bridge On highest point of centre of bridge Along top of bridge bl Red on beacon F G White tower on metal pile UPPER WAITEMATA HARBOUR - Whau River No No No No No No No.. Pollen.0 Island Marine. Reserve NW limit. - NE limit SE limit. 0. Q G Green on wooden pile Q R Red on wooden pile Q R Red on wooden pile Q G Green on green wooden beacon Q G Green on wooden pile Oc G Green on wooden pile Q R Red on red beacon Fl()Y 0s Pole Fl()Y 0s Pole () LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

158 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long S E () () () - Henderson Creek.. No No No No No No. A No No.. st Park Marina. Entrance No.. st Park Marina..... Entrance - Ranger Rock Beach Haven Wharf Greenhithe Bridge National 0. Broadcasting. Station (not charted) tuihe Island Wharf. Head.. Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () F R Red on red wooden beacon F R Red on red wooden pile beacon F G Green on green wooden pile beacon F R Red on red wooden pile beacon F G Green on green wooden pile beacon Fl R s Red on red wooden pile beacon F G Green on green wooden pile beacon F G Green on beacon F R Red on beacon Q()W s Black on Black beacon with yellow band F W F R F G Remarks () Marks position of rock off Birkdale Wharf and outer end of power cable Aero F R Radio mast Obstruction. groups of lights Vis between Rakino and Tiritiri Matangi islands - ( ) Q W. - North Reef... - E Cardinal... - tutapu Island tutapu Island.. E Point. WAIHEKE ISLAND. - Matiatia Bay. App.. Dir Lt Rear. m from front - Putiki Bay. Kennedy Point (M) Musick Point 0..0 Fl R s Red on red beacon fl 0. Q()W s on wood pile, black & yellow bands VQ() + LFl W on lattice frame, s black & yellow bands Fl G s White Post fl 0., ec. Dir Oc WRG s 0 White metal structure ec. Oc G ( ). Oc W (. ). Oc R ( ) F R Fl WR s 0 W R White metal column Fl R s Red on red wooden pile Oc R s Red on metal pile fl. R -0. (. ), W (. ), R (. ). Obscured by Park Pt beyond 0 NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

159 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name () () Browns Island (tukorea). Off N side Lat Long () S E... - Iliomama Rock.0.0. tukorea Channel. Off N side Achilles Point...0 st Tamaki Head 0... E Tamaki Head. Off W side Musick Point TAMAKI RIVER - No No No. A... - Half on Bay Marina. E Breakwater Head. - - W Breakwater Head. - Bucklands Beach Yacht Club Marina. E Breakwater. Head No No No No No No Panmure Bridge.. NW Pier SE Pier No Pakuranga. Bridge. W Pier E Pier Centre.. Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Fl WR s W R Q WR W R Structure Height in metres () Yellow metal tripod tower Black and white metal pile LFl W s Red on red and white wooden pile (N)WR.s W R White on white pile beacon, red bands Q R Red on wooden pile Q G Green on green beacon Fl G s Green on green beacon Fl R s Red on red beacon Oc G s Green on green wooden pile Q R Red on wooden pile beacon Fl G s Green on green beacon Fl()R s F G Remarks () fl. R 00-0 ( ), W 0-0 ( ), R 0 - ( ), W - ( ), R - ( ), W - ( ), R - ( ), Obscd -00 ( ). Ra refl R 0 -. (. ), W. -0 (. ). Ra refl fl fl, ec 0., fl 0., ec.. W. -. (0 ), R. -. ( ) ec Oc R s ec Q G Green on green wooden pile Q R Red on red wooden pile Fl G s Green on green beacon Q G Green on green beacon Q R Red on red beacon Fl R s Red on red beacon F G(vert) On pier at bridge level F R(vert) On pier at bridge level Fl R s Red on red beacon F G F R fl 0. fl 0. F GR(vert) Centre of bridge span F G over F R LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

160 Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long S E () () () TAMAKI STRAIT 0 Pine Harbour. Marina. Entrance. Channel. No. Outer No. Outer No. A No. A Dennis Rock No No No No No No W Breakwater.. Off head E Breakwater.. Off head.0 0. Maraetai Boat.0 Ramp N 0.0 Breakwater. Head 0. - S Breakwater. Head 0. Maraetai Sector Light WAIHEKE CHANNEL 0. - Passage Rock (M) Pakatoa Island. NW end. Wharf Head... - Ruthe Passage FIRTH OF THAMES ndspit Passage.0 ndspit E end (M).. Kawakawa Bay Breakwater.. - Wharekawa 0. Quarry. N end of.0 channel - S end of channel Kaiaua Boat 0. Ramp. Characteristics () NORTH ISLAND Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Oc G s Green on wooden pile beacon Oc R s Red on wooden pile beacon Oc G s Green on wooden pile beacon Oc R s Red on wooden pile beacon Q() W s Black on yellow pile beacon with black band Oc G s Green on wooden pile beacon Oc R s Red on wooden pile beacon Oc G s Green on wooden pile beacon Oc R s Red on wooden pile beacon Q G Green on wooden pile beacon Q R Red on wooden pile beacon Oc G s Green on wooden pile beacon Oc R s Red on wooden pile beacon Q G Green metal pole Q R Red metal pole ec 0. ec 0. ec 0. ec 0. ec 0. ec 0. ec 0. ec 0. TE 0 ec 0. ec 0. Remarks F RGR Metal lamp post R. -. ( ), G. -0. ( ), R (. ). Obscured. to shoreline Fl()W s White metal tower F R(vert) Grey metal mast Fl W s fl Q R Red on red beacon Fl WR s W R White metal column on wooden piles Fl W s Wooden Post Q G Post on concrete pier Q R On shipwreck F W Grey metal pole () fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec TE 0 fl 0.. W 0. - (. ), R -. (. ), W. -0. (. ), R (. ). Obscured by Ponui Island - NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

161 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name () () - Piako River Outer entrance THAMES 0 Sewar outfall - outer end Lat Long () S E Kaueranga Channel. N side N side No E side No Shortland Wharf. 0. Head. Ldg Lts 0.. ont Rear. 0 m from front Waihou River Outer channel. N side Cow Islet. mmit (M) Te Kouma. Head. S end (M). - garloaf Ramp Point. - Te Kouma Boat Ramp. - Whangarahi Stream 0 Coromandel. Wharf Head Little Passage.. - Jetty..0 Channel Island (M).. Cuvier Island. (Repanga Island) E. end (M) - - Reserve light Port Charles (M) Old Man Rock (M) Ohinau Island. (M). mmit. MERCURY BAY - Whitianga. Entrance. Whakapenui Point WHITIANGA HARBOUR. - - Port Starboard 0. Taiura Harbour - Royal Billy Pt. Jetty Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Fl WR s W R Fl R s White square structure on piles Structure Remarks Height in metres () () Red pile beacon fl 0.. R (. ), W. -. (. ), R. -. (. ), W (. ) F R on war memorial M ENE Fl R s Red pile beacon Channel liable to change Q R Red beacon Q R Red beacon F R White on mast, red stripe Neon F G White on mast, Neon green stripe Fl R s Red pile beacon fl 0. LFl W s Square concrete tower fl Fl()W s Metal column fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec Fl W 0s Metal post F Y Wooden pile Fl()G 0s Light on metal pole F R Metal Post Fl()G s Green on green metal pole Q()W s Metal Post Occas Fl()W s White metal tower fl, ec, fl, ec AIS MMSI 0 Fl W s White metal tower fl 0.. Obscured 0 - ( ) within M. Obscured off Cape Colville when bearing more than 0 Fl()W 0s Metal column (fl 0., ec.) x, fl 0., ec. Fl W s Concrete pedestal fl 0. Fl W s White aluminium tower Fl W R s 0 W R Fl R S Fl G s White Mast Red Post Green Post F R On pontoon fl fl 0.. W 00 - ( ), R - ( ), W -0. (. ). Partially obscured by tukorure Island 0 LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

162 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name () () Slipper Island (Whakahau) (M) Lat Long () S E 0.0. WHANGAMATA HARBOUR - Entrance Ldg Lts. ont Rear. m from. front.. - Outer Inner Lts in line. ont Rear Wharf. Head.. Mayor Island. (hua). KATIKATI HARBOUR. BTN RGR... BT... BT.. Bowentown Beacon.... MW... Blakneys Channel. BK... - BK BK BK BK... - BK... apiro Channel.. TP GRG.. Blakneys Channel. BK... - BK BK BK... - BK... apiro Channel.. TP.. - TP... MW... - Uretara Beacon..0 Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Fl()W s White metal tower F R Grey concrete post Neon F R Grey concrete post Neon Q G on green beacon Q G on green beacon F Y White on orange pole F Y White on orange pole F RRW(vert) Fl()WR s 0 W R White metal column Fl(+) R Red post with green band Fl R s Red post Fl R s Redon red post Q()W s Black on black beacon with yellow band Fl(+) G Green on green beacon with red band Fl(+) G s Green on green beacon with red band Fl R s Redon red post Fl R s Redon red post Fl R s Redon red post Fl R s Redon red post Fl R s Red post Fl(+) G s Green on green beacon with red band Fl R s Redon red post Fl R s Redon red post Fl R s Redon red post Fl R s Redon red post Fl G s Green post Fl R s Redon red post Fl R s Redon red post Fl(+) G s Green on green beacon with red band Q W Black on yellow beacon with black top Remarks () fl, ec, fl, ec. Vis 0-0 ( ), 0 - ( ),. -0 (. ) (fl 0., ec ) x, fl 0., ec.. W -. (. ), R. -. ( ), W. -0. (0 ) fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

163 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. () Location Name () Lat Long () TAURANGA HARBOUR e unt...0 A Beacon.0.. North Rock..0. North-st Rock. 0.. No. Reach Ldg.0 Lts. ont 0. - Dir Lt 0 S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Remarks Fl W s 0 White square concrete structure Vis -. (. ) VQ()W s Black on black Ra refl beacon, with yellow band AIS MMSI 0 Fl WR s W Red metal column, fl 0.. R concrete base W 00 - (0 ), R -00 (0 ) Fl W s Metal column fl 0. F G Dir WRG W R G White daymark black stripe me structure Neon () Al WG (0. ). F W (. ). Al WR (0. ). Occas on request to Port of Tauranga Cutter Channel. Outbound. Dir Lt Rear. m from front. No. Reach dredged channel. Eastern boundary limit Lts in line. ont. - - Rear. m from front. No. Reach Ldg Lts 0. ont Dir WRG me structure F G White daymark with black stripe F R White daymark with black stripe F R White daymark with black stripe Iso G s White on concrete pile beacon F G. - (0. ). Al WG - ( ) W phase increasing with bearing. F W -. (0. ). Al W R. -0. ( ) R phase increasing with Bearing. F R ( ). Iso R s ( ). Intens by day on request to Port of Tauranga Neon Neon Neon - Dir Lt Rear. m from front No., Stony Point P P P P.. Dir Q WRG Dir WRG Orange on metal tripod, concrete base Q G. -. (. ). Q W. -0. (0. ). Q R (. ) F G. -. (0. ). Al WG. -. ( ) W phase increasing with bearing. F W. -0. (0. ). Al WR 0.-. ( ) R phase increasing with bearing. F R. -. (0. ). Intens by day Q()R s Red fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec. VQ()W s Fl G s Q G Q() + LFl W s Yellow pile with black band Green pile Green pile LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

164 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () 0 lisbury Avenue. Jetty. Head. 0. g Berth. N Jetty.. Head. 0. Cutter Channel.. 0. Cutter Channel. Old rear lead No No... S E Characteristics Elevation metres () () F WR(vert) F Y(vert) Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Remarks () Mast Vis - ( ) F W on orange and white tower Neon F G on lattice tower Neon Iso R s Red pile Iso G s Green pile 0. unt Maunganui Wharf. N end No No No unt Maunganui. Wharf. RoRo Berth No No unt Maunganui. Wharf. S end No Town Reach.. 0 lphur Point. Wharf. N end S end.0. Tanker Berth.. N end.. - S end..0 - No No. 0.. Tauranga Bridge 0. Marina - N. Breakwater Head - S Breakwater 0. Head.0 Hunters Creek HC HC HC HCA HC HC. 0.. stern Channel.. WC WC.0 0. F G(vert) Q() G s Iso G s Iso G s F R(vert) Iso G s Iso G s F Y(vert) Iso R s Fl Y s F R(vert) F GWR(vert) F WY(vert) F WG(vert) Q R Q R Green pile Green pile Green pile Green pile Green pile Column Vis 00 - (0 ) Red pile Yellow pile Red pile Red pile F R(vert) Pole Q G Pole Q(+)G s Green on green concrete pile beacon, with red band Fl G s Green pile beacon Fl R s Red pile beacon Fl G s Green pile beacon Fl G s Green on green pile beacon Fl G s Green on green pile beacon Fl G s Green pile beacon Q R Red beacon fl 0. Q R Red beacon fl 0. fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec., fl 0., ec. NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

165 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () ().0 - WC WC WC WCB WCC WC WC WC WCB WC WC WC WC WC WC. 0.. Omokoroa OP stern Channel.. WC 0.. Rangiwaea A Rangiwaea B Te Puna Estuary.. TE TE. 0.. tuhoa. 0.. Opureora. OP OP. 0.. stern Channel.. stern A stern A stern B stern C stern G Omokoroa D stern E Beacon F Otumoetai A.. S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Q R Red on red beacon Fl R s Red on red beacon Fl R s Red on red beacon Fl R s Red on red beacon Fl R s Red beacon Fl G s Green on green beacon Q G Green on green beacon Fl G s Green on green beacon Q G Green on green beacon Fl G s Green beacon fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl, ec Fl G s Green on green beacon Fl R s Red on red beacon fl 0., ec. Q G Green on green beacon Fl R s Red on red beacon fl 0., ec. Fl R s Red on red beacon fl 0., ec. Fl G s Green beacon Q G Green on green beacon Q(+)R s Red on red beacon with green band Fl R s Red on red beacon fl 0., ec. Fl G s Green beacon Fl G s Green beacon Fl G s Green on green beacon Fl R s Red beacon fl 0., ec. Fl R s Red beacon fl 0., ec. Q R Red beacon fl 0. Q R Redon white steel pipe with top half red Fl(+)G s Green on green beacon, with red band Q G Green on green beacon Fl(+)G s Green on green beacon, with red band Q R Red on red beacon Fl R s Red on red beacon Q G Green on green beacon Q G Green on green beacon Remarks () fl 0.. Vis. - (. ) LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

166 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () 0. - Marina Fuel Jetty Marina N Breakwater Head Martha Beacon. Waikareao Estuary Otumoetai C. 0.0 S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () F R(vert) m apart Fl W.s On platform fl 0. Q R Red on red beacon fl 0. Q(+)R s Red on red beacon with green band 0. Waikareao Estuary. WK. 0. Q G Green beacon 0. - WK. 0. Fl R s Red on red post 0. - WK. Fl G s Green beacon WK. Fl R s Red beacon WK. Fl G s Green beacon WK 0.0 Fl G s Green beacon WK 0. Fl G s Green on green 0. beacon 0. Otumoetai Channel.. Q G Green on green pile Otumoetai B 0. beacon 0. - Otumoetai D. Q G Green on beacon Otumoetai st.0 Cardinal 0. BAY OF PLENTY titi Island.. Whakatane Airport. Whakatane River Entrance. Lts in line. ont Rear. 0 m from front Lts in line 0. ont Rear. 0m from front No. Beacon N end. E. groyne 00. Cape Runaway (M).. 0 Matakaoa Point (M).. EAST COAST East Cape (M)..0 0 Gable End Foreland (M).. POVERTY BAY aheni Point (M).0 0. Q()W s on yellow beacon, black band Remarks () fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec., fl 0., ec.. Vis. - (. ) fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec. Vis 0 - ( ) (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl 0., ec. Fl()W s White metal column fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec Aero Fl W.s Occas Aero RC F R White Neon F R White Neon F G On Post Neon F G Post Neon Q R Red on red beacon Q R Red spar Fl W s White fibreglass tower Fl() W 0s 0 White square metal tower Fl W s White round metal tower Fl W s White metal tower LFl W s White metal column fl (fl 0., ec.) x, fl 0., ec.. Vis -0 ( ) fl 0.. Vis - ( ), Vis -0 ( ). Partially obscured by East Island (Whangaokeno Island) fl 0. fl NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

167 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name () () - Gisborne Harbour Waikanae Beach. Dir Lt 0. Lat Long () S E 0.. Characteristics () Dir F WRG Elevation metres () Range miles () W R G Structure Height in metres () White metal column Remarks () G - ( ), W - ( ), R - ( ) F RG By night R G G - ( ), R - ( ) Rear. 00 m from front Airport S breakwater 0. Head 0.. S end Butlers Wall Entrance channel. Ldg Lts 0. ont Kaiti Wharf. Rear. 0 m from front Table Cape (M) Portland Island S end (M)..0 NAPIER HARBOUR stshore.. F G Orange black stripe on metal framework Aero Fl W s AIS MMSI Neon Aero Fl W s (occas) m N Occas Iso G s Green metal tower fl 0.. Vis - ( ). F R on mast 0. M E Iso R s Red tripod tubular structure F WRG Orange black stripe on black metal tower F G Orange black stripe on black metal tower Aero Fl Y.s Occas Aero F R Occas Fl()W 0s White round tower Fl W s White metal tower R (. ) over Tokomaru Rk., W (. ), G (. ), R (. ), W (. ) Neon (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec. May be obscured 0-0 ( ) by Portland Island fl, ec Aero Oc R.s Obstruction Occas Fl WRG s W R G White metal tower fl 0.. W (0 ), R ( ), G (. ), R. -. ( ) - South Pania Channel Dir Lt 0... PEL stshore... - E Pier.. Dir F WRG By day Dir WRG By day Dir Oc WRG By day Concrete pole On blue hut F G. -.0 (. ). F W ( ). F R (. ) F G. -. ( ). F W. -0. (. ). F R ( ) ec. G (. ). W (. ). R ( ). - stern Entrance... - Inner Harbour. Dir Lt.. Approach Dir Lt... - Lts in line. ont..0 Iso R s me Structure Fl()G 0s Green wooden pile Dir WRG Yellow metal tower Yellow By day Dir F WRGY White tower By day F Bu Neon F G. -. (. ). F W. -. (0. ). F R. -. (. ) F Y - ( ). F G - ( ). F W - ( ). F R - ( ) LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

168 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long S E () () (). - - Rear. 0m from. front.. ont Yellow Lead... Rear Yellow Lead Lts in line 0..0 ont Rear. 0m from. front.0 - Breakwater Harbour Ldg Lts 00. ont Rear. m from front... - Inner Dir Lt... - Breakwater Tower le Head.. INNER HARBOUR 0 Lts in line.. ont Rear. m. from front. Clifton, Ldg Lts.. ont Rear. m from. ont 00.0 Cape Kidnappers. (M) 0. Blackhead Point 0.0 (M). Castlepoint (M) Reserve light Honeycomb (M) Cape Palliser /. Matakitakiakupe.0 (M) Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () F Bu Neon F Y White tower, red stripes Neon on lower section F Y Tower, Floodlit Neon F Bu Tower, Floodlit Neon F Bu Tower, Floodlit Neon F R Red on red and yellow pole Neon Remarks F R Red on red and yellow pole Neon Dir WRG Tower, Floodlit FG 0 - ( ). Al WG - ( ). FW - ( ). Al WR - ( ). FR - ( ) VQ()W s White Mast fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec. F Bu Tower, Floodlit Neon Oc R s White metal tower ec 0. F R Orange on pile Neon Marks a submarine pipeline F R Orange on white pole Neon F W Red on concrete post F W Red on concrete post Fl()W s White metal tower fl, ec, fl, ec Fl()W s White metal tower Fl()W 0s White metal tower LFl W s White metal tower Fl()W 0s White metal tower, red bands, concrete base () fl, ec, fl, ec fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec.. Vis 0-0 (0 ) fl NORTH ISLAND - Reserve light WELLINGTON HARBOUR (Port Nicholson) 00 Baring Head /.0 Oc W s White concrete tower rua-pouani (M). 00 Pencarrow Head. Fl()WR s W White tower, concrete 0. R base 00 - Lyall Bay Main Entrance Ldg.0 Lts 0. ont Standby light Emergency light Aero Oc R Aero Oc R Q W White tower on black metal pile structure ec. Vis 0 - ( ) (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec. W (0. ), R 0 -. (. ), W. -. ( ) R lights 00 m NE LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

169 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name () () Hope Shoal. Rear.. M from front Lat Long () S E.. 0 Steeple Rock Falcon Shoals..0 0 Seatoun Wharf.. 0 Matiu / Somes. Island, S side. 0 Point Halswell Evans Bay Burnham Wharf.. Head. 0 - Miramar Wharf..0 Head Off Breakwater.0 head N pier Middle pier S pier Dir Lt..00. LAMBTON HARBOUR 0 Point Jerningham..0 0 m N of point Boat Harbour..0 E side. 0 - Chaffers Marina Queens Wharf. Head S end. Inner 0 - Queens Wharf Head S end. Outer 0 - Kings Wharf. Off wharf m S 0 - orndon Container Terminal. Off SE end SE Corner.. 0 Rail Road Ferry. Terminal. Wharf. Head. No No... Characteristics () Iso WRG s Elevation metres () Range miles () W R G Structure Height in metres () Orange and yellow stripes on seaward side of steel cylinder Remarks () W (intens) 0-0 ( ), W 0 - ( ), W (intens) - ( ), G (intens) - ( ), G - (0 ), W - ( ), R - ( ), W -0 ( ) Intens 0-0 ( ) on request W -0 ( ), R 0-0 ( ) By day Iso W s Iso WR s W White round tower, red R band Fl R s Red pile with white bands F R Post Neon LFl W s White tower fl. W - ( ) F R. M NW. Red lights on radio tower. M NW Fl W s Black and white chequered concrete tower Q G Black pile F G(vert) F R(vert) Q G Pile beacon F R Metal mast on pier head F R Metal mast on pier head F R Metal mast on pier head Iso WRG s Grey pole fl 0.. Vis 00 - ( ) R Lt on mast 0.M SSE Neon Neon Neon G 0 - ( ), W - ( ), R - ( ). Occas on request to CentrePort Ltd Q R White beacon Red Lts on radio mast.m SSW Q R Orange metal mast fl 0. Fl R s Wooden pile on floating fl breakwater Fl G s Wooden pile fl F R F R SW corner of wharf SE corner of wharf Iso G s Pile beacon Oc G s Pile beacon ec. Ra refl F R F R F R LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

170 Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () Berthing light.. 0 Port Nicholson. Days Bay Wharf. Head 0 Seaview Wharf. Head S end 0 Point Howard Wharf 0. Seaview Marina Sector Light S E Seaview Marina S Breakwater. head N Breakwater.0 head. 0 Petone Wharf. Head.. COOK STRAIT 0 Island Bay. Ldg Lts ont Rear Tongue Point (M) Oteranga- Prohibited Anchorage and Fishing Area. S Limit N Limit Ohau Point (M).. PORIRUA HARBOUR 0. - Goat Point. Mana. 0. Dir Lt Paremata Dir Lt Mana Marina. 0. N breakwater.. Head S breakwater. 0. Head Paraparaumu Waikanae Characteristics Q R () F R(hor) F GW(vert) NORTH ISLAND Elevation metres () G W Range miles () F G(vert) Dolphin F G Structure Height in metres () White metal mast fl 0. Remarks F WRG Steel pole G - ( ), W - ( ), R - ( ) Fl W s Wooden mast fl 0. Q() R s Wooden pile Q() G s Wooden pile Q() G s Wooden mast fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec. Q() R s Wooden mast F R(vert) F R F R Fl WR s W R Fl()WR 0s 0 W R LFl WR 0s W R White metal tower White on beacon, Orange Stripe White on beacon, Orange stripe Fl()W s White metal tower Dir Oc WRG.s Dir Oc WRG.s Fl()G s Green on beacon Fl R s Grey metal pole () fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec.. Vis (. ). Reduced intensity (. ) and. -. (. ) Occas Occas fl 0.. R. -0 (. ), W 0 -. (. ) (fl., ec 0.) x, fl., ec.. W -0 (0 ), R 0 - (0 ) fl. R 0 - (0 ), W- (0 ) fl, ec, fl, ec. Vis 0 - shore White on column ec 0.. Oc G (. ). Oc W 0 -. (. ). Oc R. -. (0. ). F R lights on radio masts M SSW and 0. and. M WSW Column ec 0.. Oc G (. ). Oc W. -. (0. ). Oc R. - (. ) fl 0. Fl G s Grey metal pole fl 0. Fl G s Green on beacon Aero Fl W.s Tower Shown sunset to 00 Iso G s Vis 00 - ( ) NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

171 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long S E () () () WHANGANUI HARBOUR 0 - Whanganui. Airport Centre North Head, Bar Ldg Lts 0. ont Rear. m from front Wharves Te Anau hulk.. 0 Patea River.. Entrance E side. 0. Kupe Platform Maari llhead Platform.. 0. FPSO Raroa.. 0 Oaonui - Prohibited Anchorage Area. S limit N limit.. 0 Gas Production Platform.. Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Remarks Aero Fl W s Aero RC Occas F R on radio mast 0. M ESE Fl R s Red and white fl 0. chequered on mast F R Black on white Neon. ved as necessary rectangular beacon to mark channel over the bar. F R Black, white border, on white triangular beacon, black vertical stripe Traffic signals Neon F WR(vert) On wharf pile m apart Q G On fo c sle head of hulk Fl W s White column and base (U)W s Horn (U) 0s (U)W s Horn (U) 0s (U)W s (U)R s Horn (U) 0s Iso WR s W R Shown on each corner of the platfrom At SE and NW corners of platform F WR W R (U)W s Shown on forward mast Shown on the port & starboard bridge wings 0 Steel structure, black and white stripes Steel structure, black and white stripes () fl 0.. Vis. -. (0 ) F R on water tower. NW (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl., ec. (bl 0., si ) x, bl., si (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl., ec. (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl., ec. (bl 0., si ) x, bl., si W -0 ( ), R 0 - ( ) R -0 ( ), W 0 - ( ) (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl., ec - Maui A Horn (U) 0s (bl 0., si.0) x, bl., si. - pipeline marker light Oc()R s On NE side ec, lt, ec, lt. Vis. -. (0 ) - pipeline marker light 0. Maui B.. Oc R s (U)W s Horn (U) 0s On SW side At N & S corner ec. Vis 0-00 ( ) (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec (bl 0., si ) x, bl., si. - pipeline marker light 0. FPSO Umuroa.. Fl()R s (U)W s 0 On NE side Shown on main mast and turret at bows Vis 0. - (. ) (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec F R Shown on flare tower and funnel 0 Cape Egmont (M) Puniho (M)..0 Horn (U) 0s Fl W s White metal tower 0 Fl() W s White metal tower (bl 0., si ) x, bl., si. fl 0.. Vis -00 (0 ) (fl 0., ec.) x, fl 0., ec. 0 LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

172 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. () Location Name () Lat Long () PORT TARANAKI 00 - Mikotahi S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Fl()W s 0 Grey metal tower, white top 0 - Airport (New Plymouth) 00.. Aero Fl W.s Control tower fl 0.. Occas 0 - Breakwater. Head 0.0 Fl G s Black mast, orange fl 0., ec. 0. bands 0. - Wave recorder fl Lee breakwater. Head 0 - Ldg Lts. ont Rear. m from front rning Basin Centre turoa Wharf. 0. Lts in line. 0. ont Rear. m from 0. front Blyde Wharf. Lts 0. in line. 0. ont Rear. m from 0. front Breakwater Berth. 0. Lts in line ont Rear. m 0. from front Marina Waitara River Entrance. - Dir Lt 0. - Pohokura B.. Fl Y s Wooden platform on orange metal tripod structure Q()R s Black column, yellow bands VQ R VQ R VQ R 0 Orange on orange pyramid beacon Orange on orange pyramid beacon VQ R 0 Fl Y s White pole VQ W Orange on metal mast VQ W Orange on building VQ G Orange on metal mast VQ G 0 Orange on building VQ R Metal Mast VQ R Metal mast Q R Dir F WRG W R G (U)W s (U)R s Remarks () fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec. Vis 0 - ( ). Partially obscured by tumahanga - ( ). Partially obscured beyond turoa - ( ) F R on radio masts M ENE. Fl R on chimney m SW (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl 0., ec. R strip light m long R strip light m long Vis 0-0 ( ) On shed F R. -. (. ). F W. -. (0. ). F G. -. (. ). CAUTION: Vessels should not attempt to enter without recent local knowledge (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec NORTH ISLAND TAHAROA 0 - Ironsand Terminal Prohibited anchorage area. S limit. Lts in line 0.. ont Rear. 0m from front 0 - Prohibited anchorage area. N limit. Lts in line 00. ont Horn (U) 0s LFl()W 0s Tower, red and white bands F R White rectangular beacon with red stripe F R White rectangular beacon with red stripe F R White rectangular beacon with red stripe (bl 0., si ) x, bl., si. fl, ec, fl, ec. F R (occas) on Port Operations tower m S. Floodlit towers 0. M SSE Neon Neon Neon LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

173 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name () () Rear. 0 m from front 0 Taharoa Offshore Terminal Lat Long () S E KAWHIA HARBOUR RAGLAN HARBOUR - Putoetoe Point.0 Ldg Lts 0.. ont. - - Middle 0 m.0 from front Rear. m from front MANUKAU HARBOUR - Ninepin Rock Manukau Heads Signal Station - Papakura Channel. No No Grahams Beach Kauritutahi Matakawau Point Kellys Landing Tokaroa Point Waiau Pa No No No No. A No. A No No. A No. 0.. Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Remarks () F R White rectangular Neon beacon with red stripe Fl W s SPM orange buoy fl. Ra refl AIS MMSI Q W White on white beacon, yellow bands Iso W s White on white beacon, yellow bands F R Orange white border F R Orange white border Dir F WRG W R0 G0 Orange in white F R Red on red wooden post fl 0.. Dangerous to use in line with K. for crossing the bar. Vessels should not attempt to enter without recent local knowledge See K Caution: Vessels should not attempt to enter without recent local knowledge Alignment of white sector may be altered to indicate deepest water Fl()W 0s Pedestal (fl 0., ec.) x, fl 0., ec.. Ra refl Oc W s White wooden structure ec. Vis 0 - ( ). Dir WR Q R me structure Q G Green on green metal pile Fl R s Red on wooden pile Red on red metal tripod structure Fl. R s Red on wooden pile Fl G s Wooden pole Fl. R s Red on wooden pile Fl G s Metal pole Fl.R.s Red Beacon Ra refl Fl W (. ) W phase increasing with bearing. F W 0-0 ( ). Fl WR 0-0. (. ) R phase increasing with bearing fl 0. fl 0. Fl R s Red on red metal pile fl 0. Fl R s Red on red metal pile fl Fl R s Red on red metal pile fl 0. Fl G s Green on wooden pile Fl R s Red on wooden pile Fl G s Green on green metal pile Fl()G s Green on wooden pile Q G Green on green metal pile fl 0. fl 0. LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

174 Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () (). - - No No No Papakura 0. Channel, Te Pua. Point S E NORTH ISLAND Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Q R Red on red metal pile fl 0. Q G Green on green metal pile Fl G s Green on green metal pile Fl.R.s Red Beacon Fl.R.s Red Beacon. - - ymouth LPG Terminal NW 0. Q W end SE end Q W. - - NW dolphin Q W. - - SE dolphin Q W. - - Pipe Terminal Q W On post Platform. - - Service Platform SW side F R(vert) On post. - - NW corner Q W On post - Airport Prohibited 0. Q Y On post Anchorage Area. SW corner. - - Bridge Auckland 00. International Airport.. - McLaughlins Mt Puketutu Island.. Lawry Point..0 WAIROPA CHANNEL Spit No Alpha No No No No No No No No No No No. A... - No... F W fl 0. Aero Fl W s Control Tower Occas Aero Oc R s Q W Tower Fl W s Red metal column, white bands Fl G s Green on green steel pile Q()G s Green on green steel pile Fl R s Red on red steel pile Fl()G s Green on green steel pile Q()G s Green on green steel pile Fl G s Green on green steel pile Oc G s Green on green steel pile Fl()G s Green on green steel pile Fl()R s Red on red steel pile Fl()G s Green on green steel pile Fl()R s Red on red steel pile Q()G s Green on green steel pile Q()R s Red on red steel pile Fl G s Green on green steel pile Fl R s Red on red steel pile fl Remarks () fl, ec, fl, ec NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

175 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () (). - No No No. A No No No No No No No No... - No No No No No No No. 0A No No No No... - Reef Beacon.. - Onehunga. Wharf.. W end Silt deflector.. Head. Piha (M).. KAIPARA HARBOUR - Pouto Point.. - S Head Kaipara River Shelly Beach E side of channel S E.0.0 Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Fl()G s Green on green steel pile Fl()R s Red on red steel pile Fl()R s Red on red steel pile Q()R s Red on red steel pile Q()G s Green on green steel pile Oc G s Green on green steel pile Oc R s Red on red steel pile Fl G s Green on green steel pile Fl R s Red on red steel pile Q()G s Green on green steel pile Fl()R s Red on red steel pile Q G Green on wooden pile Fl G s Green on wooden fl. pile Q G Green on wooden pile Oc.G.s Green on green steel pile Oc R s Red on wooden pile ec Q G Green on green steel pile Q R Red on red steel pile Fl G s Green on wooden pile Q G Green on wooden pile Q R Red on wooden pile fl. Fl R s Red on wooden pile fl. Remarks Fl G s Green on wooden pile F R F R on One Tree Hill, M N Q R Red on pile Fl W s 0 White concrete tower Fl W s White tower Fl W.s White round tower Iso G s Green on wooden pole Fl WR s W Red beacon on round R concrete base fl 0. () fl 0.. Vis 0 - ( ) fl 0. fl. fl 0.. R 0 - ( ), W -0 ( ) LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

176 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 NORTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () Helensville.. - Kaipara River. Entrance.. - Mussel Rock.. - Wairoa River,. Middle Channel, 0. M M S S S il Point.. mmit 0. HOKIANGA HARBOUR - e Narrows.. Ferry Landing. - - N end. Takataka. Rock. Tauroa Point. (Reef Point) (M) 0. S E Characteristics Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () () Fl G s Green on wooden pole Fl G s Grey Steel column Q()G s White wooden pile Q R Red on metal pole Q G Green on metal pole Q R Red on red pile Fl G s Green on metal pole Fl G s Green on metal pole Fl G s Green on metal pole Fl W s White round metal tower Fl R Concrete pile Q()W s Black concrete column with yellow band Fl()W s White fibreglass tower fl. fl 0., ec. Remarks () Destroyed; Q R light buoy in situ (T) 00 Destroyed; Fl G s light buoy in situ (T) 00 fl 0., ec. (fl 0., ec ) x, fl 0., ec. fl, ec., fl, ec. NORTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

177 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long S E () () () 0 Cape Farewell Pillar Point. (M). GOLDEN BAY / MOHUA Farewell Spit. (M) Bush - end Point TARAKOHE HARBOUR - Main Ldg Lts 0. ont Rear. m from front - E outer mole. 0. Head.. - W outer mole. Head E inner mole. 0. Head W inner mole. 0. Head. TASMAN BAY / TE TAI-O-AORERE 0 Separation Point 0.0 (M). 0 Pitt Head (M) MOTUEKA - Channel N side Training wall. Channel S side Channel N side MAPUA 0. Mapua Starboard. Pile Mapua Port Pile PORT NELSON - Schnapper.. - Nelson Airport.. - Port Nelson. Landfall Light.0 Ldg Lts. Haulashore Island. ont. - - Rear. 00 m from front.. Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Fl W s White metal tower Fl WR s 0 W R White metal framework tower, orange top F Bu White on wooden Neon mast F Bu Wooden mast Neon Fl R s Round metal tower Fl G s Round metal tower Oc R s Round metal tower Oc G s Round metal tower Fl W s White metal tower Fl()WR s W Square orange R daymark, white stripe fl Remarks () fl 0.. W - (0 ), R -. (. ), W. -0. (. ). Obscured 0. - (. ) fl. Obscured 0 to until about. M from harbour entrance fl ec ec fl 0.. Vis 0 - ( ) fl, ec, fl, ec. R 0 - ( ), W - ( ), R - ( ) Q G Green wooden pile fl 0., ec 0.. CAUTION: Vessels should not attempt to enter without recent local knowledge Q R Pile fl 0., ec 0. Iso G s Green wooden pile fl, ec Fl()G s Pile with ladder and band of green retroreflective tape Fl R s Pile with ladder and band of red retro-reflective tape Fl()WR 0s W R Aero Fl W Fl()WR s W0 R Dir WRG W R G Steel column Steel pylon (fl 0.0, ec.) x, fl 0.0, ec.0. R 0-0 ( ), W 0 - ( ). Ra refl fl 0., ec., fl 0., ec.. R 0-0 ( ), W 0 - ( ) Fl R on radio masts. and.0 M SW White on piles FG. -. ( ). Al WG. - (. ) W phase increasing with bearing. FW -. (. ). Al WR. -. (. ) R phase increasing with bearing. FR. -. ( ) F Bu White Neon Vis -00 (0 ). Partially obscured - ( ) LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

178 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () (). Fairway Beacon Approach Beacon.. - S mole.. Off head. - Entrance Ldg Lts.. ont Rear. 0 m from front. - Boulder Bank. W end No No No No... - Haulashore Island. N end. Ldg Lts. 0. ont Rear. m from front 0 - Brunt Quay.. NW Corner Main Wharf SW. corner NW side of. channel. No No No No No No...0 BOAT HARBOUR CHANNEL. - No No No No No No... TASMAN BAY / TE TAI-O-AORERE - Croisilles Harbour 0.. Okuri Point (M) 0.. Stephens Island (Takapourewa). N end (M) S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Q W Black on black and yellow pile Oc R s Red on red pile beacon Iso G s Green metal pile fl 0. ec F G White Neon Remarks F G White Neon Vis - ( ) Q R Pile beacon Iso R s Pile Iso R s Pile Iso R s Pile F W White on beacon F W White on beacon Iso G s Iso G s Iso G s Green metal pole Iso R s Red wooden pile Iso R s Red wooden pile Iso R s Red wooden pile Iso R s Red wooden pile Iso R s Red wooden pile (A) s Red on white beacon with red stripes Iso R s Red wooden pile Iso R s Red wooden pile Iso G s Green wooden pile Iso R s Red wooden pile Iso G s Green wooden pile Fl R s Red wooden pile Fl WR s W R Fl WR s W R Fl W s White post on rock White metal tower White metal tower () W - ( ), R - ( ) fl 0.. R 0 - (0 ), W -0 ( ), except where obscured by land fl 0.. Vis 0-0 ( ) SOUTH ISLAND - - Reserve light Anatakupu Island (M). Kapowai Bay. S end Fl W s Fibreglass Column fl Fl R s White square tower fl 0. LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

179 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () TE AUMITI / FRENCH PASS - Channel Point (M) Reef (M) Elmslie Bay. Wharf. 0. Head 0. CHETWODE ISLAND Ninepin Rock (M) Oke Rock PELORUS SOUND. - Maud Island (Te Hoiere). NE Point Dart Rock Flax Point Tawero Point 0. Orchard.0. Tawero Point. S rn Point. N 0... rn Point. S One Tree Point. N... One Tree Point. S... Black Point..0 HAVELOCK HARBOUR - No No No No No No Shag Point No No No No No No No.... Cullen Point... - No... S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () F WR W R Structure Height in metres () White house Fl W.s White beacon Fl G s Cargo Shed Fl W s White metal tower Fl G s Green on green beacon Fl W s White post Fl()W 0s Black on white post, Black with red bands Fl W s White post Fl W s White post Fl W s White post Fl()W s White post Fl W s White post Fl W s White post Fl G s White post Fl W s White post Remarks () R 0-0 ( ), obscured in Waikawa Bay by Two Island Point, W 0 - ( ), R - (0 ) fl 0. fl 0. fl. Ra refl Vis 0-0 (0 ) fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec fl 0. Vis 0-0 ( ) Vis -0 ( ) Vis 00 - ( ) fl 0.. Vis -0 ( ) Vis -00 (0 ) Vis -0 ( ) fl 0. Fl G s fl 0. Fl G s Green pile beacon fl 0. Fl G s fl 0. Fl G s Green pile beacon fl 0. Fl R s Red pile beacon fl 0. Fl R() s fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec Fl W s White pile beacon fl 0. Fl G() s Green pile beacon Fl R() s Red pile beacon Fl G() s Green pile beacon Fl R() s Red pile beacon fl 0. Fl R s Red wooden pile beacon Fl R s Red wooden pile beacon Fl R s Red wooden pile beacon Fl R s White post Fl G s fl 0. LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

180 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () (). - No No No No No Johnson Light.. COOK STRAIT Cape Jackson (M) (Rock) 0.. e Brothers (M) - Reserve light - tuara Island. S end S E 0.. Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Fl G s Green wooden pile beacon Fl G s Green wooden pile beacon Fl G s Green wooden pile beacon Fl G s Green wooden pile beacon Fl G s Green wooden pile beacon Fl R s Post Fl()W 0s White metal tower Fl W s White tower on concrete base Fl W s Fl R s Fl R s QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND (TTARANUI) Edgecombe Point Farnham Point Kurakura Point.. Snake Point.0. - Dieffenbach Point Luke Rock Allports Island e Snout Waikawa Bay. Marina. 0. S Breakwater. - - N breakwater Picton Point. 0.0 PICTON HARBOUR - Mabel Island. S. Point 00.. Picton Harbour. Approaches Shelly Beach Shelly Beach. Breakwater White wooden tower me structure me structure Fl()W s White metal framework tower fl 0. fl 0. Remarks () (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec. Vis ( ). May be obscured by cliffs within 0m of the light fl 0. fl 0. fl.. Vis. -. ( ) over Cook Rock, but obscured within 0. M fl.. Vis 00-0 ( ) over awash rocks fl 0., ec., fl 0., ec. Fl R s White post fl 0. LFl s White metal tower fl, ec. G - ( ), W - ( ), R - ( ) Fl()W s White metal column, (fl 0., ec.) x, fl 0., red top ec. Q() + LFl W s Black Fl W s White tower Fl G s Green on green column Q()W s White post Fl()W s White post Oc WRG s White metal post Fl G s White metal post Fl R.s White post fl 0. fl 0. (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl 0., ec. fl 0., ec.0, fl 0., ec ec 0.. G - ( ), W - ( ), R - ( ) fl 0. fl 0. Fl W s White concrete post fl 0.. Vis. -. ( ) Fl G s fl 0. Fl R s White metal post fl 0. Fl R s White metal post fl 0. SOUTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

181 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name () (). - Picton Floating Breakwater - Waitohi Wharf. Head Lat Long () S E Breakwater Ldg Lts 0.. ont Rear. 0 m from. front Ferry Terminal.0 No. Wharf. Head Root No. Wharf..00 Head Root dge Point Shakespeare Bay.. Inner Shakespeare Bay.. No Shakespeare Bay..0 Outer 00. TORY CHANNEL / KURA TE AU - Houhou Light.. - W Head.0. - Arapawa Island Ldg Lts. ont Rear. m from front Wheki Rock.. - E Head. Dir Lt.. - Scraggy Point tukina Point.. - Te Uira-karapa. Point. W E... - Arrowsmith Point..0 - Ruaomoko Point.. E W Otamango Point. 0. Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Fl G s White metal post on floating breakwater F R Metal framework flood lighting tower Q Bu me structure F G F G Concrete pile F G Concrete pile F G Mast F G On ferry terminal F R Mast F R Mast (A) s White post Q()R s White post LFl G s White post Q()G s White post fl 0. Remarks () Occas warning light is exhibited when large vessels are manoeuvring at Picton Wharves (P) 00 (P) 00 Fl G s Green on pillar Ra refl (N)WR s White tower Q W White orange stripe Iso W s White orange stripe Fl G s Green Pillar fl 0. Dir WRG Wooden post fl 0., ec., fl, ec. (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl 0., ec. (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl 0. ec. fl, ec, fl 0., ec.. W 0 - ( ), R -0 ( ), W 0-0 (0 ), R 0-0 ( ) F G ( ). Al WG ( ). F W (. ). Al WR ( ). F R ( ) R light on mast. M NE fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec Fl()W s White post Fl R s White post fl 0. Fl W s White metal pole fl 0. Fl G s White wooden pole An old light tower ( m) is situated close W Fl()W s White post (fl 0., ec ) x, fl 0., ec. Vis 0-0. (. ) Fl ()W s White post (fl 0., ec ) x, fl 0., ec. Q W White post Fl R s White post fl 0. 0 LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

182 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name () () COOK STRAIT. - Fighting Bay. Prohibited Anchorage and Fishing Area. N limit. Lat Long () S E S limit. 0.. Robertson Point.0 0. Blenheim 0. (Aerodrome). -.. Cape Campbell. (M). KAIKOURA PENINSULA - Point Kean (M).. - N Wharf. Ldg. Lts. ont Rear. m. from front - Kaikoura S Breakwater Head.. 0. Point Gibson (M)..0 tunau River. Entrance. Ldg Lts. ont. - - Rear. m from front Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Fl()WR 0s W R L Fl()WR 0s W R Structure Height in metres () White on beacon orange stripe White on beacon orange stripe Fl W s White concrete column Aero Al WG.s Aero Oc R Fl W s White metal tower, black bands Fl()W s Yellow metal tower F G F G Iso G s Steel post, black and white bands Fl W s Red metal tower, white bands Remarks () (fl, ec 0.) x, fl, ec.. W - ( ), R - ( ). Daymark 0 m marks N limit of cable area fl, ec 0., fl, ec.. R -0 (0 ), W 0-0 ( ). Daymark m marks S limit of cable area fl 0. F R on radio mast M E fl 0.. Obscured by land when bearing more than 0 RC fl, ec, fl, ec fl. Vis 0-0 ( ) F R Mast CAUTION: Vessels should not attempt to enter without local knowledge F R Mast LYTTELTON HARBOUR / WHAKARAUPO - Godley Head.. L Fl()W s Grey steel pole - Purau Bay. Dir Oc WRG. s - Governors Bay Shag Reef. Ldg Lts 0. ont Rear. 0. M from front N of Parson Rock.. - Sticking Point.. Breakwater. Head.0 - Naval Point. Ldg. Lts 0. ont Rear. 0 m. from front. - Naval Point. W le. By day Dir F WRG By day Grey concrete shed, red roof Grey concrete shed, red roof (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec. Vis 0-0 ( ) ec. Oc G -0 ( ). Oc W 0 - ( ). Oc R - ( ) F G -0 ( ). F W 0 - ( ). F R - ( ). Light oscillates at the margins of the white sector TEMPORARILY REDUCED RANGE 0 Fl W.s White conical tower fl 0.. Ra refl LFl W s White concrete tower, fl. red and yellow Ra refl chequered E face Fl()R s Red on red pile fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec beacon Fl()G s White pile F R on beacon Neon F R on beacon Neon Oc R s Black and white pylon SOUTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

183 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name () () 00 - Gladstone Pier. E le 0 - Dredged channel extremity. Lts in line 0 0. ont Rear. 0m from front Lat Long () S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Remarks Oc G s Black metal pipe ec. Obscured by shed between -0 ( ) F R White on wooden pile High intensity LED F R White on wooden pile Neon () 0 - Camp Bay. Ldg Lts 0. ont Rear. m from front Steep Head (M). 0. AKAROA HARBOUR - Akaroa Head (M) Ldg Lts 0. ont Rear. 0. M. from front. - Green Point. W. end of reef.0 - Childrens Bay. Ldg Lts 0..0 ont Rear.0.0 TIMARU HARBOUR - Fairway Beacon Airport.. - Ldg Lts..0 ont Benvenue Cliff. Middle. 0. M from front. - - Rear. m from middle - Eastern Extension le. Spur Breakwater Head. - Outer N le. Head 0 - Lts in line. E mole. Head. ont No. Wharf. Root. Rear. 0 m from front F R White beacon F R White beacon Fl W s White metal tower Fl W s White fibreglass tower F G Wooden power pole F G Wooden pole Fl G s White wooden post F G On street light, red and yellow quarters on circular daymark F G On street light, red and yellow quarters on circular daymark fl 0.. Vis -00 (00 ). Owing to its elevation the light is liable to be obscured by fog and mist fl 0.. Vis - ( ) but obscured from seaward by Timutimu Head when bearing more than 0 Neon Neon (A)W s White beacon, red stripes OcY s White on wooden pile Aero Fl W.s fl 0.. Location beacon F G Orange on white Neon concrete post Dir W R G W Orange on beacon R G F G.0 -. (. ). Al WG. -. (0. ) W phase increasing with bearing. F W. -.0 (0. ). Al WR.0 -. (0. ) R phase increasing with bearing. F R. -0. (. ) Neon F G By day F G 0 Orange on beacon Neon Fl R s Tower fl. F R lights on radio mast. M N Fl G s White wooden mast F R Metal box F R 0 Metal box on floodlit tower Neon Vis 00 - ( ) Neon LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

184 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () - War Memorial.. - Inner N le. Head - No. Wharf. Head Lts in line. ont. - - Near root. Rear. 0 m from front S E hawaiki Point (M).. OAMARU HARBOUR - Breakwater. Head Holmes Wharf. Head eraki. Ldg Lts.. ont Rear. 00 m from front - Wharf. Head Katiki Point (M). 0.0 Heyward Point. 0. OTAGO HARBOUR Fairway Beacon. 0. Taiaroa Head. 0. N mole. 0. Approach Channel. Dir Lt LOWER HARBOUR. No.. 0. No. A. 0.. Harington Point Characteristics F W () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Mast By day Fl G s White lattice tower inclined from vertical F G Metal box Neon F G 0 Metal box Neon L Fl W s White metal tower Fl R s amework tower fl 0. F G Lamp Post Q W Mast Iso W s Mast Iso R.s White post, red top Iso W s White wooden tower Fl WR s W White tower R Fl()R s Red on pile beacon, pivoted at base LFl()W s 0 White stone tower Fl()W s Black on black metal column with yellow band Dir WRG By day W R G Red on white tower Remarks () fl 0.. Electric lights in railway yard are visible from seaward especially when approaching from S fl Vis -0 ( ) fl 0.. W shore-, R -0. (. ) fl 0., ec, fl 0., ec fl, ec, fl, ec. Vis -00 ( ). Sig Stn. FR lights on mast.m WSW Ra refl F G. -. (. ). Al W G. -. (0. ) W phase increasing with bearing. F W. -. (. ). Al W R. -. (0. ) R phase increasing with bearing. F R. -. (. ). An overspill of white light is visible at night to eastward and westward of the fixed red and green sectors. Vessels should ensure they have crossed the red and green sectors before turning on to the leading line. Range M when sighted outside the main Dir Lt Sectors Fl G s Green on green beacon Fl()G s Green on green Ra refl beacon F Y Red metal beacon - ( ) Oc R s ec SOUTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

185 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long S E () () (). Spit Tide Gauge. Pile 0.. No No No.. Groyne.. Head 0.. No No.. Groyne.. Head 0.. No No.. Groyne.. Head 0.. No.. 0. No.. Groyne..0 Elbow 0.. No No No No. A Ldg Lts. ont. - Rear. 0 m from front No No No No. A. 0.. No.. Off Pulling Point 0.. No No. A. 0.0 No..0 Off Acheron Head 0.. No. A No No. 0A. 0.. No No. A No Ldg Lts ont. No Rear. 0m from. front. 0.0 Deborah Bay. No No. A. 0. Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Oc G s Green on steel pile Fl R s Red on red beacon Ra refl Remarks Fl()G s Green on green beacon Ra refl Fl()R s Red on red Ra refl tripod beacon Fl()G s Green on green (fl 0., ec ) x, fl 0., ec.. beacon Ra refl Fl()R s Red on red beacon Ra refl Fl G s Green on green beacon Fl R s Red on red tripod beacon Oc G s Green on green beacon Oc R s Red on red beacon Fl G.s Green on green beacon Fl R.s Red on red beacon Fl()G s Green on green beacon F G Green on green beacon Neon Ra refl Ra refl ec. Ra refl ec. Ra refl Ra refl Ra refl Ra refl Neon Ra refl Q W White on tripod fl 0., ec 0. beacon Fl()R s Red on red beacon Ra refl Fl G s Green on green beacon Ra refl Fl()R s Red on red Ra refl beacon Fl R s Red on red Ra refl beacon F G Green on green Neon tripod beacon Ra refl Fl()R s Red on red Ra refl pile beacon Oc R s Red on Ra refl red beacon F G Green on green Neon tripod beacon Ra refl Fl()G s Green on green Ra refl pile beacon Fl()R s Red on red Ra refl beacon Fl R s Red on red Ra refl tripod beacon Fl G s Green on green Ra refl pile beacon F G Green on green pile Neon beacon Ra refl Fl()R s Red on red Ra refl Oc G s Green on green beacon Q W Black and white pile beacon ec. Ra refl fl 0., ec 0. Fl R s Red on red beacon Ra refl Fl()R s Red on red beacon Ra refl () LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

186 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name () (). No. Off Rocky Point. Careys Bay. Fishing Berths. SE head Lat Long () S E Boiler Point. 0.. Multi Purpose. Berth. N end 0. 0 No.. 0. PORT CHALMERS 0. No Container Terminal Wharf. NE end Beach Street. Wharf. E end No No No Wharf - SE corner. 0.. Wharf off SW corner. 0. Ldg Lts 0 0. No.. ont Rear. 0 m from. front 0.. Ldg Lts Rear. 0 m from. front 0.0 UPPER HARBOUR. Ldg Lts No. A. ont Rear. 0 m from. front 0. Goat Island No No. Quarantine. Island/Kamau 0. Taurua. No No No No No No No. A Kilgour Point. No. VICTORIA CHANNEL. - No Characteristics F G () By day Dir RY Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Green on green tripod beacon F G(vert) Pole on wharf Q R Red pile F G Fl R s Red on red beacon F G Green on green beacon F W(hor) F G Neon Ra refl Remarks () F R -0 ( ). F Y 0 - ( ) Neon Ra refl Ra refl Neon Fl() R s Red on red Ra refl beacon F G Green on green pile Neon Fl R s Red on red beacon Ra refl VQ() W on yellow and black beacon VQ() + LFl W s On yellow and black beacon Q()R s Red on red beacon, white band Q R Red beacon Fl()Y s Black pile beacon, White Q Y Black pile beacon, White Fl()R s Red double pile beacon Q R Q G Pile beacon Q R Pile beacon Fl()G s Green on green pile beacon Fl()R s Red on pile Q G Green on green beacon Q R Red on pile Fl()G s Green on green beacon Fl()R s Red on pile Fl()R s Red on pile Fl()G s Green on green beacon Q G Green on green pile beacon Ra refl Ra refl SOUTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

187 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () (). - No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Remarks () Q R Red on pile beacon F R lights on radio masts. M SSW Fl()G s Green on green beacon Fl()G s Green on green beacon Fl()R s Red on pile Q G Green on green pile beacon Q R Red on pile Iso G s Green on green pile beacon Fl()R s Red on pile Fl()G s Green on green pile beacon Fl()R s Red on pile Fl()G s Green on green pile beacon Q R Red on red beacon Q G Green on green beacon Fl()R s Red on double pile beacon Fl()G s Green on green double pile beacon Fl()R s Red on red pile Fl()G s Green on green pile beacon Q R Red on pile Q G Green on green pile beacon Fl()R s Red on red beacon Fl()G s Green on green beacon Fl()R s Red on pile Fl()G s Green on green pile beacon Q R Red on red beacon Q G Green on green beacon Fl()R s Red on pile Fl()G s Green on green beacon Fl()R s Red on red pile white band Fl()G s Green on green pile beacon, white band Q R Red on red double pile beacon Q G Green on green double pile beacon Fl()R s Red on red pile Fl()G s Green on green pile beacon Fl()R s Red on red pile Marks telegraph cable Marks telegraph cable LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

188 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () (). - No No No No No No No No No No No Ravensbourne. Wharf 0. - E end. - Centre W end No No No No No No No No No No LPG Wharf - E Leith Wharf. Head Oil Jetty. Head. 0. DUNEDIN. - No No No No Rattray St Wharf.. E end Birch Street Wharf.. E end Cape unders S end (M) S E Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Fl()G s Green on green pile beacon Q R Red on red pile Q G Green on green beacon Fl()R s Red on pile Fl()G s Green on green pile beacon Fl()R s Red on red beacon Fl()G s Green on green beacon Q R Red on red beacon Q G Green on green double pile beacon Fl()R s Red on pile Fl()G s Green on green pile beacon F G Neon F G(vert) F G Neon Fl()R s Red on pile Fl()G s Green on green pile beacon Q R Red on red pile Q G Green on green pile beacon Fl()R s Red on pile Fl()G s Green on green pile beacon Fl()R s Red on pile Q R Red on pile Q G Green on green pile beacon Fl()R s Red on pile F G On E dolphin Neon F G E end, side of pumphouse F G(vert) Fl()R s Red on pile Q R Red on pile beacon Fl()R s Red on pile Fl()R s Red on pile F G(vert) Shed F G LFl W s White metal tower Neon Remarks () fl. Vis -0 (0 ) SOUTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

189 Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () 0 Nugget Point.. E end (M). Tautuku Peninsula. (M). Slope Point (M) Waipapa Point (M). 0. Bushy Point (M).. STEWART ISLAND / RAKIURA Ackers Point (M). 0. Halfmoon Bay. 0. Dog Island (M).. - Reserve light BLUFF HARBOUR - Entrance Light Stirling Point No. Reach. Ldg Lts ont Rear. 0. M from front S E No. Reach. Ldg Lts. ont Rear. 00 m. from front. 0 - Ldg Lts.. ont. Inner Davey Rear. m. from front. Outer.00 Davey Beacon 0 - No. Reach. Ldg. Lts. ont Rear. m from front 0 - No Channel Rocks. Beacon. 0 - No Argyle Beacon.0. - Tidal Beacon.0. - No No... - Ldg Lts 0.. ont Rear. m from. front. SOUTH ISLAND Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () LFl()W s White stone tower Fl()W s White metal tower Fl W s White round metal tower Fl()W 0s White wooden tower Fl()W s White metal tower Fl()WR s 0 W R White metal tower Fl R s Red on red metal pile Fl W s Fl WR s W R White round stone tower, black bands White on wooden tower F R On old signal station roof F G By day F G White metal framework pyramid tower White metal framework pyramid tower By day F R White triangular structure F R White triangular structure Q W White structure on black dolphin Iso W s White structure on black dolphin Remarks () fl, ec, fl, ec (fl 0., ec.) x, fl 0., ec. fl. Vis -0 (0 ) (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec fl, ec, fl, ec (fl 0., ec.) x, fl 0., ec.. W -. (. ), R. - (. ), W -00 ( ). Partially obscured by land 00 - ( ) fl 0. fl. R. - (. ), W -0. (. ) Neon F R light on water tower.m N Neon Neon Neon fl 0. Iso G s White tower on pile beacon fl 0. Fl W.s White tower on metal fl 0.. structure Vis (0 ) Fl G s Green beacon fl 0. Fl R s Red pile beacon fl 0. Q()G s Green pile beacon fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec. Q()R s Red on red pile fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec. beacon Q R Red pile beacon fl 0. Fl()G s Green pile beacon (fl 0., ec ) x, fl 0., ec. Q G Green pile beacon fl 0. F G White Neon F G White Neon LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

190 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. () Location Name () RIVERTON / APARIMA - Howells Point/Taramea Jacobs River Estuary No. Reach. Ldg Lts 0. ont Rear. m from front - No. Reach. Ldg Lts. ont Rear. m from front Lat Long () S E e Pearl. 0. FOVEAUX STRAIT Raratoka Island.0 (Centre Island) 0. S end (M) Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Fl WR s W R Structure Height in metres () White column F G White on beacon F R White on beacon F R White on beacon F G Red on beacon Q R Grey beacon Fl WR s W R White wooden tower Remarks () fl. W shore-, R - ( ), W -00. (. ), R 00. -shore Neon Neon Neon Neon fl 0., ec.. R - ( ), W - ( ), R - ( ) - - Reserve light 0 Long Point (M). 0. Puysegur Point (M) Reserve light Cape Providence (M).. FIORDLAND Five Fingers Point. (M). Secretary Island. - SW Point (M). MILFORD SOUND / PIOPIOTAHI - int Anne Point. (M).. - Harrison Cove..0 Underwater. Observatory - Deep Water Basin 0. (M).. - esh Water 0. Basin.. Breakwater Head JACKSON BAY / OKAHU Jackson Head (M).. Heretaniwha Point (M).. GREYMOUTH HARBOUR 0 - S breakwater..0 m from head. - - m from head..0 - N breakwater.. Head. - Main Ldg Lts. 0. Richmond. Quay. ont. - - Rear. 0 m from front.. W R Fl() W s Aluminium tower Fl W s White metal tower Fl W s 0 White fibreglass tower Fl()W 0s Metal framework tower Fl()W s Aluminium pedestal Fl W s White tower Q R Q()W s Grey metal pile F G(vert) White metal post Q()W s White metal tower (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec fl 0. fl (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec fl, ec, fl, ec. Vis 00-0 (00 ) fl. Vis 0 - ( ) fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec. m apart fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec.. Obscured from westward; from shore to 0 Q()W s White fibreglass tower (fl 0., ec 0.) x, fl 0., ec. LFl W s White wooden pole fl.. Vis 0 - (0 ) F R lights on radio mast 0 M SSW F G White concrete column F R White concrete column F RGR Orange on tower, black diamond on each side F G White on beacon Neon F R Neon on each side, (in line with rear light indicates limits of channel). Channel liable to change Neon Conspicuous from SW. SOUTH ISLAND LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

191 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated April 0 SOUTH ISLAND Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () - Tidal Wall.. m from head. - Main Wharf. Head..0 Cape Foulwind (M)..0 WESTPORT AND BULLER RIVER 0 - W breakwater.0. - W breakwater. head. - E breakwater head - Outer Ldg Lts. ont. - - Rear. 0 m from front - Inner Ldg Lts. ont. - - Rear. m from front S E E limit transit beacon... - Broad E pole.. - Horse Box.. - rning Mark.. - Crane Wharf Hd.. 0 Kahurangi Point (M) 0.. Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Q R Metal pile Fl( + ) G s Green wooden pile, red band Fl W s 0 White concrete tower Remarks () fl 0., ec 0., fl 0., ec., fl 0., ec. fl. Fl W s 0 White square tower, with red band fl Fl G s White round tower with fl 0. green band Fl R s White round tower with fl 0. red band at top F G Red X on steel Neon column with yellow Channel liable to change fluorescent reflective panels F G Red on frame Neon red and white vertical bands, orange fluorescent reflective panels Q R Beacon, red and white horizontal bands LFl R s Beacon, red and white fl horizontal bands F R Pole with black and Neon white bands F Bu Pole with black and Neon white bands Q()G s Tripod with black and fl 0. white metal tower Iso R.s Red metal framework tower F R Vis -0 ( ) Fl()W s White metal tower fl, ec, fl, ec 0 LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

192 Corrected to NZ Notices to Mariners Fortnightly Edition No, dated March 0 CHATHAM ISLANDS Int. K No. Location Name Lat Long () () () Point Durham (M) S E Point eding.0. Point Somes (M) 0.. Kaingaroa. (Pukerakei) (M).. Kaingaroa Leading. Light ont Kaingaroa Leading Light Rear. Owenga Leading Light ont... Owenga Leading Light Rear Cape Fournier (M) 0.. Characteristics () Elevation metres () Range miles () Structure Height in metres () Fl W s Aluminium tower Fl W s 0 Metal pile column Fl()W s Aluminium tower Fl()W 0s 0 Aluminium tower Q G 0 White with orange vertical stripe(s) on beacon Iso G s White with orange vertical stripe(s) on beacon Q G White Iso G s White Fl()W s Aluminium tower Remarks () fl. Vis ( ), Vis (. ) fl 0.. Lights also shown at Point Hanson Jetty 0. M E. (fl 0., ec.) x, fl 0., ec. (fl, ec ) x, fl, ec fl, ec, fl, ec CHATHAM ISLANDS LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

193 THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK LIGHT LIST INFORMATION New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

194 ANNUAL NEW ZEALAND NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Charting and Notices to Mariners... Maritime Rules Part and Chart Retailers...00 Official Messages to New Zealand Registered Merchant Ships...0 A fety of British Merchant Ships in Periods of Peace, Tension or Conflict...0 Search and Rescue Information and Procedures...0 A B C dernised Australian Ship Tracking and Reporting System (MASTREP)... e AMVER Organisation (Pacific Ocean)... Radio Distress Calling... Firing Practice, Exercise and bmarine fe Bottoming Areas... Former Mine Danger Areas; Swept Routes and Instructions Regarding Explosives Picked Up at Sea...0 Under-Keel Clearance... Information Concerning bmarines... Maritime fety Information... Shipping Routes Around the New Zealand Coast... Tsunami Warning System... New Zealand Maritime Boundaries... bmarine Cables and Pipelines... Ammunition Dumping in the Waters Around New Zealand... Seismic and Other rveys... Oil Rigs and Gas Production Platforms...0 A Non-interference Zones around Petroleum and Mineral Exploration and Production Activities... ANNUAL NZ NTM Positions of Navigational Lights on Ships of the Royal New Zealand Navy... tellite Derived Positions... ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

195 NEW ZEALAND CHARTING AND NOTICES TO MARINERS General Information. In accordance with agreements between New Zealand, Australia (AUS) and the British Admiralty (BA) for reducing duplication in charting activities, New Zealand has a defined Charting Area (NZ AREA) the extent of which is shown at the end of this Notice.. New Zealand Notices to Mariners (NTMs), are published by Land Information New Zealand (LINZ), the New Zealand Hydrographic Authority. ere are two main types of NTMs: Annual Notices and fortnightly Notices; (a) Annual NTMs are numbered and are published in July as part of the New Zealand Nautical Almanac (NZ 0). ey provide important safety critical information for mariners and are updated by fortnightly NTMs. (b) Fortnightly NTMs are numbered sequentially from annually and are the authority for correcting New Zealand nautical charts and publications. For more details on the content of this service see the NTM section on the LINZ website Copies of these fortnightly NTMs can be obtained: (a) Electronically from LINZ: i) Via where current and previous notices can be viewed and downloaded in PDF format; or ii) By subscribing to the NTMs distribution service via or (b) om chart retailers at the major ports of New Zealand.. Fortnightly NTMs can be perused at Maritime New Zealand (MNZ) offices. A complete list of contact details and site locations for all MNZ offices can be found via and in the Maritime Contacts section of the New Zealand Nautical Almanac (NZ 0).. Mariners are requested to notify LINZ immediately when new or suspected dangers to navigation are discovered or of any shortcomings in charts and publications: Land Information New Zealand ee phone (NZ): 000 New Zealand Hydrographic Authority Phone: Radio New Zealand House Fax: + e Terrace ntm@linz.govt.nz PO Box 0 llington New Zealand A reporting form (Hydrographic Note) can be found at the back of the New Zealand Nautical Almanac (NZ 0). is form is also available online at for download or it can be completed and submitted via the website. A smartphone application (HNote) is available for Apple and Android mobile devices from their respective digital outlets.. Changes to or defects in aids to navigation should be reported via the nearest coast radio station to: ANNUAL NZ NTM -hour Emergency Phone (NZ): 00 Phone (INT): + 00 Fax: rccnz@maritimenz.govt.nz Inmarsat-C (POR): 00 0 International Chart Series. e New Zealand Hydrographic Authority publishes International Charts within the NZ AREA which provides the mariner with worldwide coverage to a uniform specification. As part of this series New Zealand has charts covering its adjacent oceans and seas. is chart series is available for reprinting by Member States of the International Hydrographic Organization (IHO), with a minimum of modification. Each chart has an international number with the prefix INT, but may also bear a national number allocated by the producer or printer nation to facilitate identification in the national series. International charts are maintained by NTMs and IHO Member States have undertaken to repeat notices affecting their international charts. Mariners can therefore correct charts from the NTMs of the producer or printer nation concerned. Authority: Land Information New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

196 NEW ZEALAND CHARTING AND NOTICES TO MARINERS. Selected Nautical Publications Publisher Title Obtainable from Land Information New Zealand (LINZ) Charts of New Zealand and adjacent waters Chart retailers New Zealand Tidal Stream Atlas (NZ 0) Chart retailers New Zealand Chart Catalogue (NZ 0) LINZ website New Zealand Nautical Almanac (NZ 0) (including Annual New Zealand Notices to Mariners) Chart retailers Book retailers Selected content available from LINZ website New Zealand Notices to Mariners, fortnightly edition (for correcting charts and publications) LINZ website Maritime New Zealand Maritime fety Inspectors Chart retailers UK Hydrographic Office Admiralty iling Directions, New Zealand Pilot (NP), Edition, 0 Admiralty Chart agent UKHO website e Mariner s Handbook (NP0), Edition, 0 How to Keep Your Admiralty Charts Up-To-Date (NP), Edition, 0 Symbols And Abbreviations Used on Admiralty Charts. Chart NP0 (INT ), Edition, 0 Guide to ENC Symbols used in ECDIS (NP0), Edition, 0 Maritime New Zealand (MNZ) New Zealand s System of Buoys and Beacons Revision 00 Distress Beacons ve Lives Revision 0 Maritime New Zealand MNZ website Coastguard Boating Education Radio Handbook Your Guide to Marine Communication 0 fety in Small Craft, Revised Edition 00 Rules of the Road at Sea, th Edition, 00 Book retailers CBE website Some chart retailers ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Land Information New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

197 NEW ZEALAND CHARTING AND NOTICES TO MARINERS Charts And Publications. Should you have difficulty in obtaining any charts or publications contact: Land Information New Zealand Maritime New Zealand New Zealand Hydrographic Authority PO Box 0 Radio New Zealand House llington e Terrace New Zealand PO Box 0 ee phone (NZ): 00 llington Phone: + 0 New Zealand Fax: + ee phone (NZ): enquiries@maritimenz.govt.nz Phone: Fax: + customersupport@linz.govt.nz Official Paper Charts. LINZ produces official nautical charts to aid safe navigation in New Zealand waters and certain areas of Antarctica and the South st Pacific. Using charts safely involves keeping them up-to-date using NTMs.. Official nautical charts are available for purchase from approved chart retailers. Contact details for all chart retailers are available from New Zealand Chart Catalogue (NZ 0). e online New Zealand Chart Catalogue (NZ 0) allows mariners to search for all LINZ charts by region or chart name/number. Each chart page provides a full record of all applicable NTMs. Both the online version and a downloadable Chart Catalogue are available from Official Raster Navigational Charts (RNCs) NZMariner. NZMariner is the product name of the official Raster Navigational Chart (RNC) folio for New Zealand. It is a digital coloured facsimile of New Zealand paper navigational charts and can be used in Electronic Charting Systems (ECS) and approved Electronic Chart Display and Information Systems (ECDIS). Product Description. NZMariner consists of two files; (a) An annual Chart file which provides mariners with access to all charts corrected as at the date of publication; and (b) A monthly Update file which provides corrected charts and new charts which have been released since the annual Chart file was published. Users require an annual Chart file as a minimum and cannot use the monthly Update file unless the associated annual Chart file is installed on their ECS/ECDIS. Users are advised to download and install the latest annual Chart file and Update file to ensure the charts on their ECS/ECDIS are up to date. ANNUAL NZ NTM Availability. NZMariner is available at no cost for users to download from Notification of the availability of the monthly update file is promulgated through the fortnightly editions of New Zealand Notices to Mariners (NTMs). Format, Compatibility. NZMariner is produced in BSB version format which is similar to that published by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). NZMariner data is not encrypted. NZMariner is capable of being used in ECS/ ECDIS which support BSB version products and is a format widely supported by software manufacturers. Authority: Land Information New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

198 NEW ZEALAND CHARTING AND NOTICES TO MARINERS Coverage. LINZ charts currently available in NZMariner are listed in the New Zealand Chart Catalogue (NZ 0), see paragraph above. Legal Status. See paragraph of this notice. Official Electronic Navigational Charts (ENCs) Mariners are strongly advised to read the latest version of the IHO publication S- Facts about Electronic Charts and Carriage Requirements, which can be downloaded from ENCs are specifically designed for use in ECDIS onboard ships. As the New Zealand Hydrographic Authority, LINZ is responsible for creating and maintaining the official set of ENCs for the New Zealand area of charting responsibility (NZ AREA). e NZ AREA includes the South st Pacific, New Zealand home waters and the Ross Sea region in Antarctica see the Area of New Zealand Charting and Coverage of Notices to Mariners map at the end of this notice. ENC README.TXT File 0. e ENC README.TXT file located within the ENC_ROOT folder of an ENC exchange set contains IMPORTANT SAFETY RELATED INFORMATION. is file is updated on a regular basis and should be consulted to ensure that all related issues are taken into consideration. e latest README.TXT file is also located at Availability. New Zealand ENC cells, prefixed by NZ, are available from chart retailers through the International Centre for ENCs (IC-ENC) and PRIMAR global distribution network For more information see e release of all new LINZ ENCs is promulgated through the fortnightly editions of New Zealand Notices to Mariners (NTMs). ENC updates are issued for Permanent NTMs where appropriate. For details of the latest Temporary and Preliminary NTMs that affect any given chart, mariners should consult the current fortnightly editions of New Zealand Notices to Mariners (NTMs). Alternatively, a full list of all Permanent, Temporary and Preliminary notices affecting any given chart can be found using the New Zealand Chart Catalogue (NZ 0) online database, (see paragraph above). Format, Compatibility and Encryption. New Zealand ENCs are official electronic charts produced in accordance with the IHO Transfer Standard for Digital Hydrographic Data, S-, Edition. and protected using the international data security scheme as defined in the IHO Data Protection Scheme, S-, Edition..0. ey are authorised for use in International Maritime Organization (IMO) compliant ECDIS and can also be used in compatible ECS. Coverage. LINZ ENCs currently available are listed at and the IHO website: Legal Status Use of Electronic Charts. For compliance with New Zealand legal requirements for nautical charts and publications please refer to Maritime Rules Part, available from ANNUAL NZ NTM. When used in an IMO compliant ECDIS, New Zealand ENCs and NZMariner RNCs will allow vessels navigating in New Zealand to meet the strict chart carriage requirements of the International Convention for fety of Life at Sea,, (SOLAS), Chapter V (IMO) and Maritime Rules Part : Nautical Charts and Publications (MNZ). Authority: Land Information New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

199 NEW ZEALAND CHARTING AND NOTICES TO MARINERS Chart Images TIFF and JPEG Images of Paper Charts. LINZ provides electronic images of New Zealand s official paper charts in high resolution TIFF format and low resolution JPEG format. Note: LINZ raster chart images available from are not geo-referenced, not to be used for navigation and are not corrected for NTMs. Availability. LINZ s chart images are available at no cost for users to download from: ey are accessible via the online Chart Catalogue by clicking on the thumbnail image of the relevant chart. Note: Data viewed or downloaded from the website is not equivalent to or a replacement for the Official Charts, Notices to Mariners, Tide Table, Light List and Nautical Almanac as specified in MNZ s Maritime Rules Part : Nautical Charts and Publications (pursuant to Section of the Maritime Transport Act ). Reliance on Charts and Associated Publications. While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information on New Zealand charts and other publications, it should be appreciated that it may not always be complete and up to date. e mariner must be the final judge of the reliance to be placed on the information given, bearing in mind their particular circumstances, the need of safe and prudent navigation, local pilotage guidance and the judicious use of available navigational aids. e Use of Charts and Associated Publications. Charts should be used with prudence: there are areas where the source data are old, incomplete or of poor quality. Mariners should use the largest scale appropriate for their particular purpose; apart from being the most detailed, the larger scales are usually corrected first. When extensive new information (such as a new hydrographic survey) is received, some months may elapse before it can be fully incorporated in published charts. On small scale charts of ocean areas where hydrographic information is, in many cases, still sparse, charted shoals may be in error as regards position, least depth and extent. Undiscovered dangers may exist, particularly away from well-established routes. Further Guidance 0. e Admiralty publication, e Mariner s Handbook (NP0) gives a fuller explanation of the limitations of charts. All users should study it in their own interest. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Land Information New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

200 AREAS OF NEW ZEALAND CHARTING AND COVERAGE OF NOTICES TO MARINERS N 00 E 00 E 00 E 0 E E E 0 E 0 0 W W W Malaysia 00 BA AREA Kiritimati Island Seychelles New Guinea Solomon Islands Vanuatu valu Phoenix Group Tokelau moa Northern Cook Islands 0 S 0 S Madagascar BA AREA Australia Lord Howe Island New Caledonia Norfolk Island New Zealand Fiji Tonga Niue Kermadec Islands Southern Cook Islands Chatham Islands Tahiti Pitcairn Island BA AREA AUS AREA Macquarie Island Auckland Islands NZ AREA 0 S Balleny Islands Antarctica Ross Sea Newman Island 0 S ANNUAL NZ NTM. NEW ZEALAND CHARTING AND NOTICES TO MARINERS 00 E 00 E 00 E 0 E E E 0 E 0 0 W W W N 00 0 S 0 S 0 S 0 S Authority: Land Information New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

201 MARITIME RULES PART AND CHART RETAILERS Introduction. Maritime New Zealand s Maritime Rules Part : Nautical Charts and Publications, ensures that New Zealand continues to meet its obligations under Chapter V Regulation (Nautical charts and nautical publications) and Regulation (International Code of Signals and IAMSAR Manual) of the International Maritime Organization s International Convention for the fety of Life at Sea,, (SOLAS). Application. Part sets out the requirements for the carriage of charts and nautical publications on ships. It applies, with certain specified exceptions, to commercial vessels of metres or more in length overall that operate within enclosed water limits and all commercial vessels operating outside the enclosed water limits. Part does not apply to: (a) e purchase of any charts for recreational use; and (b) Overseas retailers of New Zealand charts. Paper Chart Purchase. Part affects the purchase of charts; Rule.(A) states: (A) If a paper nautical chart is published by Land Information New Zealand and purchased in New Zealand, that chart will only meet the requirements of this Part if that chart: (a) is certified by Land Information New Zealand as correct up to the date of supply to a chart retailer and is either: (i) certified by a correcting Chart retailer as correct up to the time of purchase; or (ii) purchased from a chart retailer before the publication of corrections in the Notice to Mariners that follows the certification by Land Information New Zealand; and (b) is maintained in a fully correct condition. Part can be viewed at Correcting Chart Retailers. e following is a list of Correcting Chart Retailers, approved by LINZ to undertake paper chart corrections and sell charts in compliance with Part. Boat Books Ltd.* sthaven Drive eemans Bay Auckland Phone: + Fax: + crew@boatbooks.co.nz bsite: Steve s Marine pplies Ltd. Cross Road lphur Point Tauranga Phone: + Fax: info@stevesmarine.co.nz bsite: Trans Pacific Marine Ltd.** Beaumont Street sthaven Auckland ee Phone: 00 Phone: + 0 Fax: sales@transpacific.co.nz bsite: ANNUAL NZ NTM * Agents for Australian charts ** Agents for British Admiralty and Australian charts Compliance. e purchase of paper charts in compliance with Part must be from: (a) A chart retailer who has approval from LINZ to undertake chart corrections; or (b) Any LINZ chart retailer who purchases the chart from the LINZ contracted Map and Chart Centre and supplies it to the customer before the publication of the next fortnightly edition of New Zealand Notices to Mariners (NTMs). e chart must be received by the customer while the NTM edition, for which the LINZ contracted Map and Chart Centre updated the chart, is still current. Further Information. For further information see Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Maritime New Zealand 00 ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

202 OFFICIAL MESSAGES TO NEW ZEALAND REGISTERED MERCHANT SHIPS General. Mariners are informed that the following series of messages will be instituted when so ordered by the Royal New Zealand Navy (RNZN): General Messages ZLMS Series.. ZLMS messages addressed to all New Zealand registered merchant ships will be lettered consecutively, commencing with A, in order that masters can check that all such messages have been received.. Once the lettered series has been started it is most important that all such messages are received, and masters should take the necessary steps to obtain at the first opportunity any that are missing. Communications. e ZLMS series of messages will be used to bring into force the particular organisation laid down in Annual New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No. A, or those instructions issued by the Admiralty which are relevant to New Zealand registered shipping.. Collective call sign to which general messages will be addressed is as follows: ZLMS All New Zealand registered merchant ships.. With the advent of the Global Maritime Distress and fety System (GMDSS), most shipping companies utilise systems such as Inmarsat A, B, C or M or private HF systems such as Globe Wireless. While closer to the coast or in port, GSM (Global System for bile communications) telephones are in regular use.. e RNZN will utilise the GMDSS to alert merchant ships to an area of risk by issuing Navigational Warnings or may use any of the following to issue Special Notices to Merchant Ships: (a) Via Inmarsat-C over fetynet (EGC). is will be the primary means of communication. (b) Via Naval, Police or Customs Officers or harbour authorities for merchant ships in harbour if shut down on fetynet. (c) (d) Via ship owners /charterers own communication channels. Via radio and television.. When appropriate New Zealand registered ships will be instructed to comply with Admiralty Notices to Mariners, No. and subsequent amendments contained in Part VI of each weekly edition of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.. is does not relieve the master of the responsibility of maintaining a listening watch for safety information broadcast and official radio broadcasts.. It is the responsibility of masters to acquaint themselves with the contents of the Admiralty Notices to Mariners No. (contained herein as Annual New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No. A) and subsequent amendments. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Royal New Zealand Navy ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0 0

203 A SAFETY OF BRITISH MERCHANT SHIPS IN PERIODS OF PEACE, TENSION OR CONFLICT e material in this notice has been reproduced from Admiralty Notices to Mariners, Annual Notice /. Reproduced with the permission of the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office. Source: UK Ministry of Defence (NAVY).. GENERAL. is notice describes the organisation by which the Royal Navy communicates with merchant vessels in periods of peace, tension and conflict. ch messages will normally relate to the safety and security of ships.. Participation in the procedures outlined in this Annual Notice is encouraged. Detailed reporting will be in accordance with Annex A.. UK MILITARY / CIVIL SHIPPING RELATIONS. rough the Shipping Defence Advisory Committee, the UK Ministry of Defence and its partners across Government (specifically the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) and the Department for Transport (DfT)) maintains regular and frequent dialogue with the UK Shipping Industry, particularly the UK Chamber of Shipping but also with individual companies and other groups. Within Government, the National Maritime Information Centre (NMIC) provides a cross-government forum for sharing maritime security information.. e Royal Navy Maritime Trade Operations (MTO) organisation provides the operational liaison and interaction between military commanders and the merchant shipping community.. e Royal Navy s Maritime Trade Information Centre (MTIC), based in Portsmouth UK provides the hub for the worldwide provision of all information pertinent to merchant vessels operating in designated Operational Areas, in particular but not exclusively the Indian Ocean High Risk Area and the United Kingdom Maritime Trade Operations (UKMTO) Voluntary Reporting Area (VRA). ANNUAL NZ NTM. CURRENT OPERATIONS. In preserving maritime security, the Royal Navy maintains a Recognised Maritime Picture (RMP) of military and merchant vessels, and affords military commanders an understanding of all vessels passing through a particular area. is understanding allows military authorities to advise and assist merchant vessels when it is considered appropriate.. In response to the threat of terrorism, regional instability and also the threat from piracy, the Royal Navy has established a deployed MTO team in Dubai to provide direct face-to-face liaison with masters and operators. e MTIC administers the Merchant Vessel Voluntary Reporting Scheme, on behalf of UKMTO, for vessels transiting the Indian Ocean High Risk Area and provides advice on current military operations in the region. For counter piracy operations, the MTIC is the primary point of contact for shipping in the area. Further details on the Voluntary Reporting Scheme are provided in Best Management Practices (BMP).. In addition to UK national activity, British forces frequently operate under NATO and European Union Naval Force (EUNAVFOR) commands. During a NATO operation, the NATO Shipping Centre (NSC), based in Northwood, is normally the focal point for liaison with merchant shipping. In the Gulf of Aden, the Maritime Security Centre (Horn of Africa) (MSCHOA) administers the Group Transit Scheme through the Internationally Recognised Transit Corridor (IRTC) and the protection of World Food Programme vessels on behalf of EUNAVFOR. Contact details for both these organisations are provided at Annex B.. Best Management Practice (BMP), is published by Witherby Seamanship International (ISBN 0 0 ) and can be downloaded for free from their website. BMP can also be downloaded from the NSC and MSCHOA websites. It provides advice to masters and operators on methods to deter piracy and protect vessels against attack. Vessels are encouraged to implement the procedures recommended in BMP and also to participate in voluntary reporting schemes and other dialogues with military authorities in the area through the MTIC.. e World-Wide Navigation Warning Service (WWNWS) may be used to alert vessels to an area of risk through the promulgation of a Navigation Warning through appropriate NAVAREA Coordinators.. PASSAGE REPORTING. During periods of tension or conflict and to assist UK authorities to determine the whereabouts of merchant vessels within a specific area of operations, vessels may be asked to pass information voluntarily using the passage report format at Annex A. In return, vessels will receive advice on the security status within the area. Authority: United Kingdom Hydrographic Office 0 ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

204 A SAFETY OF BRITISH MERCHANT SHIPS IN PERIODS OF PEACE, TENSION OR CONFLICT. e initiation of the passage report procedure will be by the promulgation of the following message, disseminated as a Navigation Warning: SPECIAL NOTICE TO MERCHANT VESSELS A risk to merchant vessels exists in [area]. Vessels within, or intending to enter this area should contact their owners or national shipping authorities. Merchant vessels are encouraged to submit a report in accordance with ADMIRALTY Annual Notice to Mariners Annex A to [contact details of military authority] when passing [lat/long] and subsequent daily position report requirements if any. Note: e text of the Special Notice to merchant vessels message issued by the UK will be amended to reflect the prevailing circumstances.. ADDITIONAL SERVICES. e MTIC provides the primary liaison between military authorities and merchant vessels. is dialogue is supported by the UKHO range of Maritime Security Charts (the Q series of charts) and Security Related Information to Mariners (SRIM) which provides further details of High Risk Areas, Exclusion Zones, Voluntary Reporting Schemes and other advice.. Further details, including the UKHO range of Maritime Security Charts is available to order or download at the following webpage: ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: United Kingdom Hydrographic Office ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0 0

205 A SAFETY OF BRITISH MERCHANT SHIPS IN PERIODS OF PEACE, TENSION OR CONFLICT ANNEX A TO UK ANNUAL NOTICES TO MARINERS No. MERCHANT VESSEL VOLUNTARY REPORTING SCHEME During periods of tension or conflict and to assist UK authorities to determine the whereabouts of merchant vessels in a specific Area of Operations, vessels may be asked to pass information voluntarily using the passage report below. In return vessels will receive advice on the security status within the region. PASSAGE REPORT FORMAT (FORMAT ALPHA) When sending a Passage Report to UK, NATO or EUNAVFOR Military authorities, the content and format is as follows, unless requested otherwise. e initial report should contain the following:. Ship name. Flag. Callsign and IMO number. Inmarsat Telephone Number. Time and position. Course. Passage speed. eeboard and Draft. Cargo. Destination and ETA. Name and Contact Details of Commpany Security Officer. Nationality and number of Master and Crew.. bsequently vessels are requested to report the following daily at noon:. Ship name. Callsign and IMO number. Time and position. Course and speed. Any other important information.. All timings are requested in UTC and the preferred method of communication is .. All information provided is treated in strictest commercial confidence. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: United Kingdom Hydrographic Office 0 ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

206 A SAFETY OF BRITISH MERCHANT SHIPS IN PERIODS OF PEACE, TENSION OR CONFLICT ANNEX B TO UK ANNUAL NOTICES TO MARINERS No. CONTACT DETAILS FOR MILITARY OPERATIONS UK Maritime Trade Operations (UKMTO)/ Maritime Trade Information Centre (MTIC): Tel: + (0) 00 or watchkeepers@ukmto.org NATO Shipping Centre (NSC): Tel: + (0) Fax: + (0) info@shipping.nato.int NSC bsite: European Union Naval Force (EUNAVFOR)/ Maritime Security Centre Horn of Africa (MSC HOA): Tel: + (0) or +(0) 00 Fax: + (0) 0 postmaster@mschoa.org MSCHOA bsite: EUNAVFOR (Media & Public Relations Office): Tel: + (0) (UK office hours) bile: + (0) (silent hours and weekends) @eunavfor.eu EUNAVFOR bsite: Naval Coordination And Guidance for Shipping (NCAGS) BAHRAIN Tel: + 0 (Emergency Reporting) + 0 or + (Helplines) Fax: + cusnc.ncags_bw@me.navy.mil IMB Piracy Reporting Centre: Tel: ( Hours Maritime Security Hotline) +0 0 (Helpline) Fax: piracy@icc-ccs.org/imbkl@icc-ccs.org IMB PRC bsite: ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: United Kingdom Hydrographic Office ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0 0

207 SEARCH AND RESCUE INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES New Zealand Search and Rescue Sector (NZSAR). e New Zealand Search and Rescue (NZSAR) sector provides assistance to ships and aircraft missing or in distress in the New Zealand Search and Rescue Region (NZSRR). e organisation is based on the utilisation of civilian and military facilities which are coordinated and controlled through the Rescue Coordination Centre New Zealand (RCCNZ). Note: Towage or salvage operations are not the function of this organisation. Search and Rescue Coordinating Authorities. ere are only two Coordinating Authorities for Search and Rescue Operations (SAROPs) in the NZSRR; the New Zealand Police for Category I (CAT I) SAROPs and RCCNZ for Category II (CAT II) SAROPS. Both organisations cooperate closely to ensure the response to a search and rescue (SAR) incident is coordinated by the appropriate Coordinating Authority. Rescue Coordination Centre New Zealand (RCCNZ). RCCNZ is situated in the Avalon Studios, Percy Cameron Street, Lower Hutt and is responsible for initiating, coordinating, and concluding CAT II search and rescue operations within the NZSRR. e RCCNZ Search and Rescue Officer is responsible for coordinating representatives of civilian and military organisations considered necessary in order to cover the requirements for any SAR operation. RCCNZ -Hour Emergency Telephone Fax Others NZ: 00 NZ: 0 0 Inmarsat-C (POR): 00 0 Int: + 00 Int: rccnz@maritimenz.govt.nz Administration NZ: 0 0 Int: + 0 NZ: 0 0 Int: + 0 TAUPO MARITIME RADIO (ZLM) Inmarsat-C (POR): 00 0 Inmarsat-mini-M (POR): maritime@kordia.co.nz SAROPS are classified as follows: CAT I A SAROP coordinated at the local level; including land operations, subterranean operations, river, lake and inland waterway operations and close-to-shore marine operations. Notes. e nature of close-to-shore will vary according to the availability of local resources and the need to task national assets. Typically such operations will be within New Zealand Territorial Waters ( nautical miles).. Category I SAROPs typically require the use of local personnel and resources and can be carried out efficiently and effectively at the local level. ANNUAL NZ NTM CAT II Close To Shore Rescues A SAROP coordinated at the national level; including operations associated with missing aircraft or aircraft in distress and off-shore marine operations within the New Zealand Search and Rescue Region. Note. Category II SAROPs typically require the use of national or international resources and may involve coordination with other States.. e New Zealand Police and RCCNZ are assisted by local organised groups throughout New Zealand to provide voluntary, advisory, and operational assistance to the NZSAR. Authorities: Civil Aviation Authority, Maritime New Zealand, Royal New Zealand Navy, Royal New Zealand Air Force 0 ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

208 SEARCH AND RESCUE INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES New Zealand Search and Rescue Region. A diagram of the NZSRR which extends to 0 South, is shown below. e NZSRR is bounded to the: (a) (b) (c) (d) st by meridian 00 E. East by meridian 00 W. South to the South Pole. North by a line joining: 00 S., 00 E. 00 S., 0 00 W S., 00 W S., 00 W S., 00 W S., 00 W. Image reproduced with the permission of Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NTM Authorities: Civil Aviation Authority, Maritime New Zealand, Royal New Zealand Navy, Royal New Zealand Air Force ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0 0

209 SEARCH AND RESCUE INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES Voluntary Ship Reporting System. e New Zealand Search and Rescue Authorities have established a voluntary ship reporting system for all vessels operating in the NZSRR Area south of 0 South for the purposes of assisting RCCNZ in coordinating SAR operations in that area. Area covered: 0 South to the southern edge of the Ross Sea bounded by East to st. All vessels are requested to notify Taupo Maritime Radio on entry and departure into the area and are also encouraged to make daily position reports. Information provided will be used for SAR purposes only. Obligation to Render Assistance. Masters of vessels in a distress area should endeavour to give the utmost assistance to persons in distress at sea, and cooperate fully in any SAR operation which is being directed from RCCNZ. Section of the Maritime Transport Act provides that the master or person in charge of a ship shall, so far as they can do so without serious danger to their own ship, her crew and passengers (if any), render assistance to every person who is found at sea in danger of being lost; an offence is committed by anyone who fails to comply with Section. Similar provisions are included in the International Maritime Organization s International Convention for the fety of Life at Sea,, (SOLAS). Merchant Ship Position Reports. New Zealand does not operate a merchant shipping reporting system. New Zealand-owned ships are invited to comply with the International Maritime Organization recommendations which request all ships to participate in other member government merchant shipping reporting systems wherever they exist. For more information, see Annual New Zealand Notices to Mariners, No. A and No. B. Guarding of Distress equencies. e radio watch on the international distress frequencies, which certain ships are required to keep when at sea, is also a vital factor in the coordination of rescue of people in distress at sea. is coordination will not be possible if ships are unable to alert each other, or to be alerted from shore for distress action. Every ship fitted with suitable radio equipment should make its contribution to safety by guarding those distress frequencies applicable for as long as practicable, whether or not required to do so by regulation. EPIRBs (Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons) IMPORTANT NOTE: om February 00, satellite monitoring of./ MHz beacons ceased ANNUAL NZ NTM. dern EPIRBs operating on a frequency of 0 MHz, with a low power homing transmitter on. MHz, can be located very accurately by the COSPAS-SARSAT/EPIRB satellite system. e 0 MHz EPIRB has the capability of transmitting unique data containing details such as country of origin, the identity of the vessel and position information derived from either the EPIRB s on-board GPS or the vessel s navigation equipment. is information is stored in the satellite memory and downloaded to a satellite ground station when one comes within range. A receiving station, or Local User Terminal (LUT), has been installed in New Zealand which, together with two in Australia, provides coverage of the NZSRR. Ships are reminded that they must immediately report any accidental activation of an EPIRB, preferably through Taupo Maritime Radio. is is purely to establish whether a vessel is in distress, and no costs or prosecution will result from reporting an accidental activation. Authorities: Civil Aviation Authority, Maritime New Zealand, Royal New Zealand Navy, Royal New Zealand Air Force 0 ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

210 SEARCH AND RESCUE INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES Aircraft Used for Search and Rescue Operations. Civilian or Royal New Zealand Air Force aircraft may be used for SAR operations. Search aircraft may be equipped with search radar and VHF/UHF Direction Finding (D/F) and homing capability. Communications between search aircraft and merchant ships will normally be effected on the following frequencies:. MHz (Channel ) FM Voice International Distress, fety and Calling equency khz AM Voice International Distress, fety and Calling equency 0 khz USB Voice Scene of Search 0 khz USB Voice Scene of Search Additionally, communications may be established using a signalling lamp or on the following frequencies:. MHz AM Voice Scene of Search VHF. MHz AM Voice Scene of Search UHF. MHz AM Voice.0 MHz AM Voice International Aeronautical Emergency (VHF) (this frequency should only be used as a last resort) International Aeronautical Emergency (UHF) (this frequency should only be used as a last resort) Sea Rescue by Helicopter Procedures to Assist with Location by Helicopter. When a distress message is received from a ship in distress, or a medical evacuation is required, the rescue authorities may dispatch a helicopter to assist. Once the helicopter is airborne, the speed with which it locates the ship and the effectiveness of its work depends to a large extent on the cooperation of the ship concerned. om the air, especially if there is a lot of shipping in the area, it is very difficult for the helicopter pilot to identify the particular ship concerned, unless that ship uses a distinctive distress signal which can clearly be seen. Especially useful for helicopters are: (a) By day: orange smoke floats, or orange squares with V or circle, Aldis lamp or heliograph. (b) By night: Aldis lamp, night flares. i) It is essential that the ship s position be given as accurately as possible. ii) As many aircraft are equipped with GPS, latitude and longitude may be used. iii) Bearings should be described as true or magnetic, and must be given FROM a fixed object, such as a headland or lighthouse. iv) vi) e description of the vessel and local weather conditions should be included if time allows. Because of operational limitations, helicopters should not be delayed at the rescue scene. On large vessels a clear stretch of deck should be made available as a pick-up area if possible, and marked with a large letter H in white. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authorities: Civil Aviation Authority, Maritime New Zealand, Royal New Zealand Navy, Royal New Zealand Air Force ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0 0

211 SEARCH AND RESCUE INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES For all vessels, the following preparations need to be completed to ensure a safe transfer is made:. Note: ese procedures may be modified on instructions from the pilot if communications exist. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) Lower all masts, derricks, and radio aerials to provide a clear area for the helicopter to conduct the hoist. Keep all unnecessary personnel out of the way while the helicopter is conducting hoist operations. Under no circumstances must the hoist cable be attached to the vessel, sudden movements could cause the helicopter to crash if this is done. Tie down or stow all loose gear which may be blown by the rotor wash, which can be up to knots downwards. is includes hats, fishing gear, beverage cans, and paper. Nothing must be blown into the rotors, or become entangled with the hoist wire. Allow the helicopter s rescue equipment to touch the vessel s deck before handling it. is will allow any static electricity charge present to dissipate. However this should be clear of any flammable mixture spillage or venting area to preclude a possible fire or explosion from an electrostatic discharge. Ensure the person being hoisted is wearing a lifejacket, if at all possible. If it is a patient, they should be made as comfortable as possible, and if conscious, informed of the procedure of rescue. When the helicopter arrives, change course to place the wind thirty degrees on the port bow, or as directed by the pilot and continue at standard speed. At night, floodlights are useful to illuminate the vessel, but they must be facing down. By day, the vessel should indicate the apparent wind by flag, smoke, or other means, as long as it does not impair the pilot s visibility. Personnel on the ship, and survivors leaving the helicopter when it has landed ashore, must obey the instructions of the pilot or crew. Approach and leave the helicopter only from forward, in clear view of the pilot, and stay well clear of the after part of the helicopter, in particular the tail rotor and engine exhausts. ANNUAL NZ NTM Specifications for Helicopters Involved in SAR in New Zealand. e main type of military helicopter used for SAR duties in New Zealand is the NH0. is helicopter can rescue up to twelve persons at a time at short range. e Seasprite is also sometimes used, and can rescue up to four persons. Expect NH0 to be deployed from Ohakea within two hours. Allow up to four hours if the search area is within the radius bound by Hamilton Gisborne Nelson. Allow up to six hours within the radius bound by Whangarei Greymouth Christchurch. e Seasprite does not have a standard callout requirement and therefore would be utilised on an as required and as available basis. e Seasprite is a maritime helicopter and therefore is fitted with equipment that allows over water SAR operations at night. Additionally, the Seasprite is equipped with maritime search equipment including radar and forward looking infrared camera. Over water SAR is dependent on a number of factors, including weather conditions, day/night SAR, the number of persons, and the nature of the rescue. Although capable, the NH0 has not yet been approved for long distance over-water SAR operations for 0. is will be a capability that is tested and evaluated in 0/. e NH0 maximum distance from shore is 0 nautical miles. Further than this will require Senior Command approval after significant planning plus supporting aircraft in accompany which will consume valuable response time. Currently the NH0 has released the capability to conduct day/night low level over-water operations out to 0 nautical miles. is includes the ability to search both day and night down to 0 feet over water with night vision goggles. However, the capability for day/night winching from the water surface or vessels has not been released yet and is programmed for test and evaluation trials. NH0 and Seasprite helicopters are fitted with marine VHF, UHF and HF equipment. e HF equipment affords messages to be passed via shore. Civilian helicopters used by RCCNZ vary in their capacity for survivors and the distance from the shore at which they operate. st civilian rescue helicopters are also fitted with marine VHF. Authorities: Civil Aviation Authority, Maritime New Zealand, Royal New Zealand Navy, Royal New Zealand Air Force ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

212 SEARCH AND RESCUE INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES Medical Evacuation (MEDEVAC) Checklist. (a) Craft with medical emergency name, callsign (i) Medication available (b) Position lat/long or bearing/distance (j) Radio frequencies in use, monitored, or scheduled (c) Date/time of position (k) Craft description (d) Craft s course and speed (l) Local agent and telephone/fax numbers (e) Patient s name, nationality, age, sex, race (m) Last port of call, destination, ETA (f) Patient can/cannot speak English (n) On-scene weather and sea state (g) Patient s symptoms (o) Assistance required (h) Medication given (p) Other pertinent information Use of Ships in Assisting to Locate Aircraft in Distress: Masters Responsibilities. Aircraft which ditch cannot be assumed to stay afloat for long, but it should always be assumed that there will be survivors. Masters of ships within reasonable distance of an aircraft in distress should proceed with the greatest possible speed to its assistance. If a ship receives a distress message direct from an aircraft or liferaft, a D/F bearing should be taken and passed to a maritime radio station and other vessels in the area, together with the callsign of the aircraft, time taken, and position of the ship. Means by Which a Ship may Receive Distress Signals. Ships may receive distress signals in the following ways: (a) (b) By Radio Telephony (R/T) or Radio (Wireless) Telegraphy (W/T) on the appropriate international distress frequency; or By visual signals. Radio Telephony (R/T) or Radio (Wireless) Telegraphy (W/T) Distress Signals. Can be received from: (a) (b) (c) (d) A distressed aircraft still in flight see Appendix A of this Notice; rvivors after the casualty has occurred, by a hand-operated emergency radio transmitter see Appendix B of this Notice; A maritime radio station; or A search of other aircraft. References: For communications between aircraft stations and stations of the maritime mobile service, the provisions of Article of the International Telecommunications Union s Radio Regulations (Geneva 0) are obligatory. For International Regulations on Distress, Urgency, and fety Signals, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals, Volume, NP, (Parts and ). Visual Distress Signals. Can be received from: (a) A distressed aircraft: Apart from obvious signs, an aircraft may indicate that it is in distress by firing rockets or shells throwing red lights fired one at a time or at short intervals or by firing a parachute flare showing a red light. Navigation markers dropped by aircraft at sea, emitting white or yellow smoke or flame and smoke, should not be mistaken for distress signals. Low flying is not in itself an indication of distress. Aircraft in distress which are forced to alight on the sea are instructed to do so ahead and in the lee of a ship. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authorities: Civil Aviation Authority, Maritime New Zealand, Royal New Zealand Navy, Royal New Zealand Air Force ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

213 (b) (c) An aircraft with an urgent message concerning safety: An aircraft having an urgent need to notify information relating to its own safety or that of another aircraft or ship, or the safety of any person on board or within sight may use one of the following signals: i) A succession of green pyrotechnic signals; or ii) A succession of green flashes with signal apparatus. A search aircraft: When it is necessary for an aircraft to direct a ship to an aircraft or ship in distress, the aircraft will do so by transmitting precise instructions by any means at its disposal. If not by radio or signal lamp, the instructions will be given by carrying out the following manoeuvres: i) Circling the ship at least once; ii) Crossing the projected course of the ship close ahead at low altitude; and either rocking the wings, opening and closing the throttle, or changing propeller pitch*; or iii) SEARCH AND RESCUE INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES Heading in the direction in which the ship is to be directed. If carried, smoke markers may be laid in the direction to proceed. * Important Note: Due to high noise levels on board ships, the sound of changes in throttle settings and propeller pitch may be less effective than rocking the aircraft, and are regarded as alternative means of attracting attention. ey are no longer carried out on turbo-prop aircraft. Green flares and/or white smoke markers may also be released by Orion aircraft in the vicinity of vessels to indicate that assistance is required, and that the aircraft wishes to establish communications. (d) rvivors in the sea: rvivors in a liferaft or other flotation device may use any of the following signals: i) Pyrotechnic signals emitting one or more red stars; ii) iii) iv) Flashing a heliograph; Flashing SOS or other distinctive signal by hand torch or other signalling lamp; Blowing of whistles; v) Fluorescent dye marker giving an extensive bright green colour to the sea around the survivors; vi) vii) A liferaft may also be located by yellow kite or balloon being flown to support the aerial for the emergency radio transmitter; EPIRB; or viii) Hand held marine VHF transceiver. ANNUAL NZ NTM When Assistance is No Longer Required 0. e following aircraft manoeuvres shall mean that the assistance of the ship to which the signal is directed is no longer required: Crossing the wake of the ship close astern at a low altitude, and: (a) Rocking the wings; or (b) Opening and closing the throttle; or (c) Changing the propeller pitch.. Ships should acknowledge receipt of signals from aircraft by hoisting the answering pennant (red and white vertical stripes), by flashing a succession of T s by signal light in morse code, or by making a change of heading to follow aircraft. Ships should immediately set watch on radio distress frequencies. If a ship is unable to comply, it should indicate this by hoisting the flag N (blue and white checkered squares), or by flashing a succession of N s in morse code. Authorities: Civil Aviation Authority, Maritime New Zealand, Royal New Zealand Navy, Royal New Zealand Air Force ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

214 SEARCH AND RESCUE INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES Use of Aircraft in Assisting to Locate Shipping in Distress: Importance of a Distinctive Distress Signal. om the air, especially if there is a lot of shipping in the area, it is very difficult for a pilot to identify the particular ship in distress, unless that ship uses a distinctive distress signal which can clearly be seen. Especially useful are orange smoke floats and/or an orange fluorescent sheet with letter V or circle, during the day, or an Aldis lamp during the day or night. In bright sunlight, a heliograph may also be used. e display of these signals will save valuable time in locating the casualty, and may mean the difference between success and failure. Providing Ship s Position. It is essential that the ship s position be given as accurately as possible. Bearings should be described as true or magnetic, and must be given FROM a fixed object, such as a headland or lighthouse. e description of the vessel and local weather conditions should be included if time allows. Night Search Technique (see diagram on following page). is technique takes advantage of the greater visibility of pyrotechnics at night. e aircraft will fly through the search area at between 000 and 000 feet and use track spacing of 0 miles. A green flare will be fired approximately every five-ten minutes and on turning. When a green flare is sighted, it is most important that the following actions are taken: (a) Wait for the glare of the green flare to die out; (b) Fire one red flare; (c) Fire another red flare after about one minute to enable the aircraft to line up on your bearing; and (d) Fire a third flare when the aircraft is overhead or appears to be going badly off course. Important Notes: Each lifeboat or liferaft should carry at least three red flares. If all else fails, use any means at your disposal to attract attention. e aircraft will probably drop a marine marker to mark your position DO NOT TOUCH THE MARKER to do so could result in severe burns or major damage to a liferaft. e aircraft may also drop a sonobuoy to act as an electronic marker. Ships may talk to aircraft by recovering the sonobuoy hydrophone hung approximately 0 metres below the sonobuoy and speaking into it in a normal voice. e sonobuoy cannot receive transmission from the aircraft. A written message may also be attached to the buoy or dropped from the aircraft in a small package. Action to be Taken When an Aircraft is Forced to Ditch. e captain of a distressed aircraft will be materially assisted in locating a ship if the latter: (a) Transmits homing bearings to the aircraft or (if so requested) transmits signal enabling the aircraft to take its own bearings; and (b) (c) By day makes black smoke; or By night directs a searchlight vertically. Ditching an aircraft is difficult and usually dangerous. A ship which knows that an aircraft intends to ditch should, if practicable, try to provide a lee of calm water. is may be achieved by any means at the master s discretion, such as steering on a circular course through 0. An aircraft will usually ditch on the starboard side of a ship and heading into the wind, although, when seas are running high, it may attempt to land along the trough of the seas. In the absence of communication, the former should be assumed. At night the ship should floodlight the ditching area as much as possible, without dazzling the pilot, who could lose control at a critical moment. If flame floats are available, six should be laid at 00 metre intervals in line astern to indicate the suggested alighting area. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authorities: Civil Aviation Authority, Maritime New Zealand, Royal New Zealand Navy, Royal New Zealand Air Force ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

215 SEARCH AND RESCUE INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES NIGHT SEARCH TECHNIQUE ANNUAL NZ NTM Authorities: Civil Aviation Authority, Maritime New Zealand, Royal New Zealand Navy, Royal New Zealand Air Force ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

216 SEARCH AND RESCUE INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES Ditching Reports from Ships to Aircraft. Ditching reports when requested by aircraft should be transmitted in plain language and should comprise the following in the order indicated: (a) Unless previously established, position of the ship in lat/long at the time the observation was taken; (b) Corrected barometric pressure; (c) rface wind direction in degrees magnetic; (d) rface wind speed in knots; (e) Swell length, height, and direction. Use one of the following terms: Swell Length Swell Height Term Criteria Term Criteria Short 0 0 metres Low 0 metres Average 0 00 metres derate metres Long over 00 metres Heavy over metres (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) State of sea, specified by one of the terms from the table below, selected according to the average wave height as obtained from the larger well-formed waves of the wave system being observed; Beaufort Force Wind speed (Knots) Sea State Mean Wave Height Probable Maximum (Metres) Wave Height (Metres)* 0- < Calm < Smooth Slight.0. - derate.0. - Rough Very Rough High Very High.0. - > Phenomenal.0 > * e extreme height may be greater Visibility (miles or metres); Amount and height above sea level of base of low cloud (both main layer and any scattered cloud below); Present weather; Remarks. Action to be Taken When Aircraft rvivors are Rescued. A survivor from any aircraft casualty at sea who is rescued by a ship may be able to give information which will assist in the rescue of other survivors. Masters should ask the following questions and communicate the answers, together with the position of the rescuing vessel and the time the survivor was rescued, to a maritime radio station: (a) Did you bale out, or was the aircraft ditched? What was the type and identification of the aircraft, and date and time of the accident? (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) If you baled out, at what altitude? How many others did you see leave the aircraft by parachute? How many ditched with the aircraft? How many did you see leave the aircraft after ditching? How many survivors did you see in the water? What flotation gear did they have? What was the total number of persons aboard the aircraft before the accident? What caused the emergency? ANNUAL NZ NTM Authorities: Civil Aviation Authority, Maritime New Zealand, Royal New Zealand Navy, Royal New Zealand Air Force ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

217 SEARCH AND RESCUE INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES APPENDIX A Form of Distress Call and Message Transmitted by an Aircraft in Distress: Aircraft will make distress calls on the air-to-ground frequency in use at the time, but may also make them on maritime R/T calling frequencies. Aircraft rarely use W/T, but when used for distress will follow maritime procedures. Distress Communication switch to full power first: MAYDAY (preferably spoken three times) followed by as many as possible of the following elements: (a) Identification of the aircraft; (b) Nature of distress; (c) Intention of person in command; and (d) Present position, altitude, and heading. Note: e point of ditching could be appreciably different from present position depending on the altitude, heading and speed. APPENDIX B IMPORTANT NOTE: om February 00, satellite monitoring of./ MHz beacons ceased ANNUAL NZ NTM Form of Distress Signals from an Aircraft Liferaft: rvival equipment normally includes either one or a combination of the following radio or visual facilities: (a) A 0 MHz radio distress beacon. e 0 MHz frequency is monitored by the COSPAS-SARSAT/EPIRB satellite system alone. (i) Radio beacons which are buoyant, water resistant, portable devices, normally activated by immersion in water and are capable of being operated away from the aircraft by unskilled persons. By international agreement, this type is mandatory equipment for aircraft on extended over-water flights. (b) (ii) (iii) Emergency Locator Transmitters (ELTs): there are two main types: ose attached to the aircraft structure and are either automatically ejected or permanently mounted. Both of these are automatically activated. An automatic portable type, which is normally fixed inside the aircraft but can be removed by survivors for use away from the aircraft. Personal Locator Beacons (PLBs), which are designed to be carried by survivors and not intended to be fixed to the aircraft. Location of the beacon position is by satellite and/or by aircraft using Direction Finding (D/F) equipment. Light signalling by means of a lamp and hand key, or handheld reflecting mirror. Authorities: Civil Aviation Authority, Maritime New Zealand, Royal New Zealand Navy, Royal New Zealand Air Force ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

218 A MODERNISED AUSTRALIAN SHIP TRACKING AND REPORTING SYSTEM (MASTREP) Ships Position Reports Australian Search and Rescue Region. A prior knowledge of the positions of vessels in the vicinity of isolated air routes in the South st Pacific Ocean and Tasman Sea is of considerable importance in flight planning and the coordination of rescue operations.. e Australian government operates the dernised Australian Ship Tracking and Reporting System (MASTREP) for vessels within its Search and Rescue (SAR) area. Additional vessel tracking systems are in force around Australia, in ports and through environmentally sensitive areas such as the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park, MASTREP is a mandatory reporting system for the following vessels: (a) foreign vessels from the arrival at its first port in Australia until its departure from its final port in Australia; and (b) all regulated Australian vessels whilst in the MASTREP area.. MASTREP uses Position Reports, which must be transmitted by the vessel s Automatic Identification System in accordance with the International Maritime Organization s International Convention for the fety of Life at Sea,, (SOLAS). e objective of MASTREP is to contribute to safety of life at sea by providing additional information relating to a vessel s passage which may limit the SAR area and provide up to date information on shipping resources in the area.. MASTREP is a passive ship reporting system and there are no requirements to send iling Plans, Deviation Reports or Final Reports. No positive SAR watch is maintained under this system.. Participation in MASTREP does not remove the continued obligation of mandatory reporting to REEFVTS when transiting through the Great Barrier Reef and the Torres Strait.. In addition to MASTREP, vessels are encouraged to participate in the AMVER system see Annual New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No. B.. Details of these reporting systems can be obtained from the Ship Reporting Systems section in the Admiralty List of Radio Signals, Volume, Part, NP(). For further information, see: (a) AMSA s website: (b) Australian Hydrographic Services, Seafarers Handbook for Australian Waters (AHP0) th Edition. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Australian Maritime fety Authority (AMSA) ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

219 B THE AMVER ORGANISATION (PACIFIC OCEAN) (Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue System) Purpose and Details of Organisation. e Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue System (AMVER), operated by the United States Coastguard, is an international maritime mutual assistance organisation which provides important aid to the development and coordination of Search and Rescue (SAR) efforts in the AMVER reporting area. New Zealand is a participant in the AMVER system. New Zealand merchant vessels are encouraged to send movement reports and periodic position reports to the AMVER centre on Governors Island in Lower New York harbour, via selected coast radio stations. Information from these reports is entered onto computer which supplies dead reckoning positions of the vessels. Appropriate information concerning the predicted location and SAR characteristics of each vessel known to be within an area of interest is made available on request to recognised SAR agencies of any nation, or person in distress, for use during an emergency. Predicted locations are disclosed only for reasons concerning maritime safety. AMVER SURPICS (surface pictures) are used in conjunction with ships position information obtained from sources such as VTS, AIS or Distress Alert messages received via GMDSS Communication terminals. SURPICS can only be as accurate as the information fed into the AMVER system, and accuracy can only be achieved by ships masters ensuring that their reports are correct and are kept up-to-date, particularly in respect of diversions or revised estimation times of arrival at ports. AMVER Message Types and Format. Any vessel of any nation departing on an offshore passage of hours duration or greater is encouraged to become a participant in the AMVER system by sending appropriate AMVER messages in four types of format described in US Coastguard AMVER User Manual ( e messages may be transmitted at any convenient time as long as the information is accurate and the data corresponds to the time specified. e information may be estimated for a short time in the future, for the present or for a short time past. Address of AMVER Message. If a ship already has an inexpensive means of sending to an internet address, this is a preferred method. may be sent via satellite or via HF radio, depending on the ship s equipment and arrangements with communication providers ashore. Ships must be equipped with a personal computer, an interface between the computer and the ship s communication equipment, and the appropriate software. AMVER can be contacted via amvermsg@amver.org or amvermsg@amver.com.. All AMVER messages should be addressed to the participating AMVER Coast Radio Station to which the message is sent, AMVER (name of station). For example, AMVER TAUPO. Messages sent to any Canadian station should be addressed to AMVER HALIFAX or AMVER VANCOUVER. AMVER messages are considered to comply with the USA regulations requiring notification to the Coastguard captain hours before arrival at a US port. For further information, see: ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

220 C RADIO DISTRESS CALLING RADIO DISTRESS CALLING USE ONLY If in grave or imminent danger Switch radio to Full Power Use Ch VHF or,,,, 0, 0 SSB MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY THIS IS (name of vessel) Spoken three times (CALL SIGN) Spoken once MAYDAY (name of vessel and call sign) Vessel s position in degrees and minutes of latitude and longitude, or bearing and distance relative from a known geographical feature. Nature of distress and the kind of assistance required. Number of persons on board. Any other information which may assist rescuers description of vessel, liferaft, EPIRB. OVER Allow a short period for shore station to reply. If no answer, activate your EPIRB and repeat the distress call working through all the distress frequencies. If contact is made with shore station, inform station if you have activated your EPIRB. ANNUAL NZ NTM DO NOT TURN OFF EPIRB until told to do so by rescue authority. You can use any means to communicate distress simultaneously. Authority: Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

221 C RADIO DISTRESS CALLING Digital Selective Calling (DSC). is is an automatic calling system which makes the initial contact between two stations, groups of stations or stations in a selected area. e caller composes a short message which is transmitted directly to the receiving station(s). It is the core part of the Global Maritime Distress fety System (GMDSS). New Zealand DSC Coverage. e system, based at Taupo Maritime Radio, has a coverage area for the GMDSS oceanic area designations* A and A in the New Zealand monitored sea area NAVAREA XIV.. DSC is not used on the maritime VHF or MF frequency bands and does not cover the GMDSS in-shore area designations* of A and A. * Definitions of GMDSS Sea Areas: A Within range of VHF coast stations (DSC alerting not available to shore stations in New Zealand). A Beyond area A, but within range of MF coastal stations (DSC alerting not available to shore stations in New Zealand). A Beyond the first two areas, but within coverage of geostationary maritime communication satellites (e.g. Inmarsat). is covers the area between roughly North and South. A An area outside sea areas A, A and A. North of approximately N or South of approximately S. is is essentially the polar regions (importantly for New Zealand this includes the Ross Sea). Note that this area is beyond the range of geostationary satellites. DSC Operation. When the DSC equipment receives a call it raises an alarm. Embedded within the alert signal is an indication of how subsequent communications should be made, either radiotelephony or radio telex. If the caller is in distress, the ship s Identifier Number (MMSI), position and nature of distress are included in the DSC message. For distress and urgency alerts, the alarm sounds continuously until the received information has been read by the operator. DSC Distress alerts received by Taupo Maritime Radio are immediately passed to the Rescue Coordination Centre New Zealand (RCCNZ).. DSC uses the HF maritime radio frequencies in the,,, and MHz bands. DSC Distress Procedures To be used by all HF DSC-equipped vessels operating in the NAVAREA XIV sea areas A and A if time permits. ANNUAL NZ NTM. By a Ship Transmitting a DSC Distress Alert: (a) If time permits, consult the optimum frequency/range diagrams for communicating with Taupo Maritime Radio which are published quarterly in the New Zealand Notices to Mariners. As a general rule the DSC distress channel in the MHz maritime band (. khz) may in many cases be an appropriate first choice. (b) DSC distress alerts may be sent on a number of HF bands by transmitting the distress call either as: (i) Five consecutive calls on one frequency (single frequency call attempt), and waiting a few minutes for receiving acknowledgement by a coast station; or (ii) Up to six consecutive calls dispersed over a maximum of six distress frequencies (one at MF and five at HF). Note that Taupo Maritime does not monitor the MF DSC distress frequency. Stations transmitting multi-frequency call attempts should be able to receive acknowledgements continuously on all frequencies except for the transmit frequency in use. (c) AFTER the vessel has received a DSC acknowledgement of their distress alert, transmit a MAYDAY call on the associated HF radio telephony band. For example, if. khz had been used for the DSC distress alert, then khz would be used for the MAYDAY message. (d) Normally a DSC acknowledgement should be received from a coast station (Note: a coast station MMSI always begins with 00, for example Taupo Maritime Radio 000). Authority: Maritime New Zealand 0 ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

222 C RADIO DISTRESS CALLING. By a Ship Receiving a DSC Distress Alert: (a) (b) (c) (d) View the details of the distress alert (ship s position, MMSI number etc.). Do not acknowledge. Switch to the associated HF band, and listen to the MAYDAY call and message, which should follow. Wait for at least three minutes for an acknowledgement of the MAYDAY message from a coast station using the selected HF band. If, after three minutes, no acknowledgement from a coast station is received, transmit a DSC MAYDAY RELAY alert to a suitable shore station if using DSC and inform any Rescue Coordination Centre that a MAYDAY message has been received and give the details. is relay message can be sent by any means, on any suitable GMDSS distress and safety frequency. e following frequencies have been assigned to Taupo Maritime Radio (ZLM) for Distress, Urgency and fety use for DSC, Voice and SITOR: Bands DSC Voice SITOR (FEC) HF 0.. HF.0 HF.. HF 0 HF 0. 0 e following voice Working equencies have been allocated to ZLM: Band equency MF 0 HF HF 0 HF HF HF 0 HF ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

223 FIRING PRACTICE, EXERCISE AND SUBMARINE SAFE BOTTOMING AREAS. Firing and bombing practices and defence exercises take place intermittently in a number of areas off the coast of New Zealand.. In view of the responsibilities of range authorities to avoid accidents, limits of practice areas are not shown on New Zealand and British Admiralty charts, and descriptions of areas do not appear in the Admiralty iling Directions, New Zealand Pilot (NP). Diagrams of danger areas are included at the end of this Notice. However, such range beacons, lights, and marker buoys which may be of assistance to the mariner, or targets which might be a danger to navigation, will be shown on charts and, when appropriate, mentioned in NP.. e principal types of practices carried out are: Type Description Remarks (a) Air-to-Ground; or (b) Air-to-Sea (c) Sea- or Ground-to- Air (d) Air-to-Air (e) Ground-to-Sea; or (f) Sea-to-Sea; or (g) Sea-to-Ground (h) Rocket or Guided apons Firing (i) Bombing practice from aircraft at ground targets; or (ii) Aircraft firing at towed or stationary targets on sea or land. Anti-aircraft firing from shore batteries or ships from AA guns or machine guns at a target towed by aircraft as in (a)(ii) above, or at balloons. Aircraft fire at a large white or red sleeve or flag (which may be illuminated by a bright white light) towed by another aircraft moving on a steady course. Firing from shore batteries or ships at fixed or floating targets. May be (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (g) above. Warning signals are usually shown. Firing takes place to seaward of land targets. All marine craft operating as range safety craft or targets will display, for identification purposes, while in the vicinity of the danger area by day, a large red flag at the masthead. Ships show a red flag by day; a night signal is not shown. All such firings under Clear (Air and Sea) Range procedure. Devices are generally incorporated whereby the missiles may be destroyed should their flights be erratic. Ships show a red flag by day; a night signal is not shown. Notification of Practices ANNUAL NZ NTM Warnings will not be issued in respect of exercise areas D and M0 as these areas are considered to be in continual use. ese areas are described in the following pages.. For the information of ships at sea, warnings of practices will be notified by: (a) e broadcast of VHF and R/T (Radio-Telephony) messages which will be promulgated during evening and morning transmission times before any practice takes place. For times and frequencies of these transmissions, see Annual New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No. ; (b) (c) (d) New Zealand Notices to Mariners (NTMs), if practices are to be of long duration, i.e. seven days or more; Additional warnings of Army live shell practices only will be notified by advertisement in a newspaper or newspapers within the port concerned not less than twenty four hours before a practice begins and by the New Zealand Maritime Radio regional station for the port concerned not less than twelve hours before any practice; In addition to (a) for all firings in the New Zealand area, whether in prescribed areas or not, firing warnings are to be passed on R/T khz and VHF Channel, five minutes prior to the commencement of live firing, every 0 minutes thereafter, and immediately on completion of firings. e nature of the broadcast will be...i am about to commence gunnery practice... or...i have completed gunnery practice... Authority: New Zealand Defence Force, Civil Aviation Authority ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

224 FIRING PRACTICE, EXERCISE AND SUBMARINE SAFE BOTTOMING AREAS Form of Warning. In order to promulgate the danger areas, warnings are transmitted: (a) Via fetynet on Inmarsat-C ECG (Coastal Area Z); and (b) As an R/T transmission to the relevant coastal area(s) affected by such warnings as Coastal Navigation Warnings (see Annual New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No., paragraphs ). Note: Warnings may be promulgated in NTMs, see paragraph (b) above. Warning Signals Visual. ese consist of a large red flag by day and a fixed red light at night. e absence of any such signal cannot, however, be accepted as evidence that a practice area does not exist. Warning signals are shown from half an hour before practice commences until it ceases. Ships and aircraft carrying out night exercises may illuminate with white, green, or red flares. Caution. e range authorities are responsible for ensuring that there should be no risk of damage from falling shell splinters or bullets to any vessel that may be in a practice area. If a vessel is in an area where practice is in progress, the vessel should maintain its course and speed, but, if prevented from doing so by the exigencies of navigation, the vessel should endeavour to clear the area at the earliest possible moment. Practices will not normally take place while a vessel is in a danger area, but the areas must be cleared as soon as possible after the warning has been shown. Clear Range Procedure. e following limits are used by RNZAF crews engaged in dropping live weapons: (a) e dropping area is to be at least 0 nautical miles ( miles*) from the nearest land, outside the 0 metre line and at least 0 nautical miles ( miles*) from all shipping; (b) (c) e visibility is to be greater than five nautical miles and all attacks are to be made from below the cloud base. e target is to be visible at the time of the drop; e area through which and into which any weapons will pass or fall is to be clear of all air and sea traffic. *Limits used for practice weapons. Ordnance Brought to the rface. Fishermen operating in the vicinity of firing practice and exercise areas may occasionally bring unexploded missiles or portions of them to the surface in their nets or trawls. ese objects may be dangerous and should be treated with great caution and jettisoned immediately (fixing the position, if possible). NO ATTEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO TAMPER WITH THEM OR BRING THEM BACK FOR INSPECTION BY NAVAL AUTHORITIES For more information, see Annual New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No.. Danger Areas (D) and Military Operational Areas (M). Full details of permanent and temporary special use airspace areas are listed in the New Zealand Air Navigation Register available on the New Zealand Civil Aviation Authority website Military Operational Area (M) Danger Area (D) area where military operations, including firings, may take place. area where dangers may be present, e.g. firings. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: New Zealand Defence Force, Civil Aviation Authority ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

225 FIRING PRACTICE, EXERCISE AND SUBMARINE SAFE BOTTOMING AREAS Selected Military Operational Areas (M). NOTE: (a) Inland ranges and those affecting aircraft only are not included in this notice; (b) ese areas are shown on the plans at the end of this notice; and (c) All coordinates are given in terms of WGS datum, (expressed in degrees, minutes and seconds). ANNUAL NZ NTM No. Area Activity M Bay of Islands, Northland Naval firing and air bombing All that area bounded by great circle lines from 0 00 S., 0 00 E. to S., 0 00 E. to S., 00 E. to 0 00 S., 00 E. and to 0 00 S., 0 00 E. M South Head, Northland Air firing and bombing Area bounded by a circle radius NM centred on the point. S., 0. E. M Kaipara, Northland All that area bounded by a great circle from Military aircraft manoeuvres, naval and air firing, and bombing 0. S., 0. E. to. S., 0 0. E. thence Anti-clockwise along the arc of a circle of 0 NM radius centred on. S.,. E. to.0 S.,. E. thence Along great circle lines to 00.0 S., E. to 00.0 S., 00.0 E. to 0 0. S., E. to. S., 0. E. and to 0. S., 0. E. M0 Cuvier Island (Repanga Island), Bay of Plenty Naval firing and air bombing All that area bounded by great circle lines from 0 00 S., 00 E. to 0 00 S., 00 E. to 0 00 S., 0 00 E. to 0 00 S., 0 00 E. and to 0 00 S., 00 E. M0 Bay of Plenty A Naval firing and air bombing All that area bounded by great circle lines from 0' 00"S., ' 0"E. to 0' 00"S., ' 0"E. to 0' 00"S., ' 00"E. to 0' 00"S., ' 00"E. to 0' 00"S., 0' 00"E. to 0' 00"S., ' 00"E. and to 0' 00"S., ' 0"E. M0 Bay of Plenty B All that area bounded by great circle lines from 0' 00"S., ' 00"E. to 0' 00"S., ' 00"E. to 0' 00"S., ' 0"E. to 0' 00"S., ' 0"E. and to 0' 00"S., ' 00"E. Naval firing and air bombing Authority: New Zealand Defence Force, Civil Aviation Authority ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

226 FIRING PRACTICE, EXERCISE AND SUBMARINE SAFE BOTTOMING AREAS Selected Military Operational Areas (M), Continued No. Area Activity M0 Bay of Plenty C Naval firing and air bombing All that area bounded by great circle lines from 0' 00"S., ' 0"E. to 0' 00"S., ' 0"E. to 0' 0"S., ' 00"E. to 0' 00"S., ' 00"E. and to 0' 00"S., ' 0"E. M0 Bay of Plenty D Naval firing and air bombing All that area bounded by great circle lines from 0' 00"S., ' 00"E. to 0' 00"S., ' 00"E. to 0' 00"S., ' 0"E. to 0' 00"S., ' 0"E. and to 0' 00"S., ' 00"E. M0 Taranaki Bight All that area bounded by the arc of a circle of NM radius centred on 0. S.,. E. Anti-clockwise from 0 0. S., 0. E. to 0. S., 0. E. ence along a great circle line to 0. S., 00. E. thence Clockwise along the arc of a circle of 0 NM radius centred on 0. S.,. E. to. S.,. E. thence Along a great circle line to 0 0. S., 0. E. Various Permanently activated during daylight hours M0 M0 Raumai, Manawatu All that area bounded by a circle of NM radius centred on 0.0 S.,. E. Wairarapa Coast, North Island All that area bounded by great circle lines from 0. S., 0.0 E. to 0 0. S., 0. E. to 0. S., 0. E. to 0 0. S.,. E. and to 0. S., 0.0 E. Air bombing and air-to-surface firing Permanently activated Air gunnery, surface-to-air and surface-to-surface firings, ships and submarine exercises ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: New Zealand Defence Force, Civil Aviation Authority ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

227 Selected Maritime Danger Areas (D) FIRING PRACTICE, EXERCISE AND SUBMARINE SAFE BOTTOMING AREAS. NOTE: (a) Inland ranges and those affecting aircraft only are not included in this notice; (b) ese areas are shown on the plans at the end of this notice; and (c) All coordinates are given in terms of WGS datum, (expressed in degrees, minutes and seconds) No. Area Activity D Tiritiri Matangi Island, Hauraki Gulf / Tīkapa ana rface-to-air and surface firing All that area bounded by great circle lines from. S.,. E. to 0.0 S.,. E. to 0.0 S., 0. E. to. S., 0. E. to. S., E. to.0 S., 00.0 E. to. S., 00.0 E. and to. S.,. E. D Whangaparaoa, Hauraki Gulf / Tīkapa ana All that area bounded by great circle lines from 0. S., 0. E. to. S., 0. E. to. S., E. to.0 S., 00.0 E. to 0. S., 00.0 E. and to 0. S., 0. E. Small arms firing and explosives Permanently activated Designated fe bmarine Bottoming Areas. All coordinates are given in terms of WGS datum (expressed in degrees, minutes and seconds). ANNUAL NZ NTM No. Area Limits S Hauraki Gulf / Tīkapa ana All that area bounded by great circle lines from S., 0 00 E. to S., 0 00 E. to S., 0 0 E. to S., 0 0 E. and to S., 0 00 E. S Te Hauturu-o-Toi / Little Barrier Island All that area bounded by great circle lines from 0 S., 0 E. to 0 S., 0 0 E. to 0 S., 0 00 E. to 0 S., 0 E. and to 0 S., 0 E. S Great Barrier Island (Aotea Island) All that area bounded by great circle lines from S., 0 E. to S., 0 E. to S., 0 E. to S., 0 E. and to S., 0 E. S Bay Of Plenty All that area bounded by great circle lines from S., 0 00 E. to S., 0 00 E. to S., 00 E. to S., 00 E. and to S., 0 00 E. S Hawke Bay All that area bounded by great circle lines from S., E. to S., E. to S., 00 E. to S., 00 E. and to S., E. Authority: New Zealand Defence Force, Civil Aviation Authority ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

228 FIRING PRACTICE, EXERCISE AND SUBMARINE SAFE BOTTOMING AREAS MAP MILITARY OPERATING AREAS: NORTH ISLAND NEW ZEALAND o E o E o E o E Military Operational Areas North Cape FOtouw Military Operational Area Permanently Activated During Daylight Hours M fe bmarine Bottoming Areas Cape Brett o S M0 M0 M0 o S M0 M0 CC SEE MAP CC o S TASMAN SEA S East Cape o S Cape Egmont S Cape Kidnappers o H S o H S Farewell Spit M0 Kapiti Island SEE MAP Cape Palliser FMatakitakiakupew M0 ANNUAL NZ NTM o E o E o E o E Authority: New Zealand Defence Force, Civil Aviation Authority ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

229 o 00'S o 0'S 00'S ANNUAL NZ NTM o 00'E Kaipara Harbour M M TASMAN SEA o 00'E o 0'E o 0'E o 00'E S Hauturu / Little Barrier Island Kawau Island S D D (and D) Hauraki Gulf / Tikapa ana Manukau Harbour o 00'E o 0'E Military Operational Areas or Danger Areas Danger Area Permanently Activated fe bmarine Bottoming Areas Great Barrier Island (Aotea Island) Tryphena S Great Mercury Island (Ahuahu) o 0'E M0 M0 o 00'S o 0'S 00'S o o FIRING PRACTICE, EXERCISE AND SUBMARINE SAFE BOTTOMING AREAS MAP MILITARY OPERATING AREAS/DANGER AREAS: NORTH ISLAND NEW ZEALAND, AUCKLAND AREA Authority: New Zealand Defence Force, Civil Aviation Authority ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

230 FIRING PRACTICE, EXERCISE AND SUBMARINE SAFE BOTTOMING AREAS MAP MILITARY OPERATING AREAS: NORTH ISLAND NEW ZEALAND, KAPITI ISLAND WHANGANUI o 00'E o 0'E Whanganui Wanganui rakina Marton o 0 'S M0 M0 Bulls nson Feilding o 0 'S Tangimoana Himatangi Beach TASMAN SEA Foxton Beach o 0 0'S o 0 0'S o 0 0'S Kapiti Island Military Operational Areas Permanently Activated Permanently Activated During Daylight Hours o 0 0'S ANNUAL NZ NTM o 00'E o 0'E Authority: New Zealand Defence Force, Civil Aviation Authority ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

231 FORMER MINE DANGER AREAS; SWEPT ROUTES AND INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING EXPLOSIVES PICKED UP AT SEA. Minefields were laid in many parts of the world during World War II. Many of these minefields have been swept, others have had routes swept through them. ese routes are mostly marked by buoys and have been used safely by shipping for many years. Due to the lapse in time, navigation through these minefields, whether they have been swept or not, is now considered no more dangerous from mines than from any other of the usual hazards to navigation. But in the unswept areas a real danger still exists with regard to anchoring, fishing or any form of submarine or seabed activity. Furthermore, uncharted wrecks and shoals may lie in these areas, some of which are not covered by modern surveys. Former mine danger areas are mentioned in appropriate volumes of Admiralty iling Directions, with full details in an appendix. Even in swept waters and routes there is a remote risk that mines may still remain, having failed to respond to orthodox sweeping methods. Mariners are therefore advised only to anchor in port approaches and established anchorages. In an emergency it is better to anchor in a swept route rather than in unswept waters.. Although unlikely, there remains a remote possibility of drifting mines being sighted in New Zealand waters. All drifting mines should be reported immediately to the naval authorities via a coast radio station. e time of sighting and position of the mine is important in the reporting information so that an appropriate warning to other shipping can be broadcast. A drifting mine is best left for the naval experts to deal with. Rifle fire could pierce the casing and sink the mine without causing it to explode. It could then, if it is near the coast, get washed up on a beach or end up in a trawl in a lethal state.. Mines, torpedoes, depth charges, bombs and other explosive missiles are sometimes picked up in trawls, often in waters comparatively distant from New Zealand. Explosive weapons are dangerous even if they have been in the water for many years, and the following guidance is given with them: (a) A suspected explosive weapon should not be landed on deck if it has been observed while the trawl is still outboard. e trawl should be lowered and where possible towed clear of regular fishing grounds, if possible to a depth of between 0 and 0 metres before cutting away the net as necessary. (b) e position and depth of water where the mine was cut away should be passed to the naval authorities via the coast radio station or direct to Headquarters Joint Forces New Zealand 000 HQJFNZ (000 ) or +. In the event of the weapon not being detected until the contents of the trawl have been discharged on deck, the master of the fishing vessel must decide whether to rid the ship of the weapon by passing it over the side or to make for the nearest port informing the HQJFNZ and New Zealand Police via the coast radio station without delay. is decision will depend on the circumstances, but should be guided by the following points: (i) Great care should be taken to avoid bumping the weapon. (ii) If retained onboard it should be stowed on deck, away from heat and vibration, firmly chocked and lashed to prevent movement. (iii) (iv) (v) It should be kept covered up and damped down. is is important because any explosive which may have become exposed to the atmosphere is liable to become very sensitive to shock if allowed to dry out. e weapon should be kept onboard for as short a time as possible. If within two or three hours steaming of the coastline the safest measure will generally be to run towards the nearest port and lie a safe distance offshore to await the arrival of a bomb disposal unit. Under no circumstances should the vessel bring the mine or weapon into harbour. (c) UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should attempts be made to clean the weapon for identification purposes, open it or tamper with it in any way. ANNUAL NZ NTM (d) A ship with an explosive weapon onboard, or in her gear, should warn other ships in the vicinity giving her position and, if applicable, intended position of jettison.. Re-moored mines which have drifted in from deeper water trailing a length of cable, are likely to become dangerous should the cable foul some obstruction on the bottom. In this case the mine may not appear on the surface at all states of the tide. ch mines should be reported in the same way as drifting mines.. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should an attempt be made to recover a mine and bring it to port, and rewards formerly paid to mariners for such recovery have been discontinued. For further information refer to the Admiralty publication e Mariner s Handbook (NP0). Authority: Royal New Zealand Navy 0 ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

232 UNDER-KEEL CLEARANCE Cautionary Notes Charts and Tide Predictions. It is increasingly common for mariners to navigate in shallow water with a bare minimum depth below the keel (under-keel clearance). is minimum depth below the keel is usually assessed from the charted depths and predicted tide levels. Given this the mariner should note the following: (a) Due to the technical limitations of hydrographic surveys and the uncertainties in tidal reductions for surveys, nautical charts can seldom be absolutely reliable in their representation of depth. Other limitations of hydrographic surveys are discussed at length in the Admiralty publication e Mariner s Handbook (NP0). (b) (c) (d) (e) e mariner should be aware that any chart, regardless of age of survey, may not show all seabed obstructions or shoalest depths. Depths can change quickly in areas where the seabed is highly dynamic. ese critical areas are surveyed more frequently but significant changes can occur in between surveys. In all cases the mariner should contact the localauthority for the latest survey and depth information. Tidal levels, and therefore the least depth over seabed obstructions, are affected by meteorological conditions, i.e. barometric pressure, wind, swell, and both positive and negative storm surges. ese are described in the Tidal Section, New Zealand Nautical Almanac (NZ 0) and in the Admiralty Tide Tables (NP0). As a result, actual tide levels may vary appreciably from predicted values. Where an expected least depth or an under-keel clearance is determined using only tidal predictions and charted depths the uncertainty in the survey and tidal predictions may be compounded. Waves Caused by Meteorological Conditions. Mariners are warned that in addition to local swell waves, certain meteorological conditions may generate swell waves which can significantly reduce a vessel s under-keel clearance in the approaches to some New Zealand ports. ese swell waves may be generated from any or all of the following: (a) Long period swell waves with amplitudes up to 0. metre and periods up to 0 minutes; (b) Infra-gravity waves (waves generated by the interaction between swell waves) with amplitudes up to. metres and a period of several minutes; (c) Rissaga (meteorological tsunami) generated by fast moving atmospheric pressure systems. e generation of such swell waves is particularly likely when a deep depression situated to the east of New Zealand is moving quickly towards the south-east. Ports on the east coast of New Zealand which are exposed to swell from south through to east are particularly susceptible to swell effects. Mariners should navigate large vessels with caution under swell conditions. e prudent mariner will allow for navigational uncertainties by preserving adequate clearance, both horizontally and vertically. New Zealand locations where long period swell, infra-gravity waves and rissaga may be experienced: Approaches to Port Taranaki Approaches to Lyttelton Approaches to Whangarei Harbour Approaches to Timaru Approaches to Gisborne Approaches to Otago Harbour Approaches to Napier Foveaux Strait Approaches to llington Dynamic Under-Keel Clearance Systems. Dynamic Under-Keel Clearance (DUKC) systems generate predictive information regarding a particular vessel s under-keel clearance in the expected weather, tidal and sea conditions. e pilot provides this information from the DUKC system to the ship s master. DUKC systems are in operation at the following New Zealand ports: Port Taranaki Marsden Point Napier ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Land Information New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

233 INFORMATION CONCERNING SUBMARINES Warning Signals. Mariners are warned that considerable hazard to life may result from the disregard of the following signals which denote the presence of submarines: (a) Visual signals. Warships fly the International Code Group NE to denote that submarines which may be submerged, are in the vicinity. Vessels are cautioned to steer so as to give a wide berth to any vessel flying this signal. If from any cause it is necessary to approach her, a good look-out must be kept for submarines whose presence may be indicated only by their periscopes or snort masts showing above the water. (b) Pyrotechnics and smoke candles. e following signals are used by submerged submarines: Signal White smoke candle (with flame)... Yellow smoke candles Yellow and green pyro flares. Red pyro flares... (may be accompanied by smoke candles repeated as often as possible). Signification Indicates position in response to request from ship or aircraft, or as required. Keep clear I am carrying out emergency surfacing procedure. Do not stop propellers. Clear the immediate area, but stand by to render assistance. Note: If the red pyro flare signal is sighted and the submarine does not surface within minutes, it should be assumed that the submarine is in distress and has sunk. An immediate attempt should be made to fix the position in which the signal was sighted, after which action in accordance with paragraphs below should be taken.. It must not be inferred from the above that submarines exercise only when in company with escorting vessels. bmarines operate in areas other than promulgated bmarine Exercise Areas.. e note bmarine Exercise Area on certain charts should not be read to mean that submarines do not exercise outside such areas. Under normal circumstances the majority of submarine exercise activity will be limited to promulgated Military Operating Areas (MOA). However this does not preclude exercises or operations in other areas. In such cases, participating units will make or display appropriate warning signals. Under certain circumstances warnings that submarines are exercising in specified areas may be broadcast by a coast radio station or promulgated in printed navigational warnings. For more information regarding bmarine Exercise Areas in New Zealand, see Annual New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No.. ANNUAL NZ NTM Navigation Lights. bmarines have their masthead and side lights placed well forward and very low over the water in proportion to the length and tonnage of these vessels. In particular: (a) Some submarines can show a forward masthead light only in calm confined waters; (b) In other submarines the forward masthead light may be lower than the sidelights; (c) e main masthead light may be well forward of the mid-point of the submarine s length; (d) Some submarines, despite their length, may show only one masthead light.. Stern lights are placed very low indeed, and may at times be partially obscured by spray and wash. In some cases the stern lights will be well forward of the after part of the submarine, and thus will not give a true indication of the submarine s length. ey are invariably lower than the side lights.. e after light of submarines at anchor is mounted on the upper rudder which is some distance astern of the hull s surface waterline. Care must be taken to avoid confusion with two separate vessels of less than 0 metres in length.. e overall arrangement of submarine lights is therefore unusual and may well give the impression of markedly smaller and shorter vessels than what they are. eir vulnerability to collision when proceeding on the surface dictates particular caution when approaching them. Nearly all submarines are fitted with an amber quick-flashing light situated above or abaft the main steaming light. is additional light is for use as an aid to identification in narrow waters and areas of dense traffic. Australian submarines will normally burn this identification light under the above conditions, and when entering or leaving harbour at night.. Royal Australian Navy (RAN) Collins class submarines exhibit a very quick flashing yellow identification light ( flashes per minute) VQ.Y. is identification light should not be confused with an air cushion vessel operating in a non-displacement mode which displays the same light. Authority: Royal New Zealand Navy ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

234 INFORMATION CONCERNING SUBMARINES nken bmarine. A bottomed submarine which is unable to surface will try to indicate her position by firing candles which give off yellow or white smoke. is will be done either on the approach of surface vessels or at regular intervals. As far as possible yellow candles will be used by day. Note: It should be remembered that it may be impossible for a submarine to fire her smoke candles. Correspondingly a partially flooded submarine may have only a certain number of her smoke candles available, and searching ships should therefore not expect many to appear.. Since oil slicks or debris may be the only indication of the presence or whereabouts of the sunken submarine, it is vitally important that surface ships refrain from discharging anything which might appear to have come from a submarine while they are in the submarine probability area. Searching ships and aircraft can waste many valuable hours investigating these false contacts.. Some submarine pyrotechnics can be fitted with message carriers. If a message has been attached, the pyrotechnic will be fitted with a dye marker, which gives off a yellowish-green dye on the surface. ch a pyrotechnic should be recovered as soon as it has finished burning.. RAN Collins class submarines are fitted with the purpose bmarine Launched EPIRB (SERB). A description of the SERB is given at paragraph 0 below.. e sighting of any beacon answering the attached description should at once be reported by the quickest available means to the Rescue Coordination Centre New Zealand, the Royal New Zealand Navy or New Zealand Police. However, if vessels are unable to establish communications without leaving the vicinity of the submarine, it should be borne in mind that the primary consideration should be for vessels to remain standing by to rescue survivors, and not leave the scene of the accident. Every effort should be made to include in the report the serial number of the beacon; this number is affixed on top of the SERB (see paragraph 0 below).. At any time after a submarine accident, survivors may start attempting to escape. Current policy dictates that survivors will wait before escaping until: (a) Rescue vessels are known to be standing by; or (b) Conditions inside the submarine deteriorate to such an extent that an attempt to escape must be made. In this situation, personnel will be wearing a red/orange escape suit enclosed in a red/orange single person life raft OR if escape was conducted immediately (Rush Escape) survivors will be wearing orange coloured bmarine Escape Jerkins (SEJ). SEJs provide no thermal insulation qualities. rvivors wearing SEJs would present the same visual aspect as personnel wearing a large life jacket.. It should be noted that, in certain circumstances, the situation described in paragraph (b) above may not arise through lack of air supply until several days after the accident. However, if the submarine is badly damaged, survivors may have to make an escape attempt immediately. Any ship finding a SERB should therefore not leave the position, but stand by well clear ready to pick up survivors. e latter will ascend nearly vertically, and it is plainly important that plenty of sea room is given to enable them to do so in safety. On arrival on the surface, they may be exhausted or ill. erefore, if circumstances are favourable, the presence of a boat already lowered is very desirable. Some survivors may require a recompression chamber, and it will therefore be the aim of the naval authorities to get such a chamber to the scene as soon as possible.. In order that those trapped in the submarine will be made aware that help is at hand, Navy vessels drop small charges into the sea. ese can be heard from inside the submarine. ere is no objection to the use of small charges for this purpose; but it is vital that they are not dropped too close. is is because crew in the process of making ascents are particularly vulnerable to underwater explosions, and may easily receive fatal injuries. A distance of a quarter of a mile is considered to be safe. If no small charges are available, the running of an echo sounder or the banging of the outer skin of the ship s hull with a hammer from a position below the water-line is likely to be heard in the submarine. ch banging and/or sounding should therefore be carried out at frequent intervals.. bmarines may at any time release pyrotechnic floats, which on reaching the surface burn with flame and/or smoke thus, serving to mark the position of the wreck. ey are likely to acknowledge sound signals by this means.. To sum up, the aims of a submarine rescue operation are: (a) To fix the exact position of the submarine; (b) To get a ship standing by to pick up survivors if practicable with boats already lowered; (c) To get medical assistance to survivors picked up; (d) To get a diver s decompression chamber to the scene in case this is required by those seriously ill after being exposed to great pressure; (e) (f) To inform the trapped crew that help is at hand; and To notify appropriate authorities. Authority: Royal New Zealand Navy ANNUAL NZ NTM ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

235 INFORMATION CONCERNING SUBMARINES. ere is a large Navy organisation designed to fulfil these aims which is always kept at instant readiness for action. It is clear, however, that any ship may at any time find evidence of a submarine disaster, and if she takes prompt and correct action, as described above, she may be in a position to play a vital part. bmarine Emergency Radio Beacon (SERB) 0. is beacon is made of aluminium, coloured orange and is cylindrical in shape, with two whip aerials. e beacon is fitted with an automatic transmitting unit (battery life of hours) operating on the following frequencies: 0.0 MHz COSPAS-SARSAT/EPIRB; MHz Military Air Guard; and. MHz Civil Air Guard. SERBs carried in RAN Collins class submarines can be released from inside the submarine from each Escape Compartment via a bmerged Signal Ejector, and are not tethered to the submarine in any way. Additionally, if pre-programmed by the crew of the disabled submarine, the EPIRB signal can carry a coded message indicating the following information: (a) Local time of release; (b) Number of survivors; (c) Time till escape must start in hours; (d) Depth (if less than 0 metres) or an indication that rescue is required; (e) Internal pressure; (f) Medical status of survivors; (g) Presence of hostile forces; and (h) Estimated Lat/Long. ANNUAL NZ NTM bmarine Launched Expendable Communications Buoy (ECB). is buoy is used for tactical communications between submarines and warships/aircraft. It can, however, be fired in an emergency default mode. In this case it will transmit a SABRE tone on MHz Military Air Guard.. General descriptions of bmarine Emergency Radio Beacons (SERB), Expendable Communications Buoys (ECB), smoke candles fired from submarines, sonobuoys, and aircraft floats, smoke and flame markers are as follows: (a) White Smoke Candles. ese are fired from submarines to indicate their position. ey burn for up to minutes emitting white smoke and flame, and thus can be seen day or night; they can easily be confused with the smoke and flame of aircraft marine markers and floats. (b) (c) (d) Yellow Smoke Candles. ese are fired from submarines to indicate their position. ey burn for about five minutes emitting yellow smoke. ey can be seen more easily than the white smoke candles in rough weather, but cannot be seen at night. Sonobuoys. ese are dropped from aircraft to detect submarines and may be encountered anywhere at sea. Other countries have similar sonobuoys but their colour and dimensions are not known. e Expendable Communications Buoy (ECB) provides a one way line-of-sight communication between the disabled submarine and surface units. e ECB is a programmable tactical buoy which acts as an alert beacon for submarines in distress. When used in the Alert mode, the buoy transmits a tone on MHz. e ECB is pre-programmed for distress and does not require programming prior to launch. When the ECB arrives at the surface, it deploys an aerial and flotation collar and commences to transmit. e following statistics are relevant: Transmitting Cycle Range Battery Life Minutes Transmit Minute 0 NM Aircraft Hours + NM Shore NM Ship. e above may frequently be encountered in areas where warships and aircraft exercise, whether or not submarines are present, and should not be confused with submarine emergency buoys and beacons. In case of doubt, the object should be approached to confirm visually whether or not it is a submarine emergency buoy or beacon before reporting it. Authority: Royal New Zealand Navy ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

236 INFORMATION CONCERNING SUBMARINES. e following is a list of candle smoke and markers currently used by New Zealand and Australia: (a) bmarine Bubble Decoy Mk N. (b) Schermuly Icarus Band Radar flare. (c) Marker Man Overboard, Smoke and Light Mk N and Series. (d) Marker Location Marine Mk. (e) Float Signal bmerged Mk N. (f) Float Signal bmerged (Grenade) Mk N. (g) Candle Smoke Yellow Mk N. (h) Candle Smoke White Mk N. (i) Candle Smoke White Mk N. (j) bmarine Launched Flare DA. Department of Defence (Navy). (AH /0). It should be noted that the Royal Australian Navy no longer uses the frequency MHz and no longer carries ECB on its submarines. Copyright Commonwealth of Australia 00 Used with the Permission of the Australian Hydrographic Service and amended by the New Zealand Defence Force ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Royal New Zealand Navy ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

237 MARITIME SAFETY INFORMATION Introduction. Maritime fety Information (MSI) is defined as navigational and meteorological warnings, meteorological forecasts, and other urgent safety-related messages. is information is of vital importance to all vessels at sea. Note that communications related to search and rescue operations such as distress alerts, coordination of operations, local communications and positioning signals are never MSI. Search and Rescue operations may, however, involve the broadcasting of MSI in the navigational warning category, described in (f) below. Navigational warnings are designed to give the mariner information relating to dangers and aids to navigation and are primarily to assist mariners in navigation up to the entrance of ports. Information of a less essential nature, and matters within a harbour entrance, which may form the subject of a Notice to Mariners or local harbour warnings, will not normally be broadcast by coast radio stations. ch information is available from harbour authorities, and all vessels are advised to contact the harbour radiotelephone station before entering the port. Navigational warnings are broadcast for as long as the information is valid and shall remain in force until cancelled by the originating authority. ANNUAL NZ NTM Types of Warnings. ere are three types of navigational warnings: (a) Long Range Navigational Warnings these warnings are part of the NAVAREA system (NAVAREA XIV for New Zealand) of long range navigational warnings concerned with information which ocean-going mariners require for their safe navigation. is includes, in particular, new navigational hazards and failures to important aids to navigation as well as information which may require changes to planned navigational routes. (b) (c) Coastal Navigational Warnings these warnings provide information which are relevant to safe navigation within areas seaward of the fairway buoy or pilot station, and should not be restricted to main shipping routes. Local Navigational Warnings these warnings are broadcast to supplement Coastal Navigational Warnings by giving detailed information within inshore waters and often within the limits of a harbour or port authority. ese warnings are broadcast via the local harbour VHF radio and are often made available by the ports and harbours on their websites.. Types of MSI (Joint IHO/IMO/WMO Manual on Maritime fety Information, IHO Publication S-, section...): (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) Casualties to lights, fog signals, buoys and other aids to navigation affecting main shipping lanes; e presence of dangerous wrecks in or near main shipping lanes and, if relevant, their marking; Establishment of major new aids to navigation or significant changes to existing ones when such establishment or change might be misleading to shipping; e presence of large unwieldy tows in congested waters; Drifting hazards (including derelict ships, ice, mines, containers, other large items over metres in length etc.); Areas where search and rescue (SAR) and anti-pollution operations are being carried out (for avoidance of such areas); e presence of newly discovered rocks, shoals, reefs and wrecks likely to constitute a danger to shipping and, if relevant, their marking; Unexpected alteration or suspension of established routes; Cable or pipe laying activities, seismic surveys, the towing of large submerged objects for research or exploration purposes, the employment of manned or unmanned submersibles, or other underwater operations constituting potential dangers in or near shipping lanes; e establishment of research or scientific instruments in or near shipping lanes; e establishment of offshore structures in or near shipping lanes; Significant malfunctioning of radio-navigation services and shore-based maritime safety information radio or satellite services; (m) Information concerning events which might affect the safety of shipping, sometimes over wide areas, e.g. naval exercises, missile firings, space missions, nuclear tests, ordnance dumping zones, etc.; (n) (o) (p) Operating anomalies identified within Electronic Chart Display Information Systems (ECDIS) including Electronic Navigational Charts (ENC) issues; Acts of piracy and armed robbery against ships; Tsunamis and other natural phenomena, such as abnormal changes to sea level; Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

238 (q) (r) MARITIME SAFETY INFORMATION World Health Organization (WHO) health advisory information; and Security-related requirements (in accordance with the requirements of the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code only). Long Range Navigational Warnings (NAVAREA XIV Southwest Pacific) Area Coordinator. Under the World Wide Navigational Warnings Service (WWNWS), New Zealand is the area coordinator for NAVAREA XIV see Maps and at the end of this Notice for extents. Warnings are prefixed NAVAREA XIV and numbered consecutively on an annual basis. Land Information New Zealand (LINZ) is the NAVAREA XIV Coordinator, the authority charged with collecting and issuing long range navigational warnings. NAVAREA XIV Coordinator Phone: (office hours) bile: + ( hours) bile: + 0 ( hours) Fax: + (office hours) NAVAREAXIV@linz.govt.nz Reprints of NAVAREA Warnings. NAVAREA XIV warnings are broadcast via Taupo Maritime Radio ZLM R/T (Radio Telephony) and on Enhanced Group Calling (EGC) via the Inmarsat fetynet system through the Pacific Ocean Region (POR) satellite. Warnings are broadcast on receipt and repeated at scheduled broadcasts 000 and 0 UTC until cancelled. NAVAREA XIV warnings in force are available from the LINZ website and are reprinted in Section V of the fortnightly editions of New Zealand Notices to Mariners (NTMs). An in-force bulletin of current NAVAREA XIV Warnings will be broadcast each nday at 000 UTC via Inmarsat fetynet. When there are no NAVAREA XIV Warnings to be disseminated at the scheduled broadcast time, a message will be issued advising of this.. NAVAREA XIV R/T Broadcasts by Taupo Maritime Radio (ZLM) Radio Station Call Sign Calling equency khz Working Time (UTC) Taupo Maritime Radio ZLM 0 00, 00,, 0 0, 0,, 0 Coastal Navigational Warnings National Authority. e Rescue Coordination Centre New Zealand (RCCNZ) is the national authority charged with collating and issuing Coastal Navigation Warnings for New Zealand. ey are broadcast to the New Zealand Coastal Warning Area Z. See Maps and illustrating New Zealand Coastal Forecast Areas and the New Zealand Coastal Warning Area respectively. Warnings are prefixed Coastal Navigation Warning and numbered consecutively on an annual basis. National Coordinator Phone: + 00 ( hours) Fax: RCCNZ@maritimenz.govt.nz ANNUAL NZ NTM Coastal Navigational Warnings are broadcast via VHF radio and Taupo Maritime Radio ZLM R/T as per the schedule shown below, and on Enhanced Group Calling (EGC) via the Inmarsat fetynet system through the Pacific Ocean Region (POR) satellite. Warnings are broadcast on receipt and repeated at scheduled broadcasts 000 and 0 Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

239 MARITIME SAFETY INFORMATION UTC until cancelled. Coastal Navigational Warnings are also available from the LINZ website and are reprinted in Section V of the fortnightly editions of New Zealand Notices to Mariners (NTMs). An in-force bulletin of current Coastal Navigational Warnings will be broadcast each nday at 000 UTC via Inmarsat fetynet. When there are no Coastal Navigational Warnings to be disseminated at the scheduled broadcast time, a message will be issued advising of this. Many warnings are of a temporary nature, but others may remain in force for several weeks and may be superseded by NTMs. e more important coastal navigation warnings, such as the failure of landfall lights, may be repeated and continued to be broadcast as NAVAREA XIV Warnings. Coastal Navigational Warnings will not contain meteorological information such as forecasts of gales, storms, cyclones or tropical revolving storms. Meteorological information is broadcast at scheduled times.. Coastal R/T Broadcasts by Taupo Maritime Radio Note: the times shown below are the time of commencement of the transmissions. Maritime fety Information (MSI) is transmitted by Taupo Maritime Radio (ZLM) on receipt of the message from Maritime New Zealand at the end of the next silence period after receipt and at: 0, 0, and New Zealand Standard Time (NZST) or New Zealand Daylight Time (NZDT). An initial call will be made on the calling frequencies, and khz. Warnings will then be broadcast on the working frequencies 0, and khz. Masters are recommended to arrange, whenever possible, for a radio operator or an officer to listen at the scheduled time before sailing at which this information is broadcast, in case any dangers affecting their routes are notified. A warning will be repeated on request by a ship to ZLM. Operators should, however, make every effort to obtain these warnings at the scheduled hours of transmission. Normally warnings will be broadcast at routine times and for as long as may be deemed necessary. Vessels fitted with R/T are requested not to make routine transmissions, or khz during the periods referred to in the schedule of R/T broadcasts.. Coastal VHF Broadcasts by Taupo Maritime Radio (ZLM) Maritime fety Information (MSI) is transmitted by Maritime Radio VHF stations located around the New Zealand coast at these times: New Zealand Coastal Areas * NZST or NZDT Chatham Islands Chatham Islands time ( minutes ahead of NZST or NZDT) ANNUAL NZ NTM Broadcasts will include navigational and meteorological warnings, the situation and forecast for all New Zealand sea areas, and Coastal Reports for Shipping. e * broadcast will include all warnings in force and the coastal reports as at 000 NZST or NZDT (i.e. no situation or forecast information). Transmissions will be made simultaneously, but separately, for the North and South Islands on the working channels following a broadcast announcement call on VHF Channel. Vessels must then ensure they select the appropriate working channel based on their location at the time see paragraph of Annual New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No.. Coastal Navigational Warnings will be broadcast on all stations with the area of interest indicated by the sea area as a prefix. Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

240 MARITIME SAFETY INFORMATION DIAGRAM MAP NEW ZEALAND COASTAL FORECAST AREAS NOTE: Forecast areas extend to approximately 0 km (0 nautical miles) offshore o E o 0 E o o E 0 o S WAITEMATAATA HARBOUR R MANUKAU HARBOUR Bream Head BREAM HEAD to CAPE Cape COLVILLE Rodney HAURAKI GULF Orere Point (Rangipakihi) Needles Point Auckland Marine Areas Cape Barrier Cape Colville Tapu KAIPARA Muriwai Beach Cape Egmont North Cape (Otou) SEE INSET RAGLAN BRETT Bream Head COLVILLE PLENTY Great Mercury Island (Ahuahu) Cape Runaway o S o 0 S Kahurangi Point STEPHENS Farewell Spit Stephens Island (Takapourewa) a) PORTLAND o 0 S GREY ABEL COOK Kapiti Island Cape Palliser (Matakitakiakupe) CASTLEPOINT Cape rnagain Jackson Head CONWAY Cape Campbell Secretary Island MILFORD o S Long Point PUYSEGUR Rugged Islands FOVEAUX RANGITATA eraki CHALMERS Nugget Point Akaroa Head o S ANNUAL NZ NTM South st Cape / Puhiwaero o E o 0 E o o E 0 Image reproduced with the permission of the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

241 MARITIME SAFETY INFORMATION MAP Figure SN- fetynet NAV/METAREA XIV - POR NEW ZEALAND Transmission of: Burum LES through POR satellite NAV information: on receipt and repeated at scheduled broadcast times 000 and 0 UTC until cancelled for coastal and high seas warnings (POR) MET information: scheduled broadcast (POR) Warnings scheduled broadcast 00 (POR) Southern scheduled broadcast 00 (POR) btropic, Forties, Pacific & Islands Forecasts and warnings are for areas not covered by NAVTEX KEY: Limit of NAV/METAREA XIV Forecast areas Coverage Area for Oceanic ather Bulletins and Gale Warnings Coverage Area for Coastal Navigational Warnings and ather Bulletins Vessels must ensure that their Inmarsat C MES is configured to receive messages from the appropriate NAVAREA / METAREA in order to receive fetynet broadcast. V()SN- V00 /0/ E S 0 E 0 E N SUBTROPIC 0 S S FORTIES See diagram SN-/ for Broadcast schedules of fetynet Coastal Warning Areas N, D and R Z D 0 W ISLANDS S S SOUTHERN R PACIFIC W ANNUAL NZ NTM 0 Reception of fetynet New Zealand Coastal Navigational Warnings Vessels must ensure that the Inmarsat C MES is configured to receive messages from the coastal warning area appropriate to their intended voyage. e New Zealand coastal warning area Z as depicted in the diagram must be pre-selected by the operator. If vessel is inside Navarea XIV, enter the letter Z in the coastal warning settings. If vessel is outside Navarea XIV, select as an additional Navarea and enter the letter Z in the coastal warning settings. Full instructions on this procedure can be found in the manuals supplied by the MES manufacturers Image reproduced with the permission of the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Maritime New Zealand 0 ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

242 MARITIME SAFETY INFORMATION MAP ANNUAL NZ NTM WORLD-WIDE NAVIGATIONAL WARNING SERVICE NAVAREAS Image reproduced with the permission of the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

243 SHIPPING ROUTES AROUND THE NEW ZEALAND COAST GENERAL PROVISIONS fe Navigation Passage Planning. ere is an obligation on the master or skipper of a vessel, prior to proceeding to sea, to ensure that the intended vougage is planned. Development of a passage plan, and close and continuous monitoring of the vessel s progress and position during the execution of such a plan, are of essential importance for safety of life at sea, safety and efficiency of navigation and protection of the marine environment. It is recommended that shipowners standing instructions to their masters specifically state that safety of the ship and crew, the prevention of pollution and prevention of damage to the marine environment must always take precedence over commercial considerations. e New Zealand Maritime Transport Act, Part, Section Duties of Master states that the master shall be responsible for the safe operation of the ship, safety of cargo and safety and wellbeing of crew/passengers on voyage. He/she shall have the final authority to control the ship while in command. Master s Responsibility, Duty and Professional Judgement. e voluntary code (summarised at paragraph below) does not replace the obligations of the master to use judgement and discretion in light of the many factors which contribute to a safe passage, including: (a) e condition and manoeuvrability of the ship; (b) e taking into account of relevant ship s routeing systems such as the IMO approved ships routeing measures; (c) e anticipation of known navigational hazards; (d) Ensuring sufficient sea room for the safe passage of the ship; (e) e prevailing and expected weather conditions; (f) Experience; and (g) e safety and security of the ship and crew. In law, and under the safety management system established by the shipowner, the master has final authority for, and is free to exercise their professional judgement in, matters of safe navigation and protection of the marine environment. Systems Testing. International Chamber of Shipping s Bridge Procedures Guide, Part A, Guidance to Masters and Navigating Officers, Section... states: Operational checks on navigational equipment should be undertaken when preparing for sea and prior to port entry. After lengthy ocean passages and before entering restricted coastal waters, it is important also to check that full engine and steering manoeuvrability is available. It is also recommended that navigators follow the Bridge Checklists B and B of the above guide. ANNUAL NZ NTM Reporting Arrangements and mmoning Assistance. It is recommended that shipowners standing instructions to their masters: (a) Emphasise the need for immediate reporting to Maritime New Zealand (MNZ), through any coastal radio station or by calling Taupo Maritime Radio, of all situations which affect the safety of the ship or its navigation, or might lead to pollution. (b) (c) (d) Confirm the master s position as set out in the International Maritime Organization s International Convention on lvage, Article (): e master shall have the authority to conclude contracts for salvage operations on behalf of the owner of the vessel. e master or the owner of the vessel shall have the authority to conclude such contracts on behalf of the owner of the property on board the vessel. Note that masters are required to comply with MNZ's Marine Protection Rules Part which requires ships carrying oil or other harmful liquid substances in bulk, to give at least hours notice of arrival to the harbourmaster in that port, and to give notification of the types of cargo carried and its distribution on board. Operational transfers must be notified at least hours but not more than days before starting. Encourage them to report vessels breaching the voluntary code to MNZ. Authority: Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

244 SHIPPING ROUTES AROUND THE NEW ZEALAND COAST. Communications VHF Station Callsign Calling Working Channel* Channel* CAPE REINGA Maritime Radio KAITAIA Maritime Radio WHANGAREI Maritime Radio GREAT BARRIER Maritime Radio AUCKLAND Maritime Radio PLENTY Maritime Radio RUNAWAY Maritime Radio TOLOGA Maritime Radio TARANAKI Maritime radio CAPE EGMONT Maritime Radio NAPIER Maritime Radio WHANGANUI Maritime Radio WAIRARAPA Maritime Radio WELLINGTON Maritime Radio FAREWELL Maritime Radio D URVILLE Maritime radio PICTON Maritime Radio KAIKOURA Maritime radio WESTPORT Maritime radio GREYMOUTH Maritime Radio FOX Maritime Radio AKAROA Maritime Radio WAITAKI Maritime Radio FIORDLAND Maritime Radio CHALMERS Maritime Radio BLUFF Maritime Radio PUYSEGUR Maritime Radio STEWART ISLAND Maritime Radio CHATHAM ISLANDS Maritime Radio 0 (Chatham Island) (Pitt Island) * Channel is monitored /. Working channels monitored on request. HF/MF Station Callsign Voice Voice DSC Calling Working Calling Taupo Maritime Radio ZLM 0 no MF DSC (frequencies in khz) Maritime Operations Centre ( hours) Phone: or 000 Maritime (000 ) Fax: Inmarsat C: Answer Back MRNZ X maritime@kordia.co.nz ANNUAL NZ NTM Rescue Coordination Centre New Zealand ( hours) Phone: rccnz@maritimenz.govt.nz Authority: Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

245 SHIPPING ROUTES AROUND THE NEW ZEALAND COAST A VOLUNTARY CODE FOR SHIPS CARRYING OIL OR OTHER HARMFUL LIQUID SUBSTANCES IN BULK mmary. is voluntary code has been introduced to prevent or reduce the risk of pollution or other damage to the marine environment caused by ships carrying oil or other harmful liquid substances in bulk. If there is an oil pollution incident, the measures contained in this voluntary code will also allow more time to respond to such an incident, whilst causing least disruption to existing shipping routes. e code stresses the importance of: fe navigation at paragraph above; e shipmaster s duty to exercise discretion in particular circumstances at paragraph above; Prompt reporting to Maritime New Zealand when experiencing any difficulties, which could lead to pollution or other damage to the marine environment, and summoning of salvage assistance without delay at paragraphs and above; Observing regional routeing schemes at paragraphs and below. Scope. is voluntary code applies to ships carrying oil or other harmful liquid substances in bulk as defined in Annexes I and II of MARPOL / (International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution om Ships,). Its adoption by other vessels is welcomed. e Areas To Be Avoided at paragraphs and below apply to all vessels of the sizes specified. RECOMMENDED ROUTES AROUND THE NEW ZEALAND COAST General. Ships are to keep at least nautical miles off the land, any charted danger, or any outlying islands, until reaching a position where alteration is required to make port. Mariners travelling anticlockwise around New Zealand, ie with the North or South Islands on the port side, should consider keeping a further distance off, for example by. nautical miles in the vicinity of headlands such as North and East Capes to better manage potential shipping encounters. A greater distance off may be necessary in adverse on-shore weather, or if it is known that the ship has any mechanical deficiency that might impair the motive power or manoeuvrability. Note: All geographical positions are in terms of the WGS datum.. Recommended Approaches to New Zealand Ports ANNUAL NZ NTM Whangarei om the North Pass to the east of the Poor Knights Islands Mandatory Area to be Avoided (refer chart NZ ), thence midway through Parry Channel and thence to the Pilot Station. om the South Proceed through Colville and Jellicoe Channels keeping at least nautical miles off the land and thence to the Pilot Station. Auckland om the North Enter Hauraki Gulf / Tīkapa ana through Jellicoe Channel keeping at least nautical miles off land, thence at least nautical miles off Flat Rock, then pass through a point midway between Shearer Rock and e Noises (at least miles off Shearer Rock) before proceeding westwards to intercept the sector light at St Leonards beach and thence to the Pilot Station. om the East Enter Hauraki Gulf / Tīkapa ana through Colville Channel keeping to the north of Channel Islands and thence to the Pilot Station. Transiting between Auckland and Whangarei Vessels in transit between the pilot stations at Auckland and Whangarei, either north or southbound, should maintain a minimum distance of nautical miles from Shearer Rock, Flat Rock and Cape Rodney and pass midway between Paepae-o-Tū / Bream Tail and Taranga Island. Authority: Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

246 SHIPPING ROUTES AROUND THE NEW ZEALAND COAST Tauranga om the North Keep at least nautical miles off Mayor Island (hua) and thence to the Pilot Station. om the East Eastbound Keep at least nautical miles to the north of Volkner Rocks, thence nautical miles to the north of Astrolabe Reef (which breaks in all swell conditions and in fair weather appears like a boat) and thence to the Pilot Station. om the Pilot Station set course to pass nautical miles to the north of Astrolabe Reef passing abeam of Brewis Shoal (distance. nautical miles), thence keeping at least nautical miles north of Volkner Rocks. Gisborne om the North Proceed to the east of Ariel Bank keeping nautical miles off the charted dangers to the south-east of the bank, thence to a position. nautical miles due east of Young Nicks Head (Te Kuri) and thence to the Pilot Station. Alternatively Pass midway between Ariel Bank and nowai Rocks, thence at least nautical miles off aheni Point and thence to the Pilot Station. om the South Keep at least nautical miles off Kahutara Point (Table Cape) and thence to the Pilot Station. Napier om the North Keep at least nautical miles off any charted danger and thence to the Pilot and South Station. llington om the East Keep at least nautical miles off Cape Palliser / Matakitakiakupe and nautical miles off rakirae Head before proceeding to the designated pilot boarding station. Vessels are to keep well clear of the wave rider buoy ( nautical mile west of Baring Head / Ōrua-pouanu) and Arabella Rock (0. nautical north east of Baring Head / Ōrua-pouanu). om the st Departing vessels All departing vessels should note that: Pass midway between e Brothers and Fishermans Rock, thence at least nautical miles off Cape Terawhiti, thence at least nautical miles off Karori Rock. When abeam Sinclair Head / Te Rimurapa, vessels requiring a pilot should proceed directly to the designated pilot boarding area. Vessels not requiring a pilot may adjust course to join the leads no closer than nautical miles off the entrance (or greater in southerly weather). ch vessels should beware of departing vessels.. Vessels in-bound for pilotage are likely to be under instructions from a local pilot and will be approaching the designated boarding areas of either ALPHA, BRAVO or CHARLIE (or the supplementary bad weather boarding area of DELTA); and. Numerous ferries and other vessels exempt from pilotage are likely to be approaching from the west to a position on the leads not less than nautical miles south of the entrance; and. Vessels heading east are initially to head southward on the approximate line of the leads but avoiding conflict with vessels manoeuvring to pick up their pilot. ch vessels should maintain this course until clear of harbour limits and in a position to intersect the coastal course line between Baring Head / Ōrua-pouanu and Cape Palliser / Matakitakiakupe. Picton Pass midway between Cook and Walker Rocks at the entrance to Queen Charlotte Sound / Tōtaranui and thence to the Pilot Station. ANNUAL NZ NTM Nelson Keep at least nautical miles off Pitt Head and at least nautical miles off Pepin Island and thence to the Pilot Station. Lyttelton om the North Keep at least nautical miles off the land until approaching the Pilot Station. om the South Keep at least nautical miles off Steep Head, thence at least nautical miles off Long Lookout Point and thence to the Pilot Station. Authority: Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

247 SHIPPING ROUTES AROUND THE NEW ZEALAND COAST Timaru om the North Keep at least nautical miles off the land until reaching the Pilot Station. om the South Keep at least nautical miles off the land and at least nautical miles off hawaiki Point and thence to the Pilot Station. Otago Harbour om the North Keep at least nautical miles off the land until approaching the Pilot Station. om the South Keep at least nautical miles off Cape unders, thence at least nautical miles east of Taiaroa Head and thence to the Pilot Station. Bluff om the East Keep at least nautical miles off Slope Point, at least nautical miles off Waipapa Point, thence at least. nautical miles south of Dog Island and thence to the Pilot Station. om the st Keep at least nautical miles south of Raratoka Island (Centre Island) and thence to the Pilot Station. st Coast Stewart Island/ Rakiura om the South Keep at least nautical miles off e Knobbies, at least nautical miles off Rugged Islands and nautical miles off Bishop and Clerks Island. om there run a course to the Pilot Station at Bluff. East Coast Stewart Island/ Rakiura om the South Keep nautical miles off Breaksea Islands, thence at least nautical miles off Wreck Reef, thence on to a position at least nautical miles off Kanetetoe Island, thence on to a position at least nautical miles off Zero Rock. om Zero Rock plot a course to the Pilot Station at Bluff. New om the st Keep at least nautical miles off Cape Egmont, thence at least nautical miles Plymouth off the land, thence at least nautical miles off tumahanga (ddleback) and thence to the Pilot Station. om the North Keep at least nautical miles off the land until approaching the Pilot Station. ANNUAL NZ NTM Manukau Chatham Islands length Area om any direction from seaward, proceed to the Outer Manukau Pilotage Limit. Boarding/Disembarking position: 0.S.,.E. On approaching that position, contact with South Head Signal Station on Channel VHF will allow for the current bar transiting information to be communicated to the vessel. Complete information on mandatory notification and pilotage procedures are available from Ports of Auckland Limited (POAL). On transiting the bar proceed to the normal Manukau Harbour Pilot Boarding/Disembarking position: 0.S.,.E. An Area of Restricted Access has been established around the Chatham Islands. No large vessels (those 00 gross tons or greater, or 0 metres overall or greater) shall enter into, or remain within, the Chatham Islands of Restricted Access without the prior approval of the Harbourmaster (a fee may be charged). is restriction includes passage between Chatham Island and Pitt Island by transiting large vessels. It is recommended that any large vessel transiting the area remains nautical miles clear to the north of Chatham Island or nautical miles clear to the south of Pitt Island. Authority: Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

248 SHIPPING ROUTES AROUND THE NEW ZEALAND COAST IMO APPROVED SHIPS ROUTEING MEASURES. New Zealand currently has three areas which have been adopted by the IMO in relation to ships routeing measures. e IMO publication Ships Routeing contains the following definitions: (a) (b) Area to be avoided A routeing measure comprising an area with defined limits in which navigation is either particularly hazardous or it is exceptionally important to avoid casualties and which should be avoided by all ships, or certain classes of ship. Precautionary area A routeing measure comprising an area within defined limits where ships must navigate with particular caution and within which the direction of traffic flow may be recommended.. (a) Poor Knights Island is a mandatory area to be avoided by all vessels greater than metres length overall (with some exceptions). (b) (c) ree Kings Island is an area to be avoided by all vessels of 00 gross tons or more. An area off the st Coast of the North Island is a precautionary area. Detail on each of these areas follows: In the vicinity of the Poor Knights Islands Reference Charts: NZ, NZ, NZ, NZ, NZ, NZ, NZ In order to avoid the risk of pollution and damage to the environment of this sensitive area, all vessels greater than metres length overall (except as specified below) shall avoid the following area. e area bounded by a line connecting the following geographical positions is designated as a mandatory area to be avoided, the westward boundary of which is delineated by Mean High Water Springs...0S.,.0E...S.,.0E...0S., 0.0E...0S., 0.0E...0S., 0.E. Exceptions: e following exemptions are granted in respect of vessels entering the mandatory area to be avoided: All vessels of the Royal New Zealand Navy. e exemption granted in respect of the vessels of the Royal New Zealand Navy applies to any warship, naval auxiliary, other vessels or aircraft owned by a state and used, for the time being, only on government non-commercial service. All fishing vessels engaged in fishing operations. Barges under tow, provided the cargo is not oil or other harmful liquid substances as defined in Annexes I and II of MARPOL /. In the region of the Manawatāwhi / ree Kings Islands Reference Charts: NZ, NZ In order to avoid the risk of pollution and damage to the environment in the area around Manawatāwhi / ree Kings Islands (declared a Wildlife nctuary) ships of 00 gross tons or more should avoid the area bounded by a line connecting the following geographical positions:. 0.00S., 00.00E S.,.0E...0S.,.0E...0S., 00.00E. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

249 SHIPPING ROUTES AROUND THE NEW ZEALAND COAST Precautionary Area off the st Coast of the North Island of New Zealand Reference Charts: NZ (INT ), NZ (INT 0), NZ (INT ), NZ, NZ, NZ, NZ, NZ e precautionary area is defined by a line connecting the following geographical positions, the landward extent of which is determined by Mean High Water Springs (MHWS).. e charted line of MHWS at approximately.00s.,.0e...0s., 0.00E...00S., 0.00E S., 0.00E S.,.00E.. e charted line of MHWS at approximately.0s.,.0e. Note: All ships should navigate with particular caution in order to reduce the risk of a maritime casualty and resulting marine pollution in the precautionary area. Mariners are advised to refer to Annual New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No.. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

250 TSUNAMI WARNING SYSTEM Important Note: e contents of this notice are to be brought to the attention of all ships officers and crews. Background Tsunami is a series of waves resulting from undersea earthquakes, volcanic eruptions or landslides and those originating in any part of the Pacific may have serious effects upon shipping in New Zealand s waters. e attention of mariners is drawn to the Tsunamis section, Chapter of the Admiralty publication e Mariner s Handbook (NP0). Should an earthquake be felt whilst a vessel is at her berth the vessel should immediately have her engines placed on standby, be secured for sea and only essential personnel given access to the gangways. A continuous listening watch should also be maintained on vessels radios, refer to Paragraph below. ese steps should be taken whilst awaiting further instructions. Tsunami Warning System ese procedures have been formalised with Maritime New Zealand, Ministry of Civil Defence & Emergency Management (MCDEM), New Zealand Police, shipowners, port authorities, regional councils and harbourmasters. Inter-agency Communication. In the event of a potential threat of a tsunami approaching New Zealand, MCDEM will advise: (a) Each regional Civil Defence Emergency Management Group (CDEMG), and (b) e Rescue Coordination Centre New Zealand (RCCNZ). Note: For tsunami originating near New Zealand ( local source tsunami) timely advice by MCDEM may not be possible. e only warning may be an earthquake felt on board a vessel in the harbour. Each regional CDEMG via regional council and harbourmasters/port authorities will inform the mariner as quickly as possible. Port authorities would likely take their own precautions as per their Emergency Operating Procedures. RCCNZ via Maritime Radio will provide Coastal Navigational Warnings. Diagram.: Inter-agency Communication in a Tsunami event Vessels Inshore Vessels at Sea MCDEM Regional CDEMG/ Regional Council RCCNZ Harbourmasters/Port Companies Coastal Navigational Warnings Local Navigational Warnings For more information on navigational warnings, see Annual New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No.. ANNUAL NZ NTM Instructions to Vessels Inshore Local Navigational Warnings. Warning Types (a) Verbal: Vessels will be advised verbally by the harbourmaster. (b) Sound signal: e signal to be given to warn vessels in harbour to take action is a series of five prolonged blasts. In some ports this signal will be made by sirens (on instructions from the CDEMG), which will be situated in positions from which the signal may be heard at all points in the harbours. Authority: Ministry of Civil Defence & Emergency Management ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

251 TSUNAMI WARNING SYSTEM Following this signal harbourmasters will take full control of all shipping operations in their area and masters are asked to give their unreserved cooperation. Table.: Warning Type by Port Auckland Akaroa Bluff Chatham Islands Dunedin Gisborne Greymouth Kaikoura Lyttelton Marsden Point Napier Nelson Onehunga Verbal Signal Opua (Bay of Islands) Picton Port Chalmers Port Taranaki Tarakohe Harbour (Port Golden Bay) Tauranga Timaru stport llington Whakatane Whanganui Sound Signal Kaingaroa, Owenga, Waitangi (Chatham Island) Keeping Radio Watch following the Warning. On arrival in port, masters will be advised by the harbourmaster as to which frequency is to be guarded in the event of an alert. On hearing these warnings, masters are to set radio watches (wherever possible, both Radio Telephony (R/T) and VHF if fitted, are to be guarded). ese watches are to be maintained until the threat is declared over by the same authority that issued the original advice. All further instructions will be passed by radio. e following table shows frequencies available to ships R/T and VHF. Table.: equencies to Guard by Port Port Call Sign VHF Channels Call, then (main channel in bold) ANNUAL NZ NTM Akaroa Akaroa Harbour Control (not hours) Auckland Auckland Harbour Control Bay of Islands Russell Radio Bluff Bluff Harbour Radio, Dunedin Otago Harbour Control,, Gisborne Gisborne Harbour Radio Greymouth Greymouth Harbour Radio,, (not hours) Kaikoura Kaikoura Harbour Control and as directed (not hours) Lyttelton Lyttelton Harbour Radio, Marsden Point Whangarei Harbour Radio Napier Napier Harbour Radio Nelson Nelson Harbour Radio Onehunga Auckland Harbour Control Picton Picton Harbour Radio Port Chalmers Otago Harbour Control,, Port Taranaki New Plymouth Harbour Radio, Tauranga Tauranga Port Radio Timaru Timaru Harbour Radio llington llington Harbour Radio stport stport Harbour Radio ZMH Whanganui Whanganui Harbour Radio ZMH only Authority: Ministry of Civil Defence & Emergency Management 0 ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

252 TSUNAMI WARNING SYSTEM Ordering Vessels to Sea. In certain cases it may be necessary for the harbourmaster to order vessels to sea to avoid serious damage being caused to ships and harbour structures by strong wave action in their harbours. Mariners are to advise harbourmasters whenever it is intended to carry out engine maintenance which will immobilise their vessels. It should be appreciated that the time available for action after receiving the alert signal may be as long as hours or as brief as minutes, depending on the origin of the tsunami. Instructions to Vessels at Sea Coastal Navigational Warnings. In the case of vessels at sea when a warning of an approaching tsunami is received, advice will be given by the existing navigational warning system. ese warnings may include instructions for ships immediate movements. It should be noted that the risk of tsunami for vessels at sea is much less (in most cases none) than inshore or in harbour. Request to all Vessels to Provide Assistance. Should a disaster occur ashore, all vessels in port or at sea in New Zealand waters may be called upon to provide assistance at the request of the authorities: (a) Providing temporary shelter and food for homeless civilians; (b) Providing rations, water, fuel, and power to local authorities; (c) Evacuating civilians to another port; (d) Providing radio communications; (e) Providing firefighting parties and first aid assistance ashore. Harbourmasters will coordinate with masters what assistance each ship in port is able to provide. Ships at sea will be contacted by the normal communications system. For further information see: Title search National Tsunami Advisory and Warning Plan. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Ministry of Civil Defence & Emergency Management ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

253 NEW ZEALAND MARITIME BOUNDARIES Introduction. In accordance with international law as reflected in the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea of (UNCLOS), New Zealand legislation establishes, and regulates activities within, a territorial sea, contiguous zone, exclusive economic zone and continental shelf in the maritime area surrounding New Zealand. e principal legislation relating to these areas is the Territorial Sea, Contiguous Zone and Exclusive Economic Zone Act, the Continental Shelf Act, the Fisheries Act, and the Exclusive Economic Zone and Continental Shelf (Environmental Effects) Act 0. Other New Zealand legislation also has specific application in whole or in part to some of these maritime zones.. e territorial sea is the belt of sea adjacent to the coast out to a distance of nautical miles from prescribed baselines over which New Zealand, as the coastal state, has the same rights of sovereignty that it exercises over its land territory subject to the right of innocent passage (and transit passage through any straits used for international navigation) of ships of other states. Innocent passage excludes fishing activities.. e contiguous zone is a zone of nautical miles beyond the territorial sea in which New Zealand, as the coastal state, may take action to prevent or punish any infringement of its customs, fiscal, immigration or sanitary laws and regulations applicable within its land territory or territorial sea.. e exclusive economic zone (EEZ) is a zone extending from the outer limits of the territorial sea to a distance of 00 nautical miles from the baselines of the territorial sea in which New Zealand, as the coastal state, has sovereign rights over the living and non living resources of the sea and seabed and other states have certain freedoms, including the freedoms of navigation and overflight.. e continental shelf is the seabed and subsoil of the submarine areas that extend beyond the territorial sea of a coastal state throughout the natural prolongation of its land territory to the outer edge of the continental margin. In New Zealand s case the continental margin extends beyond the EEZ in many places and the outer limits have been established on the basis of the recommendations of the United Nations Commission on the Limits of the Continental Shelf. Under UNCLOS, New Zealand exercises sovereign rights over the continental shelf for the purpose of exploring it and exploiting its natural resources. e diagram at the end of this Notice depicts the boundaries of the above zones, including, where applicable, the delimitation of the boundaries of the EEZ and continental shelf with Australia under the treaty of July 00. e outer limits of the New Zealand Extended Continental Shelf (ECS) north of New Zealand are subject to the delimitation of boundaries with relevant countries. Baseline of the Territorial Sea and EEZ. e baseline from which the breadth of the New Zealand Territorial Sea and EEZ is measured is the low water line around the coast of New Zealand and off lying islands, and straight baselines across the natural entrance points of bays (not exceeding nautical miles), estuaries and inlets to join points on the low water line. Official Charts. e Territorial Sea, Contiguous Zone and Exclusive Economic Zone Act provides that for the purpose of the Act the line of low water for any area depicted on charts published under the authority of Land Information New Zealand shall be sufficient evidence of the low water mark. e outer limits of the New Zealand Territorial Sea and EEZ are indicated on the small scale chart series. e outer limits of the Territorial Sea are also indicated on the coastal chart series. ANNUAL NZ NTM Maritime Boundary Downloads. e New Zealand Maritime Boundaries described above are available in Shape file format from or from the LINZ Data Service at Shape files are in terms of WGS. Where maritime boundaries or outer limits are downloaded, reproduced, derived or copied from LINZ material, the following acknowledgement note should be shown on any product or associated media: Sourced from Land Information New Zealand data. Crown Copyright Reserved. Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Ministry for Primary Industries, Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

254 NEW ZEALAND MARITIME BOUNDARIES Policing the Zone. Aircraft of the Royal New Zealand Air Force and ships of the Royal New Zealand Navy are frequently engaged in surveillance activities in New Zealand s fisheries waters. e aircraft may illuminate or contact a vessel without notice. All commercial fishing vessels are required to set watch on HF SSB frequency khz or VHF channel when approached by a New Zealand Government ship or aircraft, and must reply when called. Note: Other vessels can also assist in surveillance work by reporting suspected infringements of the Territorial Sea and EEZ. Refer to paragraph below. Infringements Foreign Fishing Vessels. Infringements in the nautical mile Territorial Sea include: (a) Trawling by any vessel over metres; (b) Fishing by any foreign vessel; and (c) Fishing in closed areas. Note: Under certain conditions foreign vessels may be permitted to fish within the EEZ operating under a specific licence for a limited period. Domestic Fishing Vessels. Infringements in the nautical mile Territorial Sea include: (a) Trawling by any vessel over metres; (b) Fishing in closed areas and seasons; and (c) Fishing using restricted or illegal methods. Reporting spected Infringements. Reports of suspected infringements should be made to the Ministry for Primary Industries National Communications Centre, llington, without delay by telephone: 000 POACHER (000 ) or info@mpi.govt.nz. As much of the following information as possible should be given: (a) Date and time of sighting; (b) Position of sighting (latitude and longitude to nearest second if possible); (c) Method of position fix; (d) Description of vessel including type, name, callsign and any registration numbers; (e) Direction and speed of vessel; and (f) Activity observed (i.e. fishing, steaming, etc). If possible photographs should be taken and a written report made. Reporting vessels should not attempt to apprehend suspect vessels as they may be operating under a special licence. To report any other suspicious or illegal activities, call 000 POACHER (000 ) immediately. For further information on regulations please contact your nearest Ministry for Primary Industries office, see: ANNUAL NZ NTM Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Ministry for Primary Industries, Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

255 NEW ZEALAND MARITIME BOUNDARIES NEW ZEALAND S EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE AND NEW ZEALAND'S EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE AND EXTENDED CONTINENTAL SHELF BOUNDARIES EXTENDED CONTINENTAL SHELF BOUNDARIES o E o E o o W o S Norfolk Island Kermadec Islands Raoul Island o S Lord Howe Island LvEsperance Rock _ Manawatawhi ree Kings Islands o RR S o RR S Chatham Islands Snares Islands Tini Heke Bounty Islands ANNUAL NZ NTM o O S Macquarie Island Auckland Islands Campbell Island tu Ihupuku Antipodes Island Exclusive Economic Zone Boundary ZEEZ( Extended Continental Shelf Boundary ZECS( o O S Other Statesv EEZs o o E E o o W Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Ministry for Primary Industries, Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

256 SUBMARINE CABLES AND PIPELINES Caution against Anchoring and Fishing in the Vicinity. Mariners are warned that every care should be taken to avoid anchoring or fishing in the vicinity of submarine cables or pipelines, even though there may be no specific prohibitions against doing so. Damaging an under-sea pipeline or cable would rate as a national disaster and very severe criminal penalties may apply. In addition the vessel which has fouled an underwater feature could be exposed to extreme explosion or electrocution risks. Symbols used on Charts. Cables, cable protected areas, pipelines and pipeline protected areas are shown on charts in magenta using the appropriate symbol. Mariners should note the Caution on charts which have these symbols.. bmarine cables are shown as wavy lines, submarine cable protected areas may be shown bounded by pecked lines or by dashed T-shaped lines interspersed with a short section of the wavy cable symbol.. bmarine pipelines are shown as a pecked line using a bulbous type symbol with an annotation such as gas, chem, oil. Disused pipelines will be shown with an interrupted pecked line. Legislation. e relevant legislation: (a) bmarine Cables and Pipelines Protection Act ; (b) bmarine Cables and Pipelines Protection Order 00 Amendment (Pohokura Gas Field Development) Order 0; (c) bmarine Cables and Pipelines Protection (i Area Development) Order 00; (d) bmarine Cables and Pipelines Protection (Kupe Gas Project) Order 00; (e) bmarine Cables and Pipelines Protection (Maari Development) Order 00; (f) bmarine Cables and Pipelines Protection Order 00; and (g) bmarine Cables and Pipelines Protection Order 00 Amendment (Area- Cook Strait) Order 0.. Further information on the legislation can be obtained from: Ministry of Transport Transpower New Zealand PO Box PO Box, Edgeware llington Christchurch New Zealand New Zealand Phone: eephone: 000 THE GRID (000 ) Fax: + 00 Phone: (business hours) Fax: 000 Danger Involved in Cutting to Clear Anchors or Fishing Gear. In the event of fouling a submarine cable, the anchor and gear should be slipped and abandoned without attempting to cut the cable. High voltages are present in submarine cables other than power transmission cables and serious risk exists of loss of life or severe burns from electric shock if any attempt to cut the cable is made. No claim in respect of injury or damage sustained through such interference with a submarine cable will be entertained.. In the event of fouling a pipeline, the anchor or gear should be slipped and abandoned without attempting to get it clear. Any excessive force applied to the pipeline could result in a rupture; in the case of a gas pipeline the consequential release of gas at high pressure like an explosion could cause severe damage or loss of the vessel. ere would be an accompanying severe and immediate fire hazard. Claims as a Result of Loss of Gear. In order to afford greater protection to submarine cables and pipelines, and to avoid extensive repairs and disruption of communication or supplies, the attention of mariners, and particularly fishermen, is drawn to Section of the bmarine Cables and Pipelines Protection Act. is section entitles the owner of a ship from which an anchor, net, or any fishing gear has been sacrificed (to avoid damaging a submarine cable or pipeline), to be indemnified for any loss by the owner of the cable or pipeline, provided cautionary measures have been taken beforehand. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Maritime New Zealand, Spark, Transpower ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

257 SUBMARINE CABLES AND PIPELINES. To establish a claim to such indemnification, the following actions must be carried out: (a) A statement supported by the evidence of the crew, should, wherever possible, be drawn up immediately after the occurrence, and the master must, within hours after return to, or next putting into port, make a declaration to the proper authorities. e latter shall communicate the information to the consular authorities of the country to which the owner of the cable belongs. (b) (c) e declaration must give the full particulars of the occurrence and should be made to a Maritime fety Inspector. Vessels required to carry official log books should also enter details in the log. Defence against Prosecution. It is a defence to any prosecution under Section of the bmarine Cables and Pipelines Protection Act to prove that the breakage or injury to a submarine cable or pipeline was caused by persons acting with the sole object of saving their life or their ships after having taken all the necessary precautions to avoid the damage.. It is also a defence under Section of this act if anchoring in any protected or restricted area was necessary for the purpose of saving life or a ship in distress. Protected Areas under the Act Greater Auckland Area. A number of international submarine cables come ashore in the Auckland area. ese cables supply International telecommunications for both New Zealand and Australia to the rest of the world. See following page for specific information on submarines cables and the cable protection areas. Cook Strait bmarine Cable Protection Zone (CPZ). e CPZ protects vital submarine electricity and telecommunication links between the North and South Islands. ere are severe restrictions on activities carried out within the CPZ under current legislation. (a) See information at the end of this Notice for specific information on the CPZ. (b) Mariners are advised to consult the publication Cook Strait bmarine Cable Protection Zone, which is downloadable from (c) Towage through the CPZ: Mariners engaged in towing through the CPZ must be aware of the depth of their towline. Towlines dragging across the exposed submarine cables are likely to cause damage and may result in the failure of a submarine cable. Other Protected Areas. Other areas given protection under the First Schedule of the bmarine Cables and Pipelines Protection Order 00 are cable and pipeline installations off Oaonui, Great Barrier Island (Aotea Island), Hauraki Gulf, Kawau Island, Taharoa, Whangaparaoa Peninsula, Hawke Bay and Maui A and Maui B. Mariners and fishermen are advised to consult the current charts of these areas for further information. ANNUAL NZ NTM IMPORTANT NOTE: Mariners should be aware that, in order for tugs to keep towlines clear of submarine cables they may not be able to reduce speed when transiting cable protection zone/areas. Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Maritime New Zealand, Spark, Transpower ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

258 catch fish...not cables ere are a number of international submarine cables which come ashore in the Auckland area. ese cables supply international communications for both New Zealand and Australia to the rest of the world. New Zealand is a very isolated nation and as such is extremely reliant upon global communication via submarine cables. Here in New Zealand over % of all international communication is carried via submarine fibre optic cables. ese cables are a key component of New Zealand s infrastructure and play a significant role in our everyday lives, the general economy and future growth of New Zealand. ese cables are laid in three submarine cable corridors in the greater Auckland area where anchoring and fishing is prohibited under the bmarine Cables & Pipelines Protection Act. ese areas are: Muriwai Beach out to the mile territorial limit where both anchoring and fishing is prohibited. Scott Point to Island Bay in the upper Waitemata Harbour where anchoring is prohibited. Takapuna Beach this runs from Takapuna Beach in the south to just north of the Hen & Chicken Island (opposite Taiharuru Head) where anchoring and fishing is prohibited. Note: ese protected areas are monitored by sea and air patrols. Symbols Relating To bmarine Cables Figure. bmarine cable bmarine cable area Anchoring prohibited Fishing prohibited ese are some of the penalties A maximum fine of $0,000 for a non-commercial vessel. A maximum fine of $, 0000 for a comme A maximum fine of $0,000 for damaging a submarine cable. Additional to the fine for damage, the cable owners would inevitably pursue the recover of costs associated with repairs, this could be up to $0,000 plus a day; a typical repair can take up to two weeks (around $ million). Be Aware ese International submarine cables carry up to,000 volts to power the system repeaters along the cable. Kaitaia For more detail refer to appropriate marine charts. Bay of Islands Kerikeri Russell To download Spark Undersea Cable Awareness Charts visit: boaties.co.nz/useful-info/cables-underwater.html What should you do? If you are going into any of these areas, be sure to check your marine charts and/or GPS plotter so you know the exact locations of the prohibited zones. e relevant charts are NZ, NZ, NZ, NZ, NZ, NZ and NZ. e symbols used to mark the zones are detailed in Figure. If you suspect you have snagged your anchor or fishing gear on a submarine cable in one of these areas, don t try to free it. Note your position, abandon your gear, then call 000. Kaikohe Dargaville WHANGAREI Kawakawa Kaipara Harbour Hikurangi Poor Knights Is. Marotere Is. Hen & Chicken Is. llsford e Pinnacles Flat Rock ANCHORING AND FISHING PROHIBITED ZONE Little Barrier Is. kohinau Is. Great Barrier Is. What happens outside the prohibited areas? ese cables are covered by the bmarine Cables and Pipelines Protection Act regardless of whether they are inside or outside a prohibited area. Beyond the confines of the anchoring and fishing prohibited areas, the cables are clearly marked on the appropriate marine charts. Considering possible positioning inaccuracies and repaired cable section deviations, fishermen are advised to keep a minimum distance of one nautical mile from either side of charted cables. Note this number: For any queries regarding submarine cables call: 000 ANCHORING AND FISHING PROHIBITED ZONE Muriwai Piha Whangaparoa Peninsula Takapuna Papatoetoe Manukau Harbour Waiuku Kawau Is. Tiritiri Matangi Is. AUCKLAND Rangitoto Is. Manurewa Papakura Pukekohe Hauraki Gulf. Waiheke Is. C.Colville ames Coromandel Peninsula Mercury Is. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Maritime New Zealand, Spark, Transpower ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

259 Cook Strait Cable ProteCtion Zone Transpower s submarine 0,000 volt power cables and fibre optic telecommunication cables, lie on the seabed within the Cook Strait Cable Protection Zone (CPZ). ese cables are vital to New Zealand s electricity and communications systems, and to New Zealand s economy. South island Coo Strait CA PTCTN ZN anchoring and FiSHinG ProHibiteD north island For a vessel of any size, FiSHinG and anchoring are illegal WitHin the CPZ. Under the bmarine Cables and Pipelines Protection Act, having any equipment that may be used for fishing or anchoring deployed over the side of a vessel in the CPZ, is considered to be a fishing or anchoring operation (whether or not such equipment is fully deployed). ANNUAL NZ NTM What should you do? If you are going to be in or near the CPZ, check your charts to ensure you know the exact location of the CPZ. e relevant charts include NZ, NZ, NZ, NZ and NZ. if YoU SnaG YoUr anchor or FiSHinG equipment on a Cable, Do not try to ee it. It is recommended that you record your position, abandon your gear and advise Transpower and the CPZ patrol vessel immediately. Penalties Penalties for illegal activity apply to both the owner and master of the vessel concerned. Maximum fines are (a) $0,000 for fishing or anchoring in the CPZ, (commercial vessel) or $0,000 (non-commercial vessel), and (b) $0,000 for damaging a submarine cable (wilfully or negligently). e Court may also order forfeiture of the vessel or other property used to commit an offence. Transpower can also take legal action to recover repair costs, which may exceed $0-$0 million. Patrols e CPZ is patrolled by both patrol vessel (VHF channel and 0 ) and helicopter. Further information For CPZ co-ordinates and minor exceptions to the prohibition against fishing in small and specific areas near shore, please refer to the Cook Strait bmarine Cable Protection Zone booklet which is downloadable from alternatively you can call us on 000 THE GRID or 000 Catch fish... not cables Disclaimer: e information on this page is not intended as legal advice and should not be taken as such. Authorities: Land Information New Zealand, Maritime New Zealand, Spark, Transpower ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

260 AMMUNITION DUMPING IN THE WATERS AROUND NEW ZEALAND. Before the present regulations establishing five ammunition dumping areas in depths over 00 metres were brought into force in, it was the practice to dump ammunition in any suitable area off the New Zealand coast adjacent to the loading point providing the depth was greater than 00 metres.. Ammunition has been found inside the 00 metre depth contour line, especially in the Hauraki Gulf / Tīkapa ana area and in waters around the Hen and Chicken Islands ( S., E. approx). e area within cables of the shores of the Hen and Chicken Islands is potentially dangerous.. e areas referred to in paragraph above are defined as being within a radius of nautical miles of the following positions: (a) 0 S., 0 E. (b) S., 0 E. (c) S., 0 E. (d) S., 00 E. (e) 00 S., E.. A disused explosive dumping ground area exists in Hauraki Gulf / Tīkapa ana between Tiritiri Matangi Island and e Noises in position S., E.. e areas are shown on the appropriate charts. Authority: Royal New Zealand Navy SEISMIC AND OTHER SURVEYS. Seismic and other surveys are occasionally undertaken off the New Zealand coast in connection with hydrocarbon exploration. It is seldom practical to publish details of the areas of operation except in general terms and vessels carrying out surveys may be encountered without warning. ree types of surveys are practiced: (a) Seismic reflection surveys is is by far the most common form of operation. e survey vessel tows one or more multichannel receiver cables up to km in length at a depth of a few metres, with the end marked by a tail buoy and radar reflector. e seismic energy source is usually an array of airguns mounted below large marker buoys and towed immediately behind the vessel. e cable and airgun arrays may have a lateral extent of a hundred metres or more. rvey speed is typically - knots. (b) (c) Seismic refraction surveys (i) Single vessel operation: e seismic vessel tows a conventional source array (e.g. airguns) away from a stationary sonobuoy. e buoy contains an amplifier and radio transmitter which transmits the received signals to a shipboard recorder. In the rare case of long range (0 0 nautical miles) experiments, explosive charges may be used. (ii) Two vessel operation: One vessel tows a conventional reflection acquisition system (generally a cable of. nautical miles in length) away from another vessel at a fixed location firing a source array. Electromagnetic surveys Another type of survey uses controlled source electromagnetic technology. e survey vessel deploys receiver stations along the survey lines, and then traverses the lines at approximately knots towing a cable several hundred metres long with a transmitter near the sea floor.. rvey vessels generally carry the signals described in Rules (a), (a) and (b) and (c) of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea. (a) ey may also show the signals PO and IR (International Code): *IR (India Romeo) I am engaged in submarine work (underwater operations). Keep clear of me and go slow. * e use of this signal does not relieve any vessel from compliance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea,. PO (Papa Oscar) You should pass ahead of me (or vessel indicated). (b) e shooting vessel may display signal B (International Code) or at night a single red light in addition. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Maritime New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

261 SEISMIC AND OTHER SURVEYS. rvey vessels are unable to manoeuvre freely and masters should therefore give them a wide berth of at least. km.. Refraction survey vessels occasionally keep radio silence if charges are fired by radio so as to avoid uncontrolled firings. Vessels being called by light by a survey vessel should therefore answer by the same means and not by radio or radiotelephone.. Further information can be found in Chapter of the Admiralty publication, e Mariner s Handbook (NP0). Authority: Maritime New Zealand OIL RIGS AND GAS PRODUCTION PLATFORMS Main Areas of Activity. Petroleum exploration rigs and gas and oil production platforms may be encountered off the New Zealand coast. At present, the main areas of activity are off the North Island s st Coast. is area is designated by the International Maritime Organisation (IMO) as a Precautionary Area. Reference Charts: NZ (INT ), NZ (INT 0), NZ (INT ), NZ, NZ, NZ, NZ and NZ. Precautionary Area. All ships should navigate with particular caution in order to reduce the risk of a maritime casualty and the resulting marine pollution. e Precautionary Area is defined by a line connecting the following geographical positions, the landward extent of which is determined by Mean High Water Springs (MHWS): (a) e charted line of MHWS at approximately.00s.,.0e. (b).0s., 0.00E. (c).00s., 0.00E. (d) S., 0.00E. (e) 0.00S.,.00E. (f) e charted line of MHWS at approximately.0s.,.0e. ANNUAL NZ NTM Navigational Hazards in Precautionary Area. e navigational hazards within the Precautionary Area comprise: (a) Maui gas/condensate field westward of Cape Egmont: two manned platforms, with a subsea pipeline to shore; (b) Pohokura gas field northward of Cape Egmont: unmanned production platform connected by subsea pipeline to onshore processing facilities; (c) (d) (e) Maari oil field south-westward of Cape Egmont: normally unmanned oil production platform and manned Floating Production Storage and Offloading vessel (FPSO) serviced by offtake tankers; i oil field westward of Cape Egmont: subsea wells and manned FPSO serviced by offtake tankers; and Kupe gas/condensate field southwards of Cape Egmont: unmanned production platform with subsea pipeline to onshore processing facilities. Legislation/Regulations. Each surface installation is protected by a 00 metre radius fety Zone and a Protected Area for subsurface installations and pipelines. See Annual New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No., paragraph for relevant legislation. For FPSOs, the baseline for the 00 metre fety Zone is a circle described by the outer extent of movement around the mooring system (not including offtake tankers). Entry into these fety Zones is prohibited to all except authorised vessels. A fine of up to NZ$,000 may be imposed for navigating within the fety Zones. e following regulations apply: (a) Continental Shelf (Maui A fety Zone) Regulations ; (b) Continental Shelf (Maui B fety Zone) Regulations ; (c) Continental Shelf (Pohokura Platform B fety Zone) Regulations 00; (d) Continental Shelf (Kupe llhead Platform fety Zone) Regulations 00; Authorities : Maritime New Zealand, Land Information New Zealand 0 ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

262 OIL RIGS AND GAS PRODUCTION PLATFORMS (e) Continental Shelf (Umuroa Installation fety Zone) Regulations 00; and (f) Continental Shelf (Maari Development fety Zones) Regulations 00. Keeping a fe Margin of Distance. When navigating in the vicinity of production platforms and exploration rigs, an adequate safe margin of distance should be allowed. Where there is sufficient sea room, vessels should keep at least nautical miles clear of these installations. Due allowance should always be given to prevailing weather conditions and the possibility of engine, steering or other mechanical failure. Mariners should be mindful of regular FPSO offtake operations involving ships of up to,000 deadweight tonnage (DWT) at the i and Maari oil fields. e combined length of an FPSO and offtake tanker is some 0m. ANCHORING AND FISHING IN THE VICINITY OF THE PERMANENT INSTALLATIONS IS PROHIBITED For more information, see New Zealand Notice to Mariners, No.. Importance of Keeping Charts Up-to-Date. e positions of the permanent oil and gas installations, submarine pipelines, together with the safety zones and prohibited anchoring and fishing areas, are shown on appropriate New Zealand charts. e positions of exploration rigs that change their location from time to time are promulgated in New Zealand Coastal Navigational Warnings and fortnightly editions of New Zealand Notices to Mariners. Mariners should ensure that their charts and navigational warning information is up-to-date at all times. Authorities: Maritime New Zealand, Land Information New Zealand A NON-INTERFERENCE ZONES AROUND PETROLEUM AND MINERAL EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION ACTIVITIES. e Chief Executive of the Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment can specify a non-interference zone around prospecting, exploration, or mining activities that are authorised under a permit granted under the Crown Minerals Act.. It is an offence to enter a non-interference zone without reasonable excuse. A fine of up to $,000 may be imposed for doing so. Enforcement officers can: (a) Arrest people entering, or attempting to enter, a zone; (b) Prevent ships or people entering a zone; (c) Stop and detain a ship in a zone; and (d) Remove ships or people from a zone.. e zone is specified by a notice published in a fortnightly edition of New Zealand Notices to Mariners.. A notice will specify: (a) e activity to which the non-interference zone relates; (b) e locality of the activity; (c) e area of the non-interference zone (which can be up to 00 metres from the outer edge of the structure or ship, or any attached equipment, to which the activities relates); and (d) e time period for which the notice takes effect.. e non-interference zone can be applied within the territorial sea or the exclusive economic zone, or on or above the continental shelf.. e relevant sections of the Crown Minerals Act are Sections A to C.. Under Section B() a person also commits an offence if the person intentionally damages or interferes with any structure or ship, or attached equipment, that is used in relation to offshore prospecting, exploration, or mining operations. A non-interference zone does not apply to this offence. An individual convicted of this offence is liable to imprisonment of up to months or a fine of up to $0,000; a company is liable for a fine of up to $0,000. ANNUAL NZ NTM Authority: Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

263 POSITIONS OF NAVIGATIONAL LIGHTS ON SHIPS OF THE ROYAL NEW ZEALAND NAVY Certain warships cannot comply fully with the requirements of the International Maritime Organization s International Regulations for the Prevention of Collision at Sea (IRPCS) (as adopted by Maritime New Zealand s Maritime Rules Part ) with regards to the number and positioning of lights. However, these warships comply as closely as possible in accordance with IRPCS Rules (c) and (e). Some vessels of 0 metres in length or over, due to their special construction, cannot be fitted with a second masthead light, or may have such lights placed in positions that differ from those normally associated with a ship of that size. Authority: Maritime New Zealand SATELLITE DERIVED POSITIONS Please also refer to: Chapter of the Admiralty publication e Mariner s Handbook (NP0). e Global Positioning System (GPS) is one of a number of Global Navigation tellite Systems (GNSS) that are either fully operational or are in the process of being developed. is notice is specific to the use of GPS. If another GNSS such as GLONASS, Galileo or BeiDou is being used the user should seek advice as to the significance of the issues detailed below relative to that system. Status. e Global Positioning System (GPS) constellation is complete and available for civil use. GPS has a baseline constellation of satellites, but up to satellites may be operational at one time.. Mariners are advised to use GPS with the same caution they apply to other aids to navigation and to ensure that positions are checked by all available means. ANNUAL NZ NTM Derived Positions and Charts. GPS is referenced to the World Geodetic System (WGS ) datum. is datum relates positions on the Earth s surface, or in space, to a mathematically defined figure, in this case the WGS spheroid (often referred to as an ellipsoid), which is used to approximate, or to model, the complex shape of the Earth. Its origin is the Earth s centre of mass and it provides positional reference throughout the world. WGS is referred to as a global, geocentric geodetic datum. e current New Zealand Geodetic Datum 000 is an example of a geocentric datum that is closely aligned with WGS.. Some local or regional geodetic datums, such as the obsolete New Zealand Geodetic Datum, use different, non-geocentric, spheroids which provide close approximation to the shape of the Earth over a selected area but become progressively less accurate beyond that region. It is essential that the datum to which positions are referred is compatible with the datum used for the chart on which the position is to be plotted.. Charts referred to the WGS datum enable GPS positions derived in terms of WGS to be plotted directly. Note that the user must ensure that the GPS unit is set to display coordinates in terms of WGS.. Some Pacific Island charts are referred to a datum other than WGS datum. e SATELLITE DERIVED POSITIONS note provides latitude and longitude shift values which enable GPS-derived positions to be adjusted before plotting on the chart.. For some remaining Pacific Island charts the satellite derived position shift cannot be determined. st of these charts have a SATELLITE DERIVED POSITIONS note stating this. ese are charts for which insufficient details of the horizontal datum are known. It is important to note that in the worst cases, such as isolated oceanic islands or charts of great antiquity, chart latitude and longitude may be several kilometres different from those derived from GPS. Internal positional discrepancies in such charts are the result of horizontal control inconsistencies within, and between, sources of data used in their compilation. ese discrepancies MAY BE SIGNIFICANT TO NAVIGATION. Mariners are therefore advised to make greater use of classical methods of observational position fixing when close to the shore or navigating in the vicinity of dangers. e relative positions of features may be more reliable for navigation than the use of unadjusted satellite derived positions on a chart whose horizontal datum cannot be defined. Chart Scale. Positions plotted on, or extracted from a chart will contain an element of imprecision related to the scale of the chart. us, for example, at a scale of :00,000, a chart user who is capable of plotting to a precision of 0. millimetres must appreciate that this represents approximately 0 metres on the ground. However the same plotting precision on a chart at scale :,000 represents about metres on the ground.. us a datum shift of, say, metres would not be plottable at the smaller scale in the example (the chart could effectively be said to be on WGS ) but would be plottable (and therefore significant) at the larger scale. is explains why in cases where the datum is undefined and unlikely to be significantly different to WGS, some Pacific Island small and medium scale approach charts are referenced to the WGS, while the horizontal datum is undefined on the associated larger scale port plans. Authority : Land Information New Zealand ANNUAL NZ NOTICES TO MARINERS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

264 MARITIME CONTACTS Port Operators... Harbourmasters... Maritime New Zealand Offices... Useful bsites... MARITIME CONTACTS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0 MARITIME CONTACTS

265 PORT OPERATORS Port/Region Port Operator/bsite Contact Telephone Facsimile AUCKLAND AND Ports of Auckland PO Box, Auckland ONEHUNGA info@poal.co.nz Manukau Signal Station Manukau Heads Road RD, Waiuku + BLUFF South Port NZ Ltd. PO Box, Bluff + + CHATHAM ISLANDS Chatham Islands Ports Ltd PO Box Chatham Islands reception@cietrust.co.nz DUNEDIN AND PORT CHALMERS Port Otago Ltd. PO Box, Port Chalmers Otago Harbour Control Harbourcontrol@portotago.co.nz GISBORNE Eastland Port Ltd. PO Box, Gisborne 00 info@eastland.co.nz GREYMOUTH LYTTELTON Grey District Council PO Box, Greymouth 0 info@greydc.govt.nz + 00 Port of Greymouth Lyttelton Port of Christchurch Private Bag 0, Lyttelton allreceptionists@lpc.co.nz + + Harbour Radio Main Gate House + NAPIER Port of Napier Ltd. PO Box, Napier info@napierport.co.nz + 00 NELSON Port Nelson Ltd. PO Box, Nelson 00 info@portnelson.co.nz PICTON Port Marlborough NZ Ltd. PO Box, Picton 0 shipping@pmnz.co.nz PORT TARANAKI Port Taranaki Ltd. PO Box New Plymouth 0 info@porttaranaki.co.nz TAURANGA Port of Tauranga Ltd. Private Bag Tauranga reception@port-tauranga.co.nz TIMARU PrimePort Timaru PO Box, Timaru 0 info@primeport.co.nz WELLINGTON CentrePort llington PO Box, llington customerservices@centreport.co.nz WESTPORT stport Harbour Ltd. PO Box, stport harbourmaster@ westportharbour.co.nz WHAKATANE Port Whakatane Private Bag 0 Whakatane info@whakatane.govt.nz MARITIME CONTACTS WHANGANUI Whanganui Port (0) WHANGAREI AND MARSDEN POINT Northport Ltd. PO Box, Whanganui 0 wdc@whanganui.govt.nz PO Box, Ruakaka 0 administrator@northport.co.nz MARITIME CONTACTS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

266 HARBOURMASTERS Port/Region Address and Telephone Facsimile bile AUCKLAND Auckland Transport Private Bag 0 Auckland harbourmaster@at.govt.nz Emergency hour Duty Officer ext 0 CHATHAM ISLANDS PO Box, Chatham Islands info@cic.govt.nz GISBORNE Eastland Port Ltd. PO Box, Gisborne 00 harbourmaster@gdc.govt.nz + ext hour Duty Officer GREYMOUTH Port of Greymouth Harbour Board Offices Gresson Street, Greymouth 0 PO Box, Greymouth 0 Paul.Pretorius@greydc.govt.nz port@greydc.govt.nz LYTTELTON, TIMARU, AKAROA AND KAIKOURA Environment Canterbury Level, Norwich Quay, Lyttelton 0 PO Box, Christchurch harbourmaster@ecan.govt.nz NAPIER Hawke s Bay Regional Council Private Bag 00, Napier harbourmaster@hbrc.govt.nz NELSON Port Admin Building, Low Street, Port Nelson PO Box, Nelson 00 harbourmaster@portnelson.co.nz NORTHLAND Regional Harbourmaster: Unit, Opua Marina Industrial Park, Opua harbourmaster@nrc.govt.nz Deputy Harbourmaster: Water Street, Whangarei 0 harbourmaster@nrc.govt.nz Emergency and hour Duty Officer OTAGO PICTON AND MARLBOROUGH QUEENSTOWN AND WANAKA SOUTHLAND Otago Regional Council 0 Stafford Street, Dunedin 0 Private Bag, Dunedin 0 harbour.master@orc.govt.nz Marlborough District Council Picton Customer Service Centre High Street, Picton 0 harbours@marlborough.govt.nz Harbourmasters Office ankton Marina Queenstown PO Box, Arrowtown harbourmaster@queenstown.co.nz Environment Southland Cnr. North Road and Price Street, Waikiwi Invercargill, Southland Private Bag 0, Invercargill TARANAKI TRC Harbourmaster b Brooklands Road New Plymouth narm@xtra.co.nz MARITIME CONTACTS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0 MARITIME CONTACTS

267 Tasman District: Tasman District Council Richmond Office Queen Street, Private Bag Richmond 00 HARBOURMASTERS Port/Region Address & Telephone Facsimile bile TASMAN DISTRICT Port Golden Bay (Tarakohe Harbour): Harbour Manager, Dodsons Road, RD, Takaka VHF channel, 0, portgoldenbay@portgoldenbay.co.nz TAUPO Department of Internal Affairs Landing Reserve, Redoubt Street, Taupo 0 PO Box, Taupo harbourmaster@dia.govt.nz + + TAURANGA Bay of Plenty Regional Council Rata Street, unt Maunganui PO Box, Whakatane harbourmaster@boprc.govt.nz + + hour Duty Officer + WAIKATO Waikato Regional Council 0 Grey Street, Hamilton East, Hamilton Private Bag 0, Waikato Mail Centre Hamilton 0 HarbourmasterStaff@waikatoregion.govt.nz WELLINGTON Greater llington Regional Council Level, Meridian Building, Customhouse Quay, llington PO Box, Manners Street llington harbours@gw.govt.nz After hours to Beacon Hill Station beacon.hill@gw.govt.nz WESTPORT Fishermans Wharf, stport Harbour PO Box, stport harbourmaster@westportharbour.co.nz + 0 ( hours) WHAKATANE Bay of Plenty Regional Council Quay Street, PO Box, Whakatane ( hours) WHANGANUI Whanganui Port (0) PO Box, Whanganui John.blaikie@whanganui.govt.nz MARITIME CONTACTS MARITIME CONTACTS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

268 MARITIME NEW ZEALAND OFFICES Location Address Telephone Facsimile AUCKLAND A Augustus Terrace, Level Parnell, Auckland PO Box, Shortland Street, Auckland DUNEDIN e Customhouse, Portsmouth Drive Dunedin 0 PO Box, Dunedin INVERCARGILL Spey Street, Invercargill PO Box 0, Invercargill 0 MARINE POLLUTION RESPONSE SERVICE (MPRS) PO Box 0 Waitakere 0 mprs@maritimenz.govt.nz NAPIER NZWTA Building, Cnr. Lever and Bridge Streets Napier PO Box, Napier NELSON Duncan Court, Vickerman Street, Nelson 0 PO Box 0, Port Nelson, Nelson 0 NEW PLYMOUTH - Bayly Road, Blagdon, New Plymouth PO Box 0, turoa, New Plymouth RANGIORA 0 Ivory Street, Rangiora 00 PO Box, Rangiora RESCUE COORDINATION CENTRE NEW ZEALAND (RCCNZ) TAURANGA PO Box 000 Lower Hutt 00 rccnz@maritimenz.govt.nz Ground Floor, Nikau House - Nikau Crescent, unt Maunganui PO Box, unt Maunganui (NZ toll free) WELLINGTON Level, Grey Street, llington 0 PO Box 0, Featherston Street, llington WHANGAREI B Commerce Street, Whangarei 0 PO Box, Whangarei (NZ toll free) MARITIME CONTACTS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0 MARITIME CONTACTS

269 USEFUL WEBSITES Organisation Land Information New Zealand Maritime New Zealand Department of Conservation Ministry for Primary Industries Ministry for the Environment Royal New Zealand Navy MetService bsite Water fety New Zealand Yachting New Zealand Coastguard New Zealand Coastguard Boating Education Australian Maritime fety Authority AMVER (Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue System) Australian Hydrographic Service United Kingdom Hydrographic Office Naval Hydrographic and Oceanographic Service International Hydrographic Organization International Maritime Organization PRIMAR International Centre for ENCs (IC-ENC) National Tsunami Advisory and Warning Plan New Zealand Tsunami Gauge Network Pacific Tsunami Warning Center MARITIME CONTACTS MARITIME CONTACTS New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

270 COASTAL DISTANCES (these distances are from Port to Port) Auckland Awanui Bluff Coromandel Foxton Gisborne Greymouth Herekino Hokianga Hokitika Kaikoura Kaipara Kawhia Lyttelton Mangonui Napier Nelson Oamaru Onehunga Opotiki Parengarenga Patea Picton Port Chalmers Port Taranaki Raglan Russell Tauranga ames Timaru Tokomaru Bay Waitangi* llington stport Whakatane Whanganui Whangape Whangarei Whangaroa Auckland Awanui 0 0 Bluff Coromandel Foxton Gisborne Greymouth Herekino Hokianga Hokitika Kaikoura Kaipara Kawhia Lyttelton Mangonui Napier Nelson 0 0 Oamaru Onehunga Opotiki Parengarenga Patea Picton Port Chalmers Port Taranaki Raglan Russell Tauranga ames Timaru Tokomaru Bay Waitangi* llington stport Whakatane Whanganui 00 0 Whangape Whangarei Whangaroa 0 0 *Chatham Islands Via Te Aumiti / ench Pass e distances given are in nautical miles and are based on tracks usually followed by ships COASTAL DISTANCES New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

271 HYDROGRAPHIC NOTE Land Information New Zealand New Zealand Hydrographic Authority Level, Radio New Zealand House e Terrace PO Box 0 llington New Zealand (For instructions, see reverse) Phone: 000 or Fax: ntm@linz.govt.nz Date... Ref.No... Name and address of ship or sender Tel/Fax/Telex/ of sender... General locality... bject... Position Lat...Long... Position fixing system used... Datum... Charts affected... Edition... Dated... Latest Notice to Mariners held... Publications affected (Edition No. and date of latest supplement, page no., ID no. etc)... Details: A replacement copy of Chart No.... is required (see Instruction ). Signature of observer/reporter... 0 HYDROGRAPHIC NOTE New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

272 HYDROGRAPHIC NOTE Forwarding Information for Charts and Hydrographic Publications Note: An acknowledgement of receipt will be sent and the information then used to the best advantage, which may mean immediate action or inclusion in a revision in due course. When a Notice to Mariners is issued, the sender s ship or name is quoted as authority unless (as sometimes happens) the information is also received in a foreign Notice to Mariners. An explanation of the use of contributions from all parts of the world would be too greater task and a further communication should only be expected when the information is of outstanding value or has unusual features. INSTRUCTIONS:. Mariners are requested to notify the New Zealand Hydrographic Authority, Land Information New Zealand, Radio New Zealand House, e Terrace, PO Box 0, llington, New Zealand, when new or suspected dangers to navigation are discovered, changes observed in aids to navigation, or corrections to publications seem to be necessary. e Admiralty publication, e Mariner s Handbook (NP0), Chapter, gives general instructions.. is form and its instructions have been designed to help both the sender and the recipient. It should be used, or followed, closely, whenever appropriate. Copies of this form may be obtained gratis from the New Zealand Hydrographic Authority at the address above, or in PDF format directly from the LINZ website, Hydrographic Notes can also be sent from mobile devices using the Hydrographic Notes Application available for Android and Apple devices.. When a position is defined by sextant angles or bearings (true or magnetic being specified) more than two should be used in order to provide a check. Distances observed by radar should be quoted. However, when there is a series of fixes along a ship s course, only the method of fixing and the objects used need to be indicated. Latitude and longitude should only be used specifically to position the details when they have been fixed by astronomical observations or GPS and a full description of the method, equipment and datum used should be given.. Paper Charts: A cutting from the largest scale paper chart is the best medium for forwarding details, the alterations and additions being shown thereon in red. When requested, a new copy will be sent in replacement of a chart that has been used to forward information, or when extensive observations have involved defacement of the observer s chart. If it is preferred to show the amendments on a tracing of the largest scale chart (rather than the chart itself) these should be in red as above, but adequate detail from the chart must be traced in black ink to enable the amendments to be fitted correctly. Electronic Navigational Charts (ENCs): A screen dump of the largest scale usage band ENC with the alterations and additions being shown thereon in red.. When soundings are obtained, e Mariner s Handbook (NP0) should be consulted. e echo sounding trace should be marked with times, depths, etc., and forwarded with the report. It is important to state whether the echo sounder is set to register depths below the surface, or below the keel; in the latter case the vessel s draught should be given. Time and date should be given in order that corrections for the height of the tide may be made where necessary. e make, name, and type of echo sounder set should also be given.. dern echo sounders frequently record greater depths than the set s nominal range, e.g. with a set whose maximum is 00 metres a trace appearing at 0 metres may in fact be 0 metres or even,00 metres. Erroneous deep soundings beyond the set s nominal range can usually be recognised by the following: (a) (b) (c) e trace being weaker than normal for the depth registered; e trace appearing to pass through the transmission line; or e feathery nature of the trace.. Reports which cannot be confirmed or are lacking in certain details should not be withheld. Shortcomings should be stressed and any firm expectation of being able to check the information on a succeeding voyage should be mentioned.. Reports of shoal soundings, uncharted dangers and navigational aids out of order should, at the mariner s discretion, also be made by radio to the nearest coast radio station. e draught of modern tankers is such that any uncharted depth under 0 metres or fathoms may be of sufficient importance to justify a radio message. HYDROGRAPHIC NOTE New Zealand Nautical Almanac 0

273

274

275

276 INTERNATIONAL CODE OF SIGNALS (IMO ) ALPHABETICAL FLAGS, WITH SINGLE LETTER MEANINGS, NUMERAL PENDANTS AND MORSE CODE SYMBOLS. A ALFA K KILO U UNIFORM ONE UNAONE I HAVE A DIVER DOWN; KEEP WELL CLEAR AT SLOW SPEED. I WISH TO COMMUNICATE WITH YOU. YOU ARE RUNNING INTO DANGER. B BRAVO L LIMA V VICTOR TWO BISSOTWO I AM TAKING IN, OR DISCHARGING, OR CARRYING DANGEROUS GOODS. YOU SHOULD STOP YOUR VESSEL INSTANTLY. I REQUIRE ASSISTANCE. C CHARLIE M MIKE W WHISKEY THREE TERRATHREE YES (AFFIRMATIVE OR THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PREVIOUS GROUP SHOULD BE READ IN THE AFFIRMATIVE ). MY VESSEL IS STOPPED AND MAKING NO WAY THROUGH THE WATER. I REQUIRE MEDICAL ASSISTANCE. D DELTA N NOVEMBER X XRAY FOUR KARTEFOUR KEEP CLEAR OF ME; I AM MANOEUVRING WITH DIFFICULTY. NO (NEGATIVE OR THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PREVIOUS GROUP SHOULD BE READ IN THE NEGATIVE ). STOP CARRYING OUT YOUR INTENTIONS AND WATCH FOR MY SIGNALS. E ECHO O OSCAR Y YANKEE FIVE PANTAFIVE I AM ALTERING MY COURSE TO STARBOARD. MAN OVERBOARD. I AM DRAGGING MY ANCHOR. F FOXTROT I AM DISABLED; COMMUNICATE WITH ME. P PAPA IN HARBOUR: ALL PERSONS SHOULD REPORT ON BOARD AS THE VESSEL IS ABOUT TO PROCEED TO SEA. AT SEA: IT MAY BE USED BY FISHING VESSELS TO MEAN MY NETS HAVE COME FAST UPON AN OBSTRUCTION. Z ZULU I REQUIRE A TUG. WHEN MADE BY FISHING VESSELS OPERTATING IN CLOSE PROXIMITY ON THE FISHING GROUNDS IT MEANS I AM SHOOTING NETS. SIX SOXISIX G GOLF I REQUIRE A PILOT. WHEN MADE BY FISHING VESSELS OPERATING IN CLOSE PROXIMITY ON THE FISHING GROUNDS IT MEANS I AM HAULING NETS. Q QUEBEC MY VESSEL IS HEATHLY, AND I REQUEST FREE PRATIQUE. ST SUBSTITUTE USED TO REPEAT THE FIRST FLAG OR PENDANT IN THE SAME HOIST. SEVEN SETTESEVEN H HOTEL R ROMEO ND SUBSTITUTE EIGHT OKTOEIGHT I HAVE A PILOT ON BOARD. USED TO REPEAT THE SECOND FLAG OR PENDANT IN THE SAME HOIST. I INDIA S SIERRA RD SUBSTITUTE NINE NOVENINE I AM ALTERING MY COURSE TO PORT. I AM OPERATING ASTERN PROPULSION. USED TO REPEAT THE THIRD FLAG OR PENDANT IN THE SAME HOIST. J JULIETT T TANGO CODE AND ANSWER ZERO NADAZERO KEEP WELL CLEAR OF ME. I AM ON FIRE AND HAVE DANGEROUS CARGO ON BOARD, OR I AM LEAKING DANGEROUS CARGO. KEEP CLEAR OF ME I AM ENGAGED IN PAIR TRAWLING. USED TO ACKNOWLEDGE A SIGNAL. NOTE. SINGLE LETTER SIGNALS MAY BE MADE BY ANY METHOD OF SIGNALLING. THE LETTERS B, C, D, E, G, H, I, S, T, Z WHEN MADE BY SOUND MAY ONLY BE MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS AT SEA, RULES AND. USED ON ALL OCCASIONS WHEN IT IS REQUIRED TO REPRESENT NUMBERS IN FLAG SIGNALLING

National Report of New Zealand

National Report of New Zealand National Report of New Zealand Prepared for GLOSS Training Course Tokyo May 2006 Glen Rowe Data Analyst Hydrographic Services Land Information New Zealand National Office 160 Lambton Quay Wellington New

More information

SOUTH AFRICAN TIDE TABLES

SOUTH AFRICAN TIDE TABLES SAN HO-2 2018 SOUTH AFRICAN TIDE TABLES PUBLISHED BY THE HYDROGRAPHER SOUTH AFRICAN NAVY PRIVATE BAG X1 TOKAI, 7966 COPYRIGHT RESERVED ISBN 978-0-9869717-9-2 CONTENTS Preface.... (iii) Tidal Levels......(iv)

More information

1. The diagram below represents Earth and the Moon as viewed from above the North Pole. Points A, B, C, and D are locations on Earth's surface.

1. The diagram below represents Earth and the Moon as viewed from above the North Pole. Points A, B, C, and D are locations on Earth's surface. 1. The diagram below represents Earth and the Moon as viewed from above the North Pole. Points A, B, C, and D are locations on Earth's surface. 2. The graph below shows the change in tide heights of the

More information

SOUTH AFRICAN TIDE TABLES

SOUTH AFRICAN TIDE TABLES SAN HO-2 2019 SOUTH AFRICAN TIDE TABLES PUBLISHED BY THE HYDROGRAPHER SOUTH AFRICAN NAVY PRIVATE BAG X1 TOKAI, 7966 COPYRIGHT RESERVED ISBN 978-0-9947002-0-9 Intentionally left blank CONTENTS Preface....

More information

A) M D) The Moon s distance from Earth varies in a cyclic manner.

A) M D) The Moon s distance from Earth varies in a cyclic manner. Base your answers to questions 1 and 2 on the diagram below, which shows Earth in orbit around the Sun, and the Moon in orbit around Earth. M 1, M 2, M 3, and M 4 indicate positions of the Moon in its

More information

astronomy A planet was viewed from Earth for several hours. The diagrams below represent the appearance of the planet at four different times.

astronomy A planet was viewed from Earth for several hours. The diagrams below represent the appearance of the planet at four different times. astronomy 2008 1. A planet was viewed from Earth for several hours. The diagrams below represent the appearance of the planet at four different times. 5. If the distance between the Earth and the Sun were

More information

2013 Tide Newsletter and occasionally by much more. What's more,

2013 Tide Newsletter and occasionally by much more. What's more, The Official Newsletter for the Nor easters Metal Detecting Club! Tide s Ed it io n HTTP://WWW.NOR EASTER S.NET Year ly Ti des for 2013 The Metal Detecting Creed By Jessie Thompson We are Metal Detectorists.

More information

NAVIGATION THEORY QUESTIONS Basics of Navigation

NAVIGATION THEORY QUESTIONS Basics of Navigation NAVIGATION THEORY QUESTIONS Basics of Navigation Q610065 look at it The angle between the plane of the ecliptic and the plane of equator is approx? 23.5 degrees In which two months of the year is the difference

More information

A. the spinning of Earth on its axis B. the path of the Sun around Earth

A. the spinning of Earth on its axis B. the path of the Sun around Earth stronomy 1 Packet Write answers on your own paper 1. The Sun appears to move across the sky each day. What causes this?. the spinning of Earth on its axis. the path of the Sun around Earth. the production

More information

Astronomy 291. Professor Bradley M. Peterson

Astronomy 291. Professor Bradley M. Peterson Astronomy 291 Professor Bradley M. Peterson The Sky As a first step, we need to understand the appearance of the sky. Important points (to be explained): The relative positions of stars remain the same

More information

Earth Moon Motions A B1

Earth Moon Motions A B1 Earth Moon Motions A B1 1. The Coriolis effect provides evidence that Earth (1) rotates on its axis (2) revolves around the Sun (3) undergoes cyclic tidal changes (4) has a slightly eccentric orbit 9.

More information

Astronomical Events 2019 (edited somewhat) from:

Astronomical Events 2019 (edited somewhat) from: Astronomical Events 2019 (edited somewhat) from: http://astropixels.com/ephemeris/astrocal/astrocal2019gmt.html January Note: Time column is UT, subtract 5 hours for local EST, 4 hours for DST Jan 1 to

More information

Reasons for the seasons - Rebecca Kaplan

Reasons for the seasons - Rebecca Kaplan Reasons for the seasons - Rebecca Kaplan https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dd_8jm5ptlk https://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/sunearth.html https://www.time.gov/ https://www.space.com/33790-harvest-moon-guide.html

More information

TAKEN FROM HORIZONS 7TH EDITION CHAPTER 3 TUTORIAL QUIZ

TAKEN FROM HORIZONS 7TH EDITION CHAPTER 3 TUTORIAL QUIZ TAKEN FROM HORIZONS 7TH EDITION CHAPTER 3 TUTORIAL QUIZ 1. When Neap tides are occurring, a. a person experiences the lowest tides close to sunset and sunrise. b. the Sun and the Moon are separated by

More information

Longest TOTAL LUNAR ECLIPSE observe from AGARTALA, TRIPURA. July 27-28, 2018

Longest TOTAL LUNAR ECLIPSE observe from AGARTALA, TRIPURA. July 27-28, 2018 Longest TOTAL LUNAR ECLIPSE observe from AGARTALA, TRIPURA July 27-28, 2018 Path of Longest Total Lunar Eclipse through Shadow of Earth Prepared By Shri Bipash Das Gupta, Scientific Officer M.P. Birla

More information

CHAPTER 2 A USER'S GUIDE TO THE SKY

CHAPTER 2 A USER'S GUIDE TO THE SKY CHAPTER 2 A USER'S GUIDE TO THE SKY MULTIPLE CHOICE 1. In one way of naming stars, a letter indicates its brightness relative to the other stars in the constellation. a. English b. Arabic c. Greek d. Cyrillic

More information

1. The pictures below show the Sun at midday. Write winter, spring or summer under the correct picture.

1. The pictures below show the Sun at midday. Write winter, spring or summer under the correct picture. Test 2 1. The pictures below show the Sun at midday. Write winter, spring or summer under the correct picture. 2. Look carefully at the phases of the Moon. Number them (1 to 4) in the order that you would

More information

PHYS 160 Astronomy Test #1 Fall 2017 Version B

PHYS 160 Astronomy Test #1 Fall 2017 Version B PHYS 160 Astronomy Test #1 Fall 2017 Version B 1 I. True/False (1 point each) Circle the T if the statement is true, or F if the statement is false on your answer sheet. 1. An object has the same weight,

More information

The Celestial Sphere. Chapter 1. Constellations. Models and Science. Constellations. Diurnal vs. Annular Motion 9/16/2010

The Celestial Sphere. Chapter 1. Constellations. Models and Science. Constellations. Diurnal vs. Annular Motion 9/16/2010 The Celestial Sphere Chapter 1 Cycles of the Sky Vast distances to stars prevent us from sensing their true 3-D arrangement Naked eye observations treat all stars at the same distance, on a giant celestial

More information

Earth Motions Packet 14

Earth Motions Packet 14 Earth Motions Packet 14 Your Name Group Members Score Minutes Standard 4 Key Idea 1 Performance Indicator 1.1 Explain complex phenomena, such as tides, variations in day length, solar insolation, apparent

More information

Full Moon. Phases of the Moon

Full Moon. Phases of the Moon Phases of the Moon The Moon takes 29.5 days to orbit Earth. This is a lunar month. The gravity of the Earth keeps the Moon in orbit. The Moon does not produce light. We see the Moon because it reflects

More information

Introduction To Modern Astronomy I

Introduction To Modern Astronomy I ASTR 111 003 Fall 2006 Lecture 03 Sep. 18, 2006 Introduction To Modern Astronomy I Introducing Astronomy (chap. 1-6) Planets and Moons (chap. 7-17) Ch1: Astronomy and the Universe Ch2: Knowing the Heavens

More information

Astronomy Club of Asheville November 2017 Sky Events

Astronomy Club of Asheville November 2017 Sky Events November 2017 Sky Events The Planets this Month page 2 Close Conjunction of Venus and Jupiter page 7 Conjunction of Crescent Moon, Saturn & Mercury page 8 Planet Highlights page 9 Moon Phases page 12 November

More information

Chapter Introduction Lesson 1 Earth s Motion Lesson 2 Earth s Moon Lesson 3 Eclipses and Tides Chapter Wrap-Up. Jason Reed/Photodisc/Getty Images

Chapter Introduction Lesson 1 Earth s Motion Lesson 2 Earth s Moon Lesson 3 Eclipses and Tides Chapter Wrap-Up. Jason Reed/Photodisc/Getty Images Chapter Introduction Lesson 1 Earth s Motion Lesson 2 Earth s Moon Lesson 3 Eclipses and Tides Chapter Wrap-Up Jason Reed/Photodisc/Getty Images What natural phenomena do the motions of Earth and the Moon

More information

Name: Earth and Space Assessment Study Guide. Assessment Date : Term Rotation Revolution

Name: Earth and Space Assessment Study Guide. Assessment Date : Term Rotation Revolution Name: Earth and Space Assessment Study Guide Assessment Date : Earth s Rotation and Revolution Term Rotation Revolution Brief Definition Earth s Time to Complete One complete spin on an axis 24 hours (or

More information

SUBJECT : GEOGRAPHY ROTATION AND REVOLUTION This paper consists of 5 printed pages.

SUBJECT : GEOGRAPHY ROTATION AND REVOLUTION This paper consists of 5 printed pages. SUBJECT : GEOGRAPHY ROTATION AND REVOLUTION 2017-2018 This paper consists of 5 printed pages. 1. Name the motions of the earth. A. They are Rotation and Revolution. 2. What is Rotation? A. Rotation is

More information

Fundamentals of Satellite technology

Fundamentals of Satellite technology Fundamentals of Satellite technology Prepared by A.Kaviyarasu Assistant Professor Department of Aerospace Engineering Madras Institute Of Technology Chromepet, Chennai Orbital Plane All of the planets,

More information

3. The diagram below shows the Moon at four positions in its orbit around Earth as viewed from above the North Pole.

3. The diagram below shows the Moon at four positions in its orbit around Earth as viewed from above the North Pole. 1. Which object orbits Earth in both the Earth-centered (geocentric) and Sun-centered (heliocentric) models of our solar system? (1) Polaris (3) the Sun (2) Venus (4) the Moon 2. A cycle of Moon phases

More information

Chapter 1: Discovering the Night Sky. The sky is divided into 88 unequal areas that we call constellations.

Chapter 1: Discovering the Night Sky. The sky is divided into 88 unequal areas that we call constellations. Chapter 1: Discovering the Night Sky Constellations: Recognizable patterns of the brighter stars that have been derived from ancient legends. Different cultures have associated the patterns with their

More information

Astronomy wall calendar

Astronomy wall calendar to Free oad nl w o for d t n i! pr and nal use o pers The Centre for Astronomical Heritage (CfAH) is a non-profit company working to protect South Africa s astronomical heritage. Donations are always welcome,

More information

6 The Orbit of Mercury

6 The Orbit of Mercury 6 The Orbit of Mercury Name: Date: Of the five planets known since ancient times (Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn), Mercury is the most difficult to see. In fact, of the 6 billion people on the

More information

Introduction To Modern Astronomy I: Solar System

Introduction To Modern Astronomy I: Solar System ASTR 111 003 Fall 2007 Lecture 02 Sep. 10, 2007 Introduction To Modern Astronomy I: Solar System Introducing Astronomy (chap. 1-6) Planets and Moons (chap. 7-15) Chap. 16: Our Sun Chap. 28: Search for

More information

Time, Seasons, and Tides

Time, Seasons, and Tides Time, Seasons, and Tides Celestial Sphere Imagine the sky as a great, hollow, sphere surrounding the Earth. The stars are attached to this sphere--- some bigger and brighter than others--- which rotates

More information

MIDTERM PRACTICE EXAM ANSWERS

MIDTERM PRACTICE EXAM ANSWERS MIDTERM PRACTICE EXAM ANSWERS 1. (2) Location B shows that the altitude of the noon Sun increases between Dec 21. and June 21. Location B also shows that the Dec. 21 noon Sun is at an altitude of approximately

More information

TILT, DAYLIGHT AND SEASONS WORKSHEET

TILT, DAYLIGHT AND SEASONS WORKSHEET TILT, DAYLIGHT AND SEASONS WORKSHEET Activity Description: Students will use a data table to make a graph for the length of day and average high temperature in Utah. They will then answer questions based

More information

The Earth is a Rotating Sphere

The Earth is a Rotating Sphere The Earth is a Rotating Sphere The Shape of the Earth Earth s Rotation ( and relative movement of the Sun and Moon) The Geographic Grid Map Projections Global Time The Earth s Revolution around the Sun

More information

Astronomy Club of Asheville June 2018 Sky Events

Astronomy Club of Asheville June 2018 Sky Events June 2018 Sky Events The Planets this Month - page 2 June 14 th Dusk s Venus, Mercury and a Sliver of Moon page 5 June 27 th Conjunction of the Full Moon with Saturn page 6 Planet Highlights - page 7 Moon

More information

Astronomy Club of Asheville March 2018 Sky Events

Astronomy Club of Asheville March 2018 Sky Events March 2018 Sky Events The Planets this Month - page 2 Close Conjunction of Venus and Mercury page 5 The Crescent Moon Joins Venus and Mercury page 6 A Crescent Moon Pairs with Aldebaran page 7 Planet Highlights

More information

5 - Seasons. Figure 1 shows two pictures of the Sun taken six months apart with the same camera, at the same time of the day, from the same location.

5 - Seasons. Figure 1 shows two pictures of the Sun taken six months apart with the same camera, at the same time of the day, from the same location. ASTR 110L 5 - Seasons Purpose: To plot the distance of the Earth from the Sun over one year and to use the celestial sphere to understand the cause of the seasons. What do you think? Write answers to questions

More information

SUPERMOONS AND OTHER SUN-MOON CONCEPTS March 18, By Michael Erlewine

SUPERMOONS AND OTHER SUN-MOON CONCEPTS March 18, By Michael Erlewine SUPERMOONS AND OTHER SUN-MOON CONCEPTS March 18, 2011 By Michael Erlewine (Michael@Erlewine.net) Tidal Force There is some talk right now about the so-called Supermoon (a term coined by astrologer Richard

More information

Name: Exam 1, 9/30/05

Name: Exam 1, 9/30/05 Multiple Choice: Select the choice that best answers each question. Write your choice in the blank next to each number. (2 points each) 1. At the North Pole in mid-november, the sun rises at a. North of

More information

1. The bar graph below shows one planetary characteristic, identified as X, plotted for the planets of our solar system.

1. The bar graph below shows one planetary characteristic, identified as X, plotted for the planets of our solar system. 1. The bar graph below shows one planetary characteristic, identified as X, plotted for the planets of our solar system. Which characteristic of the planets in our solar system is represented by X? A)

More information

Chapter 3: Cycles of the Sky

Chapter 3: Cycles of the Sky Chapter 3: Cycles of the Sky Motions of the Planets Mercury Venus Earth All planets in almost circular (elliptical) orbits around the sun, in approx. the same plane, the ecliptic plane. The Moon is orbiting

More information

Physical Science. Chapter 22 The Earth in Space. Earth s Rotation

Physical Science. Chapter 22 The Earth in Space. Earth s Rotation Physical Science Chapter 22 The Earth in Space Earth s Rotation Axis imaginary line passing through the North and South Pole Earth s axis is tilted at 23 ½ degrees Rotation: the Earth spinning on its axis

More information

Physical Science. Chapter 22 The Earth in Space

Physical Science. Chapter 22 The Earth in Space Physical Science Chapter 22 The Earth in Space Earth s Rotation Axis imaginary line passing through the North and South Pole Earth s axis is tilted at 23 ½ degrees Rotation: the Earth spinning on its axis

More information

8.1 Attachment 1: Ambient Weather Conditions at Jervoise Bay, Cockburn Sound

8.1 Attachment 1: Ambient Weather Conditions at Jervoise Bay, Cockburn Sound 8.1 Attachment 1: Ambient Weather Conditions at Jervoise Bay, Cockburn Sound Cockburn Sound is 20km south of the Perth-Fremantle area and has two features that are unique along Perth s metropolitan coast

More information

MOTIONS OF THE EARTH. Figure 3.1 : Inclination of the Earth s axis and the orbital plane. Figure 3.2 : Day and Night on the Earth due to rotation

MOTIONS OF THE EARTH. Figure 3.1 : Inclination of the Earth s axis and the orbital plane. Figure 3.2 : Day and Night on the Earth due to rotation 3 Let s Do Take a ball to represent the earth and a lighted candle to represent the sun. Mark a point on the ball to represent a town X. Place the ball in such a way that the town X is in darkness. Now

More information

Venus Project Book, the Galileo Project, GEAR

Venus Project Book, the Galileo Project, GEAR 1 Venus Project Book, the Galileo Project, GEAR Jeffrey La Favre November, 2013 Updated March 31, 2016 You have already learned about Galileo and his telescope. Recall that he built his first telescopes

More information

Earth & Beyond Teacher Newsletter

Earth & Beyond Teacher Newsletter Paul Floyd s Astronomy & Space Website Earth & Beyond Teacher Newsletter www.nightskyonline.info Earth & Beyond Teaching opportunities for 2012 This special edition has been prepared to assist you with

More information

Solar System Glossary. The point in an object s elliptical orbit farthest from the body it is orbiting

Solar System Glossary. The point in an object s elliptical orbit farthest from the body it is orbiting Solar System Glossary Apogee Atmosphere Asteroid Axis Autumn Barred spiral The point in an object s elliptical orbit farthest from the body it is orbiting The air that surrounds Earth and other planets

More information

Astr 1050 Mon. Jan. 31, 2017

Astr 1050 Mon. Jan. 31, 2017 Astr 1050 Mon. Jan. 31, 2017 Finish Ch. 2: Eclipses & Planetary Motion Seasons Angular Size formula Eclipses Planetary Motion Reading: For Today: Finish Chapter 2 For Monday: Start Chapter 3 Homework on

More information

A User s Guide to the Sky

A User s Guide to the Sky A User s Guide to the Sky Constellations Betelgeuse Rigel Stars are named by a Greek letter ( ) according to their relative brightness within a given constellation plus the possessive form of the name

More information

UNIT 6 CELESTIAL SPHERE AND EQUINOCTIAL SYSTEM OF COORDINATES

UNIT 6 CELESTIAL SPHERE AND EQUINOCTIAL SYSTEM OF COORDINATES UNIT 6 CELESTIAL SPHERE AND EQUINOCTIAL SYSTEM OF COORDINATES Structure 6.1 Introduction Objectives 6.2 References 6.3 Apparent Annual Motion of the Sun and the Concept of the Ecliptic and the Obliquity

More information

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY OF SINGAPORE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS SEMESTER 2 EXAMINATION Heavenly Mathematics: Cultural Astronomy

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY OF SINGAPORE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS SEMESTER 2 EXAMINATION Heavenly Mathematics: Cultural Astronomy 1 GEK1506 NATIONAL UNIVERSITY OF SINGAPORE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS SEMESTER 2 EXAMINATION 2005 2006 GEK1506 Heavenly Mathematics: Cultural Astronomy April/May 2006 Time allowed: 2 hours 1. After taking

More information

1. Determine the length of time between the two high tides shown for May 13.

1. Determine the length of time between the two high tides shown for May 13. Name Roy G Biv Base your answers to questions 1 through 3 on the diagrams and tables below and on your knowledge of Earth science. Each diagram represents the Moon's orbital position and each table lists

More information

Name Period 4 th Six Weeks Notes 2013 Weather

Name Period 4 th Six Weeks Notes 2013 Weather Name Period 4 th Six Weeks Notes 2013 Weather Radiation Convection Currents Winds Jet Streams Energy from the Sun reaches Earth as electromagnetic waves This energy fuels all life on Earth including the

More information

Lunar Motion. V. Lunar Motion. A. The Lunar Calendar. B. Motion of Moon. C. Eclipses. A. The Lunar Calendar. 1) Phases of the Moon. 2) The Lunar Month

Lunar Motion. V. Lunar Motion. A. The Lunar Calendar. B. Motion of Moon. C. Eclipses. A. The Lunar Calendar. 1) Phases of the Moon. 2) The Lunar Month Lunar Motion Dr. Bill Pezzaglia V. Lunar Motion A. The Lunar Calendar B. Motion of Moon 2 Updated 2014Jan17 C. Eclipses A. The Lunar Calendar 3 1. Phases of Moon 4 1) Phases of the Moon 2) The Lunar Month

More information

C) D) 2. The model below shows the apparent path of the Sun as seen by an observer in New York State on the first day of one of the four seasons.

C) D) 2. The model below shows the apparent path of the Sun as seen by an observer in New York State on the first day of one of the four seasons. 1. Which diagram best represents the regions of Earth in sunlight on June 21 and December 21? [NP indicates the North Pole and the shading represents Earth's night side. Diagrams are not drawn to scale.]

More information

Brock University. Test 1, October 2016 Number of pages: 9 Course: ASTR 1P01 Number of Students: 500 Date of Examination: October 3, 2016

Brock University. Test 1, October 2016 Number of pages: 9 Course: ASTR 1P01 Number of Students: 500 Date of Examination: October 3, 2016 Brock University Test 1, October 2016 Number of pages: 9 Course: ASTR 1P01 Number of Students: 500 Date of Examination: October 3, 2016 Number of hours: 50 min Time of Examination: 17:00 17:50 Instructor:

More information

Unit 2: Celestial Mechanics

Unit 2: Celestial Mechanics Unit 2: Celestial Mechanics The position of the Earth Ptolemy (90 168 AD) Made tables that allowed a user to locate the position of a planet at any past, present, or future date. In order to maintain circular

More information

Seasons & Time.

Seasons & Time. Seasons & Time Earth s Movements Rotation Movement of Earth Around the Sun Elliptical Orbit Revolution 24 Hours (1 Day) 365 Days (1 Year) The Earth s Revolution & the Tilt of the axis cause variations

More information

STANDARD. S6E1 d. Explain the motion of objects in the day/night sky in terms of relative position.

STANDARD. S6E1 d. Explain the motion of objects in the day/night sky in terms of relative position. STANDARD S6E1 d. Explain the motion of objects in the day/night sky in terms of relative position. S6E2 b. Explain the alignment of the earth, moon, and sun during solar and lunar eclipses. c. Relate the

More information

Lunar Motion. V. Lunar Motion. A. The Lunar Calendar. B. Motion of Moon. C. Eclipses. A. The Lunar Calendar. 1) Phases of the Moon. 2) The Lunar Month

Lunar Motion. V. Lunar Motion. A. The Lunar Calendar. B. Motion of Moon. C. Eclipses. A. The Lunar Calendar. 1) Phases of the Moon. 2) The Lunar Month Lunar Motion Dr. Bill Pezzaglia V. Lunar Motion A. The Lunar Calendar B. Motion of Moon 2 Updated 2012Oct03 C. Eclipses A. The Lunar Calendar 3 1. Phases of Moon 4 1) Phases of the Moon 2) The Lunar Month

More information

Brock University. Test 1, September 2014 Number of pages: 9 Course: ASTR 1P01 Number of Students: 500 Date of Examination: September 29, 2014

Brock University. Test 1, September 2014 Number of pages: 9 Course: ASTR 1P01 Number of Students: 500 Date of Examination: September 29, 2014 Brock University Test 1, September 2014 Number of pages: 9 Course: ASTR 1P01 Number of Students: 500 Date of Examination: September 29, 2014 Number of hours: 50 min Time of Examination: 18:00 18:50 Instructor:

More information

Earth s Motion. Lesson Outline LESSON 1. A. Earth and the Sun 1. The diameter is more than 100 times greater than

Earth s Motion. Lesson Outline LESSON 1. A. Earth and the Sun 1. The diameter is more than 100 times greater than Lesson Outline Earth s Motion LESSON 1 A. Earth and the Sun 1. The diameter is more than 100 times greater than Earth s diameter. a. In the Sun, atoms combine during, producing huge amounts of energy.

More information

Aim: What causes Seasons?

Aim: What causes Seasons? Notepack 28 Aim: What causes Seasons? Do Now: What is the difference between revolution and rotation? Earth s rotation The Earth rotates on its axis (imaginary vertical line around which Earth spins) every

More information

Astronomical Events for 2018 (compiled from Astropixels.com and RASC Observer s Handbook)

Astronomical Events for 2018 (compiled from Astropixels.com and RASC Observer s Handbook) Astronomical Events for 2018 (compiled from Astropixels.com and RASC Observer s Handbook) Date EST Event (h:m) JANUARY Jan 01 Mon 15:00 Mercury at Greatest Elongation 22.7 W 01 Mon 16:54 Moon at Perigee:

More information

The Earth, Moon, and Sky. Lecture 5 1/31/2017

The Earth, Moon, and Sky. Lecture 5 1/31/2017 The Earth, Moon, and Sky Lecture 5 1/31/2017 From Last Time: Stable Orbits The type of orbit depends on the initial speed of the object Stable orbits are either circular or elliptical. Too slow and gravity

More information

Name Regents Review Packet #2 Date

Name Regents Review Packet #2 Date Name Regents Review Packet #2 Date Base your answers to questions 1 through 5 on diagram below, which represents the Sun s apparent paths and the solar noon positions for an observer at 42 N latitude on

More information

Tools of Astronomy Tools of Astronomy

Tools of Astronomy Tools of Astronomy Tools of Astronomy Tools of Astronomy The light that comes to Earth from distant objects is the best tool that astronomers can use to learn about the universe. In most cases, there is no other way to study

More information

PHAS 1511: Foundations of Astronomy

PHAS 1511: Foundations of Astronomy PHAS 1511: Foundations of Astronomy Dr Roger Wesson Research interests: deaths of stars. Planetary nebulae, novae and supernovae. Astronomy: some maths You can see that distances in astronomy are huge.

More information

Planets in the Sky ASTR 101 2/16/2018

Planets in the Sky ASTR 101 2/16/2018 Planets in the Sky ASTR 101 2/16/2018 1 Planets in the Sky 2018 paths of Jupiter among stars (2017/2018) Unlike stars which have fixed positions in the sky (celestial sphere), planets seem to move with

More information

PHSC 1053: Astronomy Time and Coordinates

PHSC 1053: Astronomy Time and Coordinates PHSC 1053: Astronomy Time and Coordinates Astronomical Clocks Earth s Rotation on its Axis Time between two successive meridian transits of the sun 1 solar day (our adopted clock time) 24 hours (86,400

More information

Astronomy is the oldest science! Eclipses. In ancient times the sky was not well understood! Bad Omens? Comets

Astronomy is the oldest science! Eclipses. In ancient times the sky was not well understood! Bad Omens? Comets Astronomy is the oldest science! In ancient times the sky was not well understood! Eclipses Bad Omens? Comets 1 The Ancient Greeks The Scientific Method Our ideas must always be consistent with our observations!

More information

u.s. Naval Observatory Astronomical Applications Department

u.s. Naval Observatory Astronomical Applications Department Phases ofthe Moon Page 1 of 1 u.s. Naval Observatory Astronomical Applications Department Phases of the Moon 1944 Phases of the Moon Universal Time New Moon First Quarter Full Moon Last Quarter d h m d

More information

Practice Seasons Moon Quiz

Practice Seasons Moon Quiz 1. Which diagram represents the tilt of Earth's axis relative to the Sun's rays on December 15? A) B) C) D) 2. The diagram below represents Earth in space on the first day of a season. 5. Base your answer

More information

C) the seasonal changes in constellations viewed in the night sky D) The duration of insolation will increase and the temperature will increase.

C) the seasonal changes in constellations viewed in the night sky D) The duration of insolation will increase and the temperature will increase. 1. Which event is a direct result of Earth's revolution? A) the apparent deflection of winds B) the changing of the Moon phases C) the seasonal changes in constellations viewed in the night sky D) the

More information

Sky and Telescope has given the Society permission to use all of the copyrighted material appearing in the following, with all rights reserved.

Sky and Telescope has given the Society permission to use all of the copyrighted material appearing in the following, with all rights reserved. This PDF is a digital copy of material given during a club presentation in 2013. It contains material that has been copyrighted by Sky and Telescope magazine. These include snips from the Skygazer s Almanac

More information

4 Solar System and Time

4 Solar System and Time 4 olar ystem and Time 4.1 The Universe 4.1.1 Introduction The Universe consists of countless galaxies distributed throughout space. The bodies used in astro navigation belong to the Galaxy known as the

More information

Astronomy Club of Asheville February 2018 Sky Events

Astronomy Club of Asheville February 2018 Sky Events February 2018 Sky Events The Planets this Month page 2 The Gibbous Moon Joins Jupiter, Mars and Antares page 7 A Crescent Moon Pairs with Venus page 8 Conjunction of Near Full Moon with Regulus page 9

More information

Astronomical events in 2018

Astronomical events in 2018 La Société Guernesiaise Astronomy Section Astronomical events in 2018 as seen from Guernsey compiled by David Le Conte This year sees a very favourable opposition of Mars on 27 July and, on the same day,

More information

Astronomy 122 Section 1 TR Outline. The Earth is Rotating. Question Digital Computer Laboratory

Astronomy 122 Section 1 TR Outline. The Earth is Rotating. Question Digital Computer Laboratory Astronomy 122 Section 1 TR 1300-1350 Outline 1320 Digital Computer Laboratory Leslie Looney Phone: 244-3615 Email: lwlw@wuiucw. wedu Office: Astro Building #218 Office Hours: T 10:30-11:30 a.m. or by appointment

More information

2. The diagram below represents the apparent path of the Sun as seen by an observer at 65 N on March 21.

2. The diagram below represents the apparent path of the Sun as seen by an observer at 65 N on March 21. 1. Which diagram best represents the regions of Earth in sunlight on June 21 and December 21? [NP indicates the North Pole and the shading represents Earth's night side. Diagrams are not drawn to scale.]

More information

Chapter: The Earth-Moon-Sun System

Chapter: The Earth-Moon-Sun System Chapter 7 Table of Contents Chapter: The Earth-Moon-Sun System Section 1: Earth in Space Section 2: Time and Seasons Section 3: Earth s Moon 1 Earth in Space Earth s Size and Shape Ancient Measurements

More information

1/3/12. Chapter: The Earth-Moon-Sun System. Ancient Measurements. Earth s Size and Shape. Ancient Measurements. Ancient Measurements

1/3/12. Chapter: The Earth-Moon-Sun System. Ancient Measurements. Earth s Size and Shape. Ancient Measurements. Ancient Measurements // Table of Contents Chapter: The Earth-Moon-Sun System Section : Chapter 7 Section : Section : Earth s Size and Shape Ancient Measurements First, no matter where you are on Earth, objects fall straight

More information

Practice Questions: Seasons #1

Practice Questions: Seasons #1 1. Seasonal changes on Earth are primarily caused by the A) parallelism of the Sun's axis as the Sun revolves around Earth B) changes in distance between Earth and the Sun C) elliptical shape of Earth's

More information

Astronomy Club of Asheville January 2016 Sky Events

Astronomy Club of Asheville January 2016 Sky Events January 2016 Sky Events The Planets this Month - page 2 Planet Highlights - page 7 All 5 Naked-Eye Planets in the Dawn Sky - page 10 Moon Phases - page 11 Earth Reaches Perihelion on Jan. 4 - page 12 Quadrantid

More information

Name and Student ID Section Day/Time:

Name and Student ID Section Day/Time: AY2 - Overview of the Universe - Midterm #1 - Instructor: Maria F. Duran Name and Student ID Section Day/Time: 1) Imagine we ve discovered a planet orbiting another star at 1 AU every 6 months. The planet

More information

Astronomy 101: 9/18/2008

Astronomy 101: 9/18/2008 Astronomy 101: 9/18/2008 Announcements Pick up a golf ball at the front of the class or get one from Alex; you will need it for an in-class activity today. You will also need the question sheet from Alex.

More information

Astronomy Club of Asheville April 2017 Sky Events

Astronomy Club of Asheville April 2017 Sky Events April 2017 Sky Events The Planets this Month page 2 April 6 th - Regulus and the Gibbous Moon page 5 April 10 th -The Full Moon Joins Jupiter and Spica page 6 Planet Highlights page 7 Moon Phases page

More information

The Giant Tides of Fundy What are tides?

The Giant Tides of Fundy What are tides? The Giant Tides of Fundy What are tides? The tide is the natural change in elevation of water over time and can easily be observed along any ocean coastline. Some areas of the world have one high tide

More information

Admin. 8/29/17. If you re at North Pole, you ll NEVER see stars that are below your horizon. Key Concepts: Lecture 4

Admin. 8/29/17. If you re at North Pole, you ll NEVER see stars that are below your horizon. Key Concepts: Lecture 4 Admin. 8/29/17 1. Class website http://www.astro.ufl.edu/~jt/teaching/ast1002/ 2. Optional Discussion sections (start Aug. 30th) (see me at end of lecture if you can t make one of these times)! Tuesday

More information

Earth in Space. The Sun-Earth-Moon System

Earth in Space. The Sun-Earth-Moon System in Space The --Moon System What do you think? Read the two statements below and decide whether you agree or disagree with them. Place an A in the Before column if you agree with the statement or a D if

More information

Chapter 10 Tides. Introductory Oceanography 10 th Edition

Chapter 10 Tides. Introductory Oceanography 10 th Edition Chapter 10 Tides Introductory Oceanography 10 th Edition Most ocean waves are wind-generated The medium itself (solid, liquid, gas) does NOT actually travel in the direction of energy Figure 8-2 What causes

More information

Knowing the Heavens. Goals: Constellations in the Sky

Knowing the Heavens. Goals: Constellations in the Sky Goals: Knowing the Heavens To see how the sky changes during a night and from night to night. To measure the positions of stars in celestial coordinates. To understand the cause of the seasons. Constellations

More information

Astronomy. The Seasons

Astronomy. The Seasons Astronomy The Seasons The seasons are caused by the inclination of the Earth s axis: when a hemisphere is tipped toward the Sun, the Sun is more directly above it. At the Summer Solstice the tilt is most

More information

Phys Lab #1: The Sun and the Constellations

Phys Lab #1: The Sun and the Constellations Phys 10293 Lab #1: The Sun and the Constellations Introduction Astronomers use a coordinate system that is fixed to Earth s latitude and longitude. This way, the coordinates of a star or planet are the

More information

1. Determine the length of time between the two high tides shown for May 13.

1. Determine the length of time between the two high tides shown for May 13. Name Roy G Biv Base your answers to questions 1 through 3 on the diagrams and tables below and on your knowledge of Earth science. Each diagram represents the Moon's orbital position and each table lists

More information

Astronomy Section 2 Solar System Test

Astronomy Section 2 Solar System Test is really cool! 1. The diagram below shows one model of a portion of the universe. Astronomy Section 2 Solar System Test 4. Which arrangement of the Sun, the Moon, and Earth results in the highest high

More information

Chapter 2 Lecture. The Cosmic Perspective Seventh Edition. Discovering the Universe for Yourself Pearson Education, Inc.

Chapter 2 Lecture. The Cosmic Perspective Seventh Edition. Discovering the Universe for Yourself Pearson Education, Inc. Chapter 2 Lecture The Cosmic Perspective Seventh Edition Discovering the Universe for Yourself Discovering the Universe for Yourself 2.1 Patterns in the Night Sky Our goals for learning: What does the

More information